<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Murray</id>
	<title>CDSWiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Murray"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php/Special:Contributions/Murray"/>
	<updated>2026-09-18T14:52:56Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.35.13</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=SCCW&amp;diff=506</id>
		<title>SCCW</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=SCCW&amp;diff=506"/>
		<updated>2017-04-09T23:20:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Murray: Created page with &amp;quot;Southern California Nonlinear Control Workshop&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; List of speakers&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 20 Mar 04  1. UCSB, 3-4 Nov 2000 http://www.cds.caltech.edu/~murray/meetings/2000_11_03-nlc/ * Kristi Morg...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Southern California Nonlinear Control Workshop&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
List of speakers&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
20 Mar 04&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. UCSB, 3-4 Nov 2000&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.cds.caltech.edu/~murray/meetings/2000_11_03-nlc/&lt;br /&gt;
* Kristi Morgansen&lt;br /&gt;
* Clancy Rowley&lt;br /&gt;
* Dong Eui Chang&lt;br /&gt;
* Mark Milam&lt;br /&gt;
* Ali Jadbabaie&lt;br /&gt;
* Martha Gallivan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. UCSD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. UCLA, 19-20 Oct 01&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.chemeng.ucla.edu/pchristo/3rdSCNCWorkshop/workshop.htm&lt;br /&gt;
* Reza Olfati Saber&lt;br /&gt;
* Jason Meltzer&lt;br /&gt;
* Domitilla Del Vecchio&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. UCSB, 31 May-1 Jun 02&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.ece.ucsb.edu/ccec/4thSCNCWorkshop/&lt;br /&gt;
* Dave van Gogh&lt;br /&gt;
* Antonis Papachristodolou&lt;br /&gt;
* Feng-Li Lian&lt;br /&gt;
* Jorge Concalves/Brian Ingalls&lt;br /&gt;
* Lars Cremean&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Caltech, 15-16 Nov 02&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.cds.caltech.edu/~murray/meetings/socal-nlc/&lt;br /&gt;
* Stephen Prajna&lt;br /&gt;
* Antonis Papachristodolou&lt;br /&gt;
* Eric Klavins&lt;br /&gt;
* Steve Waydo&lt;br /&gt;
* Lars Cremean&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. UCSD, 19-20 May 03&lt;br /&gt;
http://www-mae.ucsd.edu/research/krstic/krstic/scnlc/scnlc.html&lt;br /&gt;
* Tamer Inanc&lt;br /&gt;
* Shaw Shadden&lt;br /&gt;
* Jimmy Fung&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. USC, 31 Oct-1 Nov 03&lt;br /&gt;
http://ee.usc.edu/groups/controls/workshop/&lt;br /&gt;
* Vijay Gupta&lt;br /&gt;
* Demetri Spanos&lt;br /&gt;
* Michael Reiser&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. Santa Barbara&lt;br /&gt;
* Ramon von Handl&lt;br /&gt;
* Sean Humbert&lt;br /&gt;
* Jintao Wang&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. UCLA&lt;br /&gt;
* Eva Kanso&lt;br /&gt;
* Mary Dunlop&lt;br /&gt;
* Abhishek Tiwari&lt;br /&gt;
* Morr Mehyar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. UCSD&lt;br /&gt;
* Melvin Flores&lt;br /&gt;
* Zhipu Jin&lt;br /&gt;
* Wanwan Yang&lt;br /&gt;
* John Carson&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11. Caltech, 11-12 Nov 05&lt;br /&gt;
* Vijay Gupta&lt;br /&gt;
* Lars Cremean&lt;br /&gt;
* Yasi Mostofi&lt;br /&gt;
* Zhipu Jin (?)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12. UCSB, 2-3 Jun 06&lt;br /&gt;
* Kevin Tang (Steven Low)&lt;br /&gt;
* Gwyneth Card (Michael Dickinson)&lt;br /&gt;
* Julia Braman, Michael Epstein&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13th Southern California Nonlinear Control Workshop, UC Riverside, November 2006&lt;br /&gt;
* Steve Waydo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14th Southern California Nonlinear Control Workshop, UCLA, June 2007&lt;br /&gt;
* David Pekarek&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15th Southern California Nonlinear Control Workshop, USC, January 2008&lt;br /&gt;
* Elisa Franco (Murray)&lt;br /&gt;
* Nok Wongpiromsarn (Murray)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
16th Southern California Nonlinear Control Workshop, UC San Diego, November 2008&lt;br /&gt;
* Dennice Gayme (Doyle)&lt;br /&gt;
* Ashley Moore (Marsden)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
17th SoCal NLC (Caltech) - May 2009&lt;br /&gt;
* Krister Jacobsson (Low)&lt;br /&gt;
* Nok Wongpiromsarn (Murray)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18th SoCal NLC (Irvine) - Nov 2009&lt;br /&gt;
* Gentian Buzi (Doyle)&lt;br /&gt;
* Javad Lavaei (Doyle/Murray)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19th SoCal NLC (UC Santa Barbara) - oct 2010&lt;br /&gt;
* Necmiye Ozay (Murray)&lt;br /&gt;
* JK Nair (Low)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20th SoCal NLC (UC Riverside) - May 2011&lt;br /&gt;
* Na (Lina) Li (Doyle)&lt;br /&gt;
* Molei Tao (Owhadi/Marsden)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
21st SoCal NLC (UCLA) - Oct 2011&lt;br /&gt;
* Teja (Hassibi)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
22nd SoCal NLC (USC) - May 2012&lt;br /&gt;
* Aristo (Doyle)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
23rd SoCal Controls Workshop (UC San Diego) - Nov 2012&lt;br /&gt;
* Rashad Moarref (McKeon)&lt;br /&gt;
* Nikolai Matni (Doyle)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
24th SoCal Controls Workshop (Caltech) - 10 May 2013&lt;br /&gt;
* Mumu Xu (Murray)&lt;br /&gt;
* Changhong Zhao (Low)&lt;br /&gt;
* Marcella Gomez (Murray)&lt;br /&gt;
* Shuo Han (Murray/Owhadi)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
25th SCCW (Irvine) - Fall 2013&lt;br /&gt;
* Ahn, Hyoung Jun (Hassibi)&lt;br /&gt;
* Rangoli Sharon (Burdick)&lt;br /&gt;
* Matanya Horowitz (Doyle)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
26th SCCW (Santa Barbara) - Spring 2014&lt;br /&gt;
* Yutaka Hori (Murray)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
27th SCCW (Riverside) - Fall 2014&lt;br /&gt;
* Enrique Mallada (CMI postdoc)&lt;br /&gt;
* Noah Olsman (Goentoro/Doyle)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
28th SCCW (UCLA) - Spring 2015&lt;br /&gt;
* Anandh Swaminathan (Murray)&lt;br /&gt;
* Yuh-Shyang (Mickey) Wang (Doyle)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
29th SCCW (USC) - Fall 2015&lt;br /&gt;
* Changhong Zhao (Low)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
30th SCCW (UCSD) - Spring 2016&lt;br /&gt;
* Yorie Nakahira (Doyle)&lt;br /&gt;
* Ivan Papusha (Murray)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
31st SCCW (UCI) - Fall 2016&lt;br /&gt;
* Yoke Peng Leong (Doyle)&lt;br /&gt;
* Sumanth Dathathri (Murray)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Murray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Option_guidelines&amp;diff=505</id>
		<title>Option guidelines</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Option_guidelines&amp;diff=505"/>
		<updated>2015-10-03T03:23:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Murray: /* Preliminary Exam */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{righttoc}}&lt;br /&gt;
This document describes the requirements for obtaining a degree in&lt;br /&gt;
Control and Dynamical Systems at Caltech.  It is intended to&lt;br /&gt;
complement the Caltech Catalog by giving additional information about&lt;br /&gt;
option regulations and standard procedures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three examinations which are required to obtain a Ph.D. in&lt;br /&gt;
CDS.  The first is the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Preliminary Exam&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, given in the first year&lt;br /&gt;
of study and intended to evaluate the student's expertise in&lt;br /&gt;
mathematics, control, and dynamical systems.  This exam is&lt;br /&gt;
administered at the beginning of the third term and may be retaken at the beginning of summer, if necessary.  The &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Candidacy Exam&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is taken no later than the third year and is used to evaluate a student's research abilities.&lt;br /&gt;
Upon passing this exam, the student is admitted to candidacy, the&lt;br /&gt;
first step in obtaining a PhD.  The final exam is the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Ph.D.&lt;br /&gt;
examination&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (or thesis defense) and is given after completion of&lt;br /&gt;
the Ph.D. dissertation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A rough outline of the typical schedule for the first two years of&lt;br /&gt;
study in CDS is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* Year One&lt;br /&gt;
** Complete CDS required courses &lt;br /&gt;
** Take and pass the CDS Preliminary Exam&lt;br /&gt;
** Find a research advisor&lt;br /&gt;
* Years Two and Three&lt;br /&gt;
** Complete additional coursework in CDS (45 units total)&lt;br /&gt;
** Complete the focus requirement (27 units total)&lt;br /&gt;
** Take and pass the CDS Candidacy Exam&lt;br /&gt;
** Advance to Candidacy for the Ph.D.&lt;br /&gt;
Note that most students will begin doing research in the summer of&lt;br /&gt;
their first year in residency, in preparation for the Candidacy Exam.&lt;br /&gt;
It is therefore essential that students find a research advisor no&lt;br /&gt;
later than the end of third term and select an initial research&lt;br /&gt;
project to form the basis of the Candidacy Exam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The remainder of this document contains detailed descriptions of the&lt;br /&gt;
requirements and procedures for completing the Ph.D. program in CDS.&lt;br /&gt;
If you have any questions, you should consult your advisor or the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
Option Representative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Ph.D. Program ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Aims and Scope ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Control and Dynamical Systems (CDS) option is open to students&lt;br /&gt;
with an undergraduate degree in engineering, mathematics, or&lt;br /&gt;
science. The qualifications of each applicant will be considered&lt;br /&gt;
individually, and, after being enrolled, the student will arrange his&lt;br /&gt;
or her program in consultation with a member of the faculty. In some&lt;br /&gt;
cases the student may be required to make up undergraduate&lt;br /&gt;
deficiencies in engineering science courses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The CDS option emphasizes the interdisciplinary nature of modern&lt;br /&gt;
theory of dynamical systems and control. The curriculum is designed to&lt;br /&gt;
promote a broad knowledge of mathematical and experimental techniques&lt;br /&gt;
in dynamical systems theory and control. In addition to taking courses&lt;br /&gt;
in the CDS option, students must select a focus area (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Coursework ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon admission each student will be assigned an adviser in the option&lt;br /&gt;
and a committee of three members, chaired by the adviser, which will&lt;br /&gt;
approve the initial course of study by the student. Each prospective&lt;br /&gt;
Ph.D. student will meet with their advisor to evaluate the student's&lt;br /&gt;
background, relative to that expected at the Ph.D. level, in the areas&lt;br /&gt;
of mathematics, control, and dynamical systems.  The chief intention&lt;br /&gt;
of these consultations is to set up a course program for the first&lt;br /&gt;
year of study.  The adviser will be replaced by a research adviser&lt;br /&gt;
when the direction of specialization is determined, not later than the&lt;br /&gt;
beginning of the second year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following course requirements must be satisfied in order to obtain&lt;br /&gt;
a Ph.D.  in Control and Dynamical Systems:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Complete the following courses: ACM/CMS 104, ACM/CMS 113, ACM/CMS 116, CDS 140 and CDS 212.&lt;br /&gt;
# Complete an additional 45 units in CDS or other advanced courses in systems theory, dynamical systems, and/or applied mathematics.&lt;br /&gt;
# Complete the focus requirement, consisting of at least 27 units in a particular area outside of CDS. Courses taken to satisfy the focus must represent a coherent program of advanced study in the chosen area. Possible areas include biological systems, computer science, environmental science, fluid dynamics, information and communications, networking, robotics, and space systems. The program of study must be approved by the student’s counseling committee and the option representative.&lt;br /&gt;
# Prepare a Research Progress Report.&lt;br /&gt;
# Pass an oral examination on the major topic of the student’s research. The oral examination is normally taken no later than the end of the third year of graduate academic residence at the Institute.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The student's counseling committee will be the judge of the completion of&lt;br /&gt;
the focus requirement, necessary before the candidacy examination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Preliminary Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each student is required to take a preliminary examination&lt;br /&gt;
at the beginning of the third quarter in residence, the purpose of&lt;br /&gt;
which is to examine expertise in mathematics, control, and dynamical&lt;br /&gt;
systems.  The exam covers the material taught in the first and/or second terms of CDS&lt;br /&gt;
classes (typically ACM/CMSf 104 or 113; ACM/CMS 116 or CDS 140; and CDS 110, 112 or 212).  Students may&lt;br /&gt;
petition the faculty to replace one of these areas with an outside&lt;br /&gt;
area.  Petitions are due no later than the last day of classes of the&lt;br /&gt;
term preceding the exam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three types of decisions will be possible: ''pass'', ''conditional pass'', ''fail''.  A student with a ''pass'' or ''conditional pass'' is permitted to begin his or her Ph.D. research.  However, a student with a ''conditional pass'' will usually be required to satisfy some additional requirements, such as successful completion of specified coursework.  Students who fail the oral subject exam may be permitted to repeat the exam (or part of the exam)&lt;br /&gt;
once in the spring term, but this will occur only upon recommendation of the examination committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The format of the preliminary exam is described in the [[#CDS Preliminary Exam Procedures|qualifying exam section]] below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Research Advisor ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once students have passed the candidacy exam, they should begin to identify potential advisors for their research.  CDS students are encouraged to talk with faculty across Caltech who are working in areas of research related to their interests.  Students are responsible for finding a faculty member who agrees to supervise their research no later than the end of third term of the first year.  If a student is not able to identify a faculty member who is able to serve as they research advisor, he or she should contact the CDS option representative as soon as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Candidacy Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to admission to candidacy for the Ph.D. degree, a student is&lt;br /&gt;
required to pass the candidacy examination.  This exam consists of two&lt;br /&gt;
parts: a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;research progress report&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; and an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;oral examination&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
based primarily upon the content of the report.  A student who fails&lt;br /&gt;
to pass the candidacy exam according to the timetable and procedures&lt;br /&gt;
described below will &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;not&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; be permitted to register in any&lt;br /&gt;
subsequent terms, except for the purpose of completing work toward the&lt;br /&gt;
M.S. degree, and then only with the permission of the option&lt;br /&gt;
representative and the research advisor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The research progress report required for admission to candidacy should&lt;br /&gt;
be submitted to the faculty before the end of the second term of&lt;br /&gt;
the second year in residence.  The report is to be based upon the&lt;br /&gt;
Ph.D. research project and is expected to exhibit a professional&lt;br /&gt;
quality of exposition.  As a guide, the report should outline the&lt;br /&gt;
research problem, the progress of the student at the time of writing,&lt;br /&gt;
and the areas proposed for future study.  It is also important that&lt;br /&gt;
the report provide clear evidence of the student's understanding of&lt;br /&gt;
the motivation for the research problem and its relevance to the&lt;br /&gt;
general research area, as well as an appreciation of relevant&lt;br /&gt;
techniques and methodology.  The student should strive for a precise&lt;br /&gt;
and concise format.  Normally, the text itself should not exceed 20&lt;br /&gt;
pages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The research progress report will be approved based upon the&lt;br /&gt;
recommendation of an oral examination committee; the committee will&lt;br /&gt;
consist of no less than three faculty members, including the research&lt;br /&gt;
advisor and at least one additional member of the CDS faculty.  The&lt;br /&gt;
choice of the oral exam committee will be made by the student and his&lt;br /&gt;
or her research advisor, and must be approved by the Option&lt;br /&gt;
Representative.  It is the responsibility of the student to obtain&lt;br /&gt;
approval from each proposed committee member for the time and date of&lt;br /&gt;
the oral exam.  The list of the recommended exam committee members&lt;br /&gt;
must be submitted at the same time as the research progress report,&lt;br /&gt;
and the exam is normally scheduled within one month of submitting the&lt;br /&gt;
report.  The exam committee may require revision of the report, and&lt;br /&gt;
possibly a reexamination.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See the [[#Procedures for Advancement to Candidacy|candidacy proceedures section]] below for more details on the procedure for&lt;br /&gt;
advancement to candidacy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Appointment of Thesis Review Committee ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a student passes the second-year candidacy exam, a faculty&lt;br /&gt;
committee known as the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;thesis review committee&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; should be&lt;br /&gt;
established to review periodically the student's progress.  This&lt;br /&gt;
committee will serve not only as overseers of research progress during&lt;br /&gt;
the student's Ph.D. residency, but will also contribute to the&lt;br /&gt;
intellectual development of the student through sustained interaction.&lt;br /&gt;
Each student should endeavor to form the committee as soon as possible&lt;br /&gt;
after passing the candidacy exam, but no later than one month prior to&lt;br /&gt;
the beginning of the third year in residence.  This committee should&lt;br /&gt;
meet with the student before fall registration each year, either as a&lt;br /&gt;
group or individually, to review progress, suggest improvements in&lt;br /&gt;
research etc.  It is the students responsibility to organize this committee and seek its periodic input.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Final Thesis and Oral Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a final step in the Ph.D. program, the student is required to&lt;br /&gt;
submit a satisfactory thesis and pass a final oral examination.  This&lt;br /&gt;
exam will be preceded by a seminar which will be open to the general&lt;br /&gt;
public.  The [[#Ph.D. Examination Procedures|PhD procedures section]] below describes the procedures in&lt;br /&gt;
detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CDS Preliminary Exam Procedures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Format and Content of the Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each student is required to take a subject oral qualifying examination&lt;br /&gt;
at the beginning of the third quarter in residence, the purpose of&lt;br /&gt;
which is to examine expertise in mathematics, control and dynamical&lt;br /&gt;
systems.  The exam covers the material taught in the first and second terms of CDS&lt;br /&gt;
classes (typically ACM/CMS 104, ACM/CMS 113, ACM/CMS/EE 116 or CDS 140, and CDS 110, 112 or 212).  Students much choose one course in each of the following three areas:&lt;br /&gt;
* Math: ACM/CMS 104 or ACM/CMS 113&lt;br /&gt;
* Controls: CDS 110, CDS 112 or CDS 212&lt;br /&gt;
* Dynamics: ACM/CMS 116 or CDS 140&lt;br /&gt;
Students must select the courses on which they will be examined by the last day of classes in the term preceding the exam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students may petition the faculty to replace one of these areas with an outside area.  Petitions are due no later than the last day of classes of the&lt;br /&gt;
term preceding the exam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two and one-half (2-1/2) hours are allotted to the exam.  During the&lt;br /&gt;
first 90 minutes you will be given a written copy of the exam&lt;br /&gt;
questions, and will have the opportunity to prepare your answers;&lt;br /&gt;
during the second 60 minutes you will answer the questions orally at&lt;br /&gt;
the direction of the committee.  While preparing your answers, you are&lt;br /&gt;
not allowed to consult references of any kind.  All information that&lt;br /&gt;
we do not expect you to know (or be able to derive) will be supplied&lt;br /&gt;
as part of the question.  You should strive to present your answers in&lt;br /&gt;
a concise and incisive manner.  Due to scheduling, we will not be able&lt;br /&gt;
to extend the answer period beyond 60 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To determine potential subject matter, you should feel free to discuss&lt;br /&gt;
relevant references, etc. with members of the faculty; however, do not&lt;br /&gt;
expect the questions to be derived from any specific reference.  Also,&lt;br /&gt;
do not expect (or ask for) information about the nature or topics of&lt;br /&gt;
the questions themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exam Scheduling ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Preliminary Exam will take place at the beginning of the third&lt;br /&gt;
term in residence.  All first-year CDS students will receive a&lt;br /&gt;
scheduling form at the end of second term, which must be filled out and&lt;br /&gt;
returned to the Option Administrator no later than the end of second term&lt;br /&gt;
(i.e., the last day of finals).  Petitions to replace one of the&lt;br /&gt;
standard subject areas with an outside subject area must be submitted&lt;br /&gt;
no later than the last day of classes of second term.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The schedule for exams will be available by the beginning of the first week&lt;br /&gt;
of classes in third term, and exams will normally be scheduled at the end of the first week or&lt;br /&gt;
beginning of the second week of the term.  The results of the exam&lt;br /&gt;
will be announced after all students have completed of the exam.  Upon&lt;br /&gt;
recommendation of the examining committee, students who fail the exam&lt;br /&gt;
will be given one additional opportunity to take the exam, typically&lt;br /&gt;
at the beginning of summer term.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Procedures for Advancement to Candidacy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Requirements for Candidacy ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be recommended for candidacy for the doctorate degree, the&lt;br /&gt;
applicant, in addition to demonstrating understanding and knowledge of&lt;br /&gt;
fundamentals at the first-year Preliminary Examination, must give&lt;br /&gt;
satisfactory evidence of ability to carry out research in his or her&lt;br /&gt;
primary field of interest.  Hence, the applicant must submit and have&lt;br /&gt;
approved a written Research Progress Report.  In most cases, approval&lt;br /&gt;
of the written report will be based on a satisfactory oral defense of&lt;br /&gt;
its contents.  CDS students are expected to take and complete the Candidacy Examination no later than the end of their third academic year at Caltech.&lt;br /&gt;
A student who fails to satisfy the requirements of the&lt;br /&gt;
Division for candidacy by the end of the third term of the third year&lt;br /&gt;
in residence at the California Institute of Technology will not be&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to register in a subsequent academic year except by special&lt;br /&gt;
permission of the Division.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Procedures for scheduling and taking the exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Select a tentative date (determined by the candidate and his or&lt;br /&gt;
her research advisor) and an examining committee of at least three&lt;br /&gt;
members.  Check with the CDS Option Adminstrator to avoid time/place conflicts.&lt;br /&gt;
Then check with members of your committee to see that the date is&lt;br /&gt;
satisfactory.  The committee must consist of at least two CDS faculty&lt;br /&gt;
members and must be approved by the Option Representative before the&lt;br /&gt;
exam is scheduled.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Obtain a ''Candidacy Form for the Degree of Doctor of&lt;br /&gt;
Philosophy'' from the CDS option administrator.  Enter your name, major, and minor&lt;br /&gt;
(if you choose to have one) at the top of the Candidacy Form.  If you&lt;br /&gt;
choose to pursue a minor, fill in Section II6; if you do not pursue a&lt;br /&gt;
minor, fill in Section II5 with the courses taken outside of CDS (see&lt;br /&gt;
below).  Get proper approval signatures and return the form to the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
Secretary.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Prepare four copies of your Research Progress Report and deliver a&lt;br /&gt;
copy to each of your committee members no later than ''two weeks'' prior&lt;br /&gt;
to your examination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This report should describe concisely the present state-of-the-art of&lt;br /&gt;
your research topic, your progress to date, your proposed research,&lt;br /&gt;
and the nature of the contribution which you expect to make in the&lt;br /&gt;
general problem area.  All of this should not exceed ''twenty pages'' (excluding bibliography and using a standard 11 point report format with at least 1 inch margins). &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;When the Research Progress Report is satisfactory, the members&lt;br /&gt;
of the examining committee will sign the Candidacy Form.  All forms&lt;br /&gt;
should be returned to the CDS option administrator &lt;br /&gt;
after the examination.  You must fill out information in&lt;br /&gt;
Section II, and take it to the Registrar's Office for signature, and&lt;br /&gt;
then to the Option Representative for completion of Section V.  Then&lt;br /&gt;
obtain the Division Chair's signature and take the form to the&lt;br /&gt;
Graduate Office for your file there.  You will be notified later by&lt;br /&gt;
the Dean of Graduate Studies that you have been admitted to Candidacy&lt;br /&gt;
for the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ph.D. Examination Procedures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final Ph.D. exam will consist of a defense of the candidate's&lt;br /&gt;
thesis research.  In addition to the formal exam, each candidate is&lt;br /&gt;
required to present a seminar (open to the public) on his or her work;&lt;br /&gt;
this seminar will be scheduled in the Caltech Calendar as a regular&lt;br /&gt;
CDS Seminar.  The exam and seminar must be held at least two weeks&lt;br /&gt;
before the degree is conferred.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Procedures for Processing Necessary Forms ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;At least ''three weeks'' prior to the exam date, obtain the&lt;br /&gt;
following forms from the Graduate Office:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Petition for Exam&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Application for Approval of Thesis&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The date of the Ph.D.  exam and the committee members will be&lt;br /&gt;
determined by you and your research advisor and must be approved by&lt;br /&gt;
the Option Representative.  Check with members of your committee for&lt;br /&gt;
agreement on the date and time of the exam.  Once a definite date and&lt;br /&gt;
committee are set, the CDS Secretary will send a confirming memo to&lt;br /&gt;
the committee members.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Fill out and sign the top portion of the ''Application for Approval of Thesis''.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Complete the first page of the ''Petition for Exam''; have the&lt;br /&gt;
Registrar complete and sign Part I of page 2.  Complete Part II of&lt;br /&gt;
page 2, obtain the Divisional Chair's signature, and deliver the&lt;br /&gt;
form to the Graduate Office.  The Petition will remain there until&lt;br /&gt;
just before your exam when you should return it to the CDS option administrator.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Procedures for Submitting the Ph.D. Thesis ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;''At least two weeks prior to your exam'', supply each member (four are&lt;br /&gt;
needed, one of whom can be a qualified Ph.D. from off-campus) of your&lt;br /&gt;
committee with a copy of your thesis.  The Petition and Approval of&lt;br /&gt;
Thesis forms will not be signed at the time of the exam unless the&lt;br /&gt;
thesis requires no changes.  If corrections or revisions are required,&lt;br /&gt;
it is your responsibility to:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;make the necessary corrections or revisions;&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;submit the revised thesis to members of your examining committee; and&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;secure committee signatures on the Petition of Approval of&lt;br /&gt;
  Thesis forms after the acceptance of the corrections or revisions.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Submit one copy of your thesis to the Graduate Office for&lt;br /&gt;
proofreading.  This should be done at the same time the thesis is&lt;br /&gt;
submitted to your committee members.  (If corrections or revisions are&lt;br /&gt;
required, the thesis must be proofread a second time.)  You will be&lt;br /&gt;
notified as soon as the proofreading is complete (usually a couple of&lt;br /&gt;
days).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;After the exam is passed in all respects and the committee has signed&lt;br /&gt;
both the Petition and Approval of Thesis forms, obtain the signature&lt;br /&gt;
of the Option Representative of your subject minor, if appropriate,&lt;br /&gt;
and return the form to the Graduate Office.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Submit ''two corrected copies'' of the thesis to the Graduate&lt;br /&gt;
Office: one copy must be on Perma-Life or Old Council Tree bond paper,&lt;br /&gt;
reproduced from the original; the other copy may be regular Xerox&lt;br /&gt;
paper (see Graphic Arts for further information).  Submit these copies&lt;br /&gt;
in a brown envelope labeled as follows: your name, Ph.D.; Control and&lt;br /&gt;
Dynamical Systems; year.  Also submit two extra title pages and two&lt;br /&gt;
extra abstracts.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assist you in preparing for your final Ph.D. Examination, you&lt;br /&gt;
should obtain the following publications from the Graduate Office:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Preparation of Doctoral Dissertations&amp;quot; and&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Ph.D. Examination Procedures&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Transferring into CDS from Another Option ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students wishing to switch into CDS from another Caltech option must do so&lt;br /&gt;
before the end of their second year of residence at Caltech.  Students&lt;br /&gt;
must satisfy all option course requirements and must pass the&lt;br /&gt;
candidacy exam in order to be officially admitted into the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
Ph.D. program.  In addition, the student is expected to take the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
preliminary exam no later than the first year of study after&lt;br /&gt;
transferring into the CDS option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The procedure for switching into CDS is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The student should submit a written request to the Option Representative to consider admission into the CDS option.  Under normal circumstances, this request must be received no later than  the admissions deadline for incoming graduate students (December 15).&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The Admissions Committee will consider applications for transfer using the same criteria as outside admission into the CDS program.  Transfer students will be notified of admission by the usual admissions response deadline (March 15). &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Transfer students who are admitted into CDS must accept or decline admission no later than the usual admissions deadline (April 15).  If admitted, the student may either transfer immediately or defer admission until the beginning of the academic year.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Financial aid for transfer students will be described in the letter of admission.  Aid is not usually available until the beginning of the next academic year.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Since passing the preliminary examination is a requirement for continuing in the CDS PhD program, we highly recommend that students interested in transferring into CDS take the preliminary exam ''before'' they formally transfer into the option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The M.S. Program ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students will be admitted to the option who expect to pursue&lt;br /&gt;
the Ph.D. degree.  The master's degree may be awarded in exceptional&lt;br /&gt;
cases.  The awarding of this degree requires fulfilling the Institute&lt;br /&gt;
requirements for a master's degree, satisfying the engineering focus&lt;br /&gt;
requirements, and receiving a recommendation for awarding of the&lt;br /&gt;
degree from the counseling committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The M.S. program, unlike the Ph.D., is based primarily upon the&lt;br /&gt;
successful completion of coursework.  This coursework must include at&lt;br /&gt;
least 135 units in order to satisfy Institute requirements, with the&lt;br /&gt;
following core courses:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ACM/EE 116, CDS 140a, 201, 202 || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 36 units&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Additional Advanced Courses in CDS || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 36 units&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Engineering Electives (focus area) || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 27 units&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| General Electives || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 36 units&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The 36 units of general electives should include mathematics, science&lt;br /&gt;
and engineering subjects or research, but may be, with special&lt;br /&gt;
permission, humanities and social sciences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All M.S. students are required to submit candidacy forms to the&lt;br /&gt;
Institute for approval of the proposed course of study for the&lt;br /&gt;
M.S. degree.  The M.S. candidacy form must be submitted by midterm&lt;br /&gt;
(approximately mid-November) of the first term of the year when the&lt;br /&gt;
degree is expected.  These forms can be obtained at the Institute&lt;br /&gt;
Graduate Office.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Murray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Option_guidelines&amp;diff=504</id>
		<title>Option guidelines</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Option_guidelines&amp;diff=504"/>
		<updated>2015-09-27T15:50:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Murray: /* Transferring into CDS from Another Option */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{righttoc}}&lt;br /&gt;
This document describes the requirements for obtaining a degree in&lt;br /&gt;
Control and Dynamical Systems at Caltech.  It is intended to&lt;br /&gt;
complement the Caltech Catalog by giving additional information about&lt;br /&gt;
option regulations and standard procedures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three examinations which are required to obtain a Ph.D. in&lt;br /&gt;
CDS.  The first is the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Preliminary Exam&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, given in the first year&lt;br /&gt;
of study and intended to evaluate the student's expertise in&lt;br /&gt;
mathematics, control, and dynamical systems.  This exam is&lt;br /&gt;
administered at the beginning of the third term and may be retaken at the beginning of summer, if necessary.  The &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Candidacy Exam&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is taken no later than the third year and is used to evaluate a student's research abilities.&lt;br /&gt;
Upon passing this exam, the student is admitted to candidacy, the&lt;br /&gt;
first step in obtaining a PhD.  The final exam is the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Ph.D.&lt;br /&gt;
examination&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (or thesis defense) and is given after completion of&lt;br /&gt;
the Ph.D. dissertation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A rough outline of the typical schedule for the first two years of&lt;br /&gt;
study in CDS is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* Year One&lt;br /&gt;
** Complete CDS required courses &lt;br /&gt;
** Take and pass the CDS Preliminary Exam&lt;br /&gt;
** Find a research advisor&lt;br /&gt;
* Years Two and Three&lt;br /&gt;
** Complete additional coursework in CDS (45 units total)&lt;br /&gt;
** Complete the focus requirement (27 units total)&lt;br /&gt;
** Take and pass the CDS Candidacy Exam&lt;br /&gt;
** Advance to Candidacy for the Ph.D.&lt;br /&gt;
Note that most students will begin doing research in the summer of&lt;br /&gt;
their first year in residency, in preparation for the Candidacy Exam.&lt;br /&gt;
It is therefore essential that students find a research advisor no&lt;br /&gt;
later than the end of third term and select an initial research&lt;br /&gt;
project to form the basis of the Candidacy Exam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The remainder of this document contains detailed descriptions of the&lt;br /&gt;
requirements and procedures for completing the Ph.D. program in CDS.&lt;br /&gt;
If you have any questions, you should consult your advisor or the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
Option Representative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Ph.D. Program ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Aims and Scope ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Control and Dynamical Systems (CDS) option is open to students&lt;br /&gt;
with an undergraduate degree in engineering, mathematics, or&lt;br /&gt;
science. The qualifications of each applicant will be considered&lt;br /&gt;
individually, and, after being enrolled, the student will arrange his&lt;br /&gt;
or her program in consultation with a member of the faculty. In some&lt;br /&gt;
cases the student may be required to make up undergraduate&lt;br /&gt;
deficiencies in engineering science courses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The CDS option emphasizes the interdisciplinary nature of modern&lt;br /&gt;
theory of dynamical systems and control. The curriculum is designed to&lt;br /&gt;
promote a broad knowledge of mathematical and experimental techniques&lt;br /&gt;
in dynamical systems theory and control. In addition to taking courses&lt;br /&gt;
in the CDS option, students must select a focus area (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Coursework ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon admission each student will be assigned an adviser in the option&lt;br /&gt;
and a committee of three members, chaired by the adviser, which will&lt;br /&gt;
approve the initial course of study by the student. Each prospective&lt;br /&gt;
Ph.D. student will meet with their advisor to evaluate the student's&lt;br /&gt;
background, relative to that expected at the Ph.D. level, in the areas&lt;br /&gt;
of mathematics, control, and dynamical systems.  The chief intention&lt;br /&gt;
of these consultations is to set up a course program for the first&lt;br /&gt;
year of study.  The adviser will be replaced by a research adviser&lt;br /&gt;
when the direction of specialization is determined, not later than the&lt;br /&gt;
beginning of the second year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following course requirements must be satisfied in order to obtain&lt;br /&gt;
a Ph.D.  in Control and Dynamical Systems:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Complete the following courses: ACM/CMS 104, ACM/CMS 113, ACM/CMS 116, CDS 140 and CDS 212.&lt;br /&gt;
# Complete an additional 45 units in CDS or other advanced courses in systems theory, dynamical systems, and/or applied mathematics.&lt;br /&gt;
# Complete the focus requirement, consisting of at least 27 units in a particular area outside of CDS. Courses taken to satisfy the focus must represent a coherent program of advanced study in the chosen area. Possible areas include biological systems, computer science, environmental science, fluid dynamics, information and communications, networking, robotics, and space systems. The program of study must be approved by the student’s counseling committee and the option representative.&lt;br /&gt;
# Prepare a Research Progress Report.&lt;br /&gt;
# Pass an oral examination on the major topic of the student’s research. The oral examination is normally taken no later than the end of the third year of graduate academic residence at the Institute.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The student's counseling committee will be the judge of the completion of&lt;br /&gt;
the focus requirement, necessary before the candidacy examination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Preliminary Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each student is required to take a preliminary examination&lt;br /&gt;
at the beginning of the third quarter in residence, the purpose of&lt;br /&gt;
which is to examine expertise in mathematics, control, and dynamical&lt;br /&gt;
systems.  The exam covers the material taught in the first and/or second terms of CDS&lt;br /&gt;
classes (typically ACM 104, ACM 113, ACM/EE 116 or CDS 140, and CDS 110, 112 or 212).  Students may&lt;br /&gt;
petition the faculty to replace one of these areas with an outside&lt;br /&gt;
area.  Petitions are due no later than the last day of classes of the&lt;br /&gt;
term preceding the exam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three types of decisions will be possible: ''pass'', ''conditional pass'', ''fail''.  A student with a ''pass'' or ''conditional pass'' is permitted to begin his or her Ph.D. research.  However, a student with a ''conditional pass'' will usually be required to satisfy some additional requirements, such as successful completion of specified coursework.  Students who fail the oral subject exam may be permitted to repeat the exam (or part of the exam)&lt;br /&gt;
once in the spring term, but this will occur only upon recommendation of the examination committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The format of the preliminary exam is described in the [[#CDS Preliminary Exam Procedures|qualifying exam section]] below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Research Advisor ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once students have passed the candidacy exam, they should begin to identify potential advisors for their research.  CDS students are encouraged to talk with faculty across Caltech who are working in areas of research related to their interests.  Students are responsible for finding a faculty member who agrees to supervise their research no later than the end of third term of the first year.  If a student is not able to identify a faculty member who is able to serve as they research advisor, he or she should contact the CDS option representative as soon as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Candidacy Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to admission to candidacy for the Ph.D. degree, a student is&lt;br /&gt;
required to pass the candidacy examination.  This exam consists of two&lt;br /&gt;
parts: a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;research progress report&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; and an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;oral examination&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
based primarily upon the content of the report.  A student who fails&lt;br /&gt;
to pass the candidacy exam according to the timetable and procedures&lt;br /&gt;
described below will &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;not&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; be permitted to register in any&lt;br /&gt;
subsequent terms, except for the purpose of completing work toward the&lt;br /&gt;
M.S. degree, and then only with the permission of the option&lt;br /&gt;
representative and the research advisor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The research progress report required for admission to candidacy should&lt;br /&gt;
be submitted to the faculty before the end of the second term of&lt;br /&gt;
the second year in residence.  The report is to be based upon the&lt;br /&gt;
Ph.D. research project and is expected to exhibit a professional&lt;br /&gt;
quality of exposition.  As a guide, the report should outline the&lt;br /&gt;
research problem, the progress of the student at the time of writing,&lt;br /&gt;
and the areas proposed for future study.  It is also important that&lt;br /&gt;
the report provide clear evidence of the student's understanding of&lt;br /&gt;
the motivation for the research problem and its relevance to the&lt;br /&gt;
general research area, as well as an appreciation of relevant&lt;br /&gt;
techniques and methodology.  The student should strive for a precise&lt;br /&gt;
and concise format.  Normally, the text itself should not exceed 20&lt;br /&gt;
pages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The research progress report will be approved based upon the&lt;br /&gt;
recommendation of an oral examination committee; the committee will&lt;br /&gt;
consist of no less than three faculty members, including the research&lt;br /&gt;
advisor and at least one additional member of the CDS faculty.  The&lt;br /&gt;
choice of the oral exam committee will be made by the student and his&lt;br /&gt;
or her research advisor, and must be approved by the Option&lt;br /&gt;
Representative.  It is the responsibility of the student to obtain&lt;br /&gt;
approval from each proposed committee member for the time and date of&lt;br /&gt;
the oral exam.  The list of the recommended exam committee members&lt;br /&gt;
must be submitted at the same time as the research progress report,&lt;br /&gt;
and the exam is normally scheduled within one month of submitting the&lt;br /&gt;
report.  The exam committee may require revision of the report, and&lt;br /&gt;
possibly a reexamination.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See the [[#Procedures for Advancement to Candidacy|candidacy proceedures section]] below for more details on the procedure for&lt;br /&gt;
advancement to candidacy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Appointment of Thesis Review Committee ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a student passes the second-year candidacy exam, a faculty&lt;br /&gt;
committee known as the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;thesis review committee&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; should be&lt;br /&gt;
established to review periodically the student's progress.  This&lt;br /&gt;
committee will serve not only as overseers of research progress during&lt;br /&gt;
the student's Ph.D. residency, but will also contribute to the&lt;br /&gt;
intellectual development of the student through sustained interaction.&lt;br /&gt;
Each student should endeavor to form the committee as soon as possible&lt;br /&gt;
after passing the candidacy exam, but no later than one month prior to&lt;br /&gt;
the beginning of the third year in residence.  This committee should&lt;br /&gt;
meet with the student before fall registration each year, either as a&lt;br /&gt;
group or individually, to review progress, suggest improvements in&lt;br /&gt;
research etc.  It is the students responsibility to organize this committee and seek its periodic input.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Final Thesis and Oral Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a final step in the Ph.D. program, the student is required to&lt;br /&gt;
submit a satisfactory thesis and pass a final oral examination.  This&lt;br /&gt;
exam will be preceded by a seminar which will be open to the general&lt;br /&gt;
public.  The [[#Ph.D. Examination Procedures|PhD procedures section]] below describes the procedures in&lt;br /&gt;
detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CDS Preliminary Exam Procedures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Format and Content of the Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each student is required to take a subject oral qualifying examination&lt;br /&gt;
at the beginning of the third quarter in residence, the purpose of&lt;br /&gt;
which is to examine expertise in mathematics, control and dynamical&lt;br /&gt;
systems.  The exam covers the material taught in the first and second terms of CDS&lt;br /&gt;
classes (typically ACM/CMS 104, ACM/CMS 113, ACM/CMS/EE 116 or CDS 140, and CDS 110, 112 or 212).  Students much choose one course in each of the following three areas:&lt;br /&gt;
* Math: ACM/CMS 104 or ACM/CMS 113&lt;br /&gt;
* Controls: CDS 110, CDS 112 or CDS 212&lt;br /&gt;
* Dynamics: ACM/CMS 116 or CDS 140&lt;br /&gt;
Students must select the courses on which they will be examined by the last day of classes in the term preceding the exam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students may petition the faculty to replace one of these areas with an outside area.  Petitions are due no later than the last day of classes of the&lt;br /&gt;
term preceding the exam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two and one-half (2-1/2) hours are allotted to the exam.  During the&lt;br /&gt;
first 90 minutes you will be given a written copy of the exam&lt;br /&gt;
questions, and will have the opportunity to prepare your answers;&lt;br /&gt;
during the second 60 minutes you will answer the questions orally at&lt;br /&gt;
the direction of the committee.  While preparing your answers, you are&lt;br /&gt;
not allowed to consult references of any kind.  All information that&lt;br /&gt;
we do not expect you to know (or be able to derive) will be supplied&lt;br /&gt;
as part of the question.  You should strive to present your answers in&lt;br /&gt;
a concise and incisive manner.  Due to scheduling, we will not be able&lt;br /&gt;
to extend the answer period beyond 60 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To determine potential subject matter, you should feel free to discuss&lt;br /&gt;
relevant references, etc. with members of the faculty; however, do not&lt;br /&gt;
expect the questions to be derived from any specific reference.  Also,&lt;br /&gt;
do not expect (or ask for) information about the nature or topics of&lt;br /&gt;
the questions themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exam Scheduling ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Preliminary Exam will take place at the beginning of the third&lt;br /&gt;
term in residence.  All first-year CDS students will receive a&lt;br /&gt;
scheduling form at the end of second term, which must be filled out and&lt;br /&gt;
returned to the Option Administrator no later than the end of second term&lt;br /&gt;
(i.e., the last day of finals).  Petitions to replace one of the&lt;br /&gt;
standard subject areas with an outside subject area must be submitted&lt;br /&gt;
no later than the last day of classes of second term.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The schedule for exams will be available by the beginning of the first week&lt;br /&gt;
of classes in third term, and exams will normally be scheduled at the end of the first week or&lt;br /&gt;
beginning of the second week of the term.  The results of the exam&lt;br /&gt;
will be announced after all students have completed of the exam.  Upon&lt;br /&gt;
recommendation of the examining committee, students who fail the exam&lt;br /&gt;
will be given one additional opportunity to take the exam, typically&lt;br /&gt;
at the beginning of summer term.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Procedures for Advancement to Candidacy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Requirements for Candidacy ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be recommended for candidacy for the doctorate degree, the&lt;br /&gt;
applicant, in addition to demonstrating understanding and knowledge of&lt;br /&gt;
fundamentals at the first-year Preliminary Examination, must give&lt;br /&gt;
satisfactory evidence of ability to carry out research in his or her&lt;br /&gt;
primary field of interest.  Hence, the applicant must submit and have&lt;br /&gt;
approved a written Research Progress Report.  In most cases, approval&lt;br /&gt;
of the written report will be based on a satisfactory oral defense of&lt;br /&gt;
its contents.  CDS students are expected to take and complete the Candidacy Examination no later than the end of their third academic year at Caltech.&lt;br /&gt;
A student who fails to satisfy the requirements of the&lt;br /&gt;
Division for candidacy by the end of the third term of the third year&lt;br /&gt;
in residence at the California Institute of Technology will not be&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to register in a subsequent academic year except by special&lt;br /&gt;
permission of the Division.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Procedures for scheduling and taking the exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Select a tentative date (determined by the candidate and his or&lt;br /&gt;
her research advisor) and an examining committee of at least three&lt;br /&gt;
members.  Check with the CDS Option Adminstrator to avoid time/place conflicts.&lt;br /&gt;
Then check with members of your committee to see that the date is&lt;br /&gt;
satisfactory.  The committee must consist of at least two CDS faculty&lt;br /&gt;
members and must be approved by the Option Representative before the&lt;br /&gt;
exam is scheduled.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Obtain a ''Candidacy Form for the Degree of Doctor of&lt;br /&gt;
Philosophy'' from the CDS option administrator.  Enter your name, major, and minor&lt;br /&gt;
(if you choose to have one) at the top of the Candidacy Form.  If you&lt;br /&gt;
choose to pursue a minor, fill in Section II6; if you do not pursue a&lt;br /&gt;
minor, fill in Section II5 with the courses taken outside of CDS (see&lt;br /&gt;
below).  Get proper approval signatures and return the form to the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
Secretary.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Prepare four copies of your Research Progress Report and deliver a&lt;br /&gt;
copy to each of your committee members no later than ''two weeks'' prior&lt;br /&gt;
to your examination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This report should describe concisely the present state-of-the-art of&lt;br /&gt;
your research topic, your progress to date, your proposed research,&lt;br /&gt;
and the nature of the contribution which you expect to make in the&lt;br /&gt;
general problem area.  All of this should not exceed ''twenty pages'' (excluding bibliography and using a standard 11 point report format with at least 1 inch margins). &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;When the Research Progress Report is satisfactory, the members&lt;br /&gt;
of the examining committee will sign the Candidacy Form.  All forms&lt;br /&gt;
should be returned to the CDS option administrator &lt;br /&gt;
after the examination.  You must fill out information in&lt;br /&gt;
Section II, and take it to the Registrar's Office for signature, and&lt;br /&gt;
then to the Option Representative for completion of Section V.  Then&lt;br /&gt;
obtain the Division Chair's signature and take the form to the&lt;br /&gt;
Graduate Office for your file there.  You will be notified later by&lt;br /&gt;
the Dean of Graduate Studies that you have been admitted to Candidacy&lt;br /&gt;
for the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ph.D. Examination Procedures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final Ph.D. exam will consist of a defense of the candidate's&lt;br /&gt;
thesis research.  In addition to the formal exam, each candidate is&lt;br /&gt;
required to present a seminar (open to the public) on his or her work;&lt;br /&gt;
this seminar will be scheduled in the Caltech Calendar as a regular&lt;br /&gt;
CDS Seminar.  The exam and seminar must be held at least two weeks&lt;br /&gt;
before the degree is conferred.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Procedures for Processing Necessary Forms ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;At least ''three weeks'' prior to the exam date, obtain the&lt;br /&gt;
following forms from the Graduate Office:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Petition for Exam&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Application for Approval of Thesis&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The date of the Ph.D.  exam and the committee members will be&lt;br /&gt;
determined by you and your research advisor and must be approved by&lt;br /&gt;
the Option Representative.  Check with members of your committee for&lt;br /&gt;
agreement on the date and time of the exam.  Once a definite date and&lt;br /&gt;
committee are set, the CDS Secretary will send a confirming memo to&lt;br /&gt;
the committee members.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Fill out and sign the top portion of the ''Application for Approval of Thesis''.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Complete the first page of the ''Petition for Exam''; have the&lt;br /&gt;
Registrar complete and sign Part I of page 2.  Complete Part II of&lt;br /&gt;
page 2, obtain the Divisional Chair's signature, and deliver the&lt;br /&gt;
form to the Graduate Office.  The Petition will remain there until&lt;br /&gt;
just before your exam when you should return it to the CDS option administrator.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Procedures for Submitting the Ph.D. Thesis ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;''At least two weeks prior to your exam'', supply each member (four are&lt;br /&gt;
needed, one of whom can be a qualified Ph.D. from off-campus) of your&lt;br /&gt;
committee with a copy of your thesis.  The Petition and Approval of&lt;br /&gt;
Thesis forms will not be signed at the time of the exam unless the&lt;br /&gt;
thesis requires no changes.  If corrections or revisions are required,&lt;br /&gt;
it is your responsibility to:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;make the necessary corrections or revisions;&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;submit the revised thesis to members of your examining committee; and&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;secure committee signatures on the Petition of Approval of&lt;br /&gt;
  Thesis forms after the acceptance of the corrections or revisions.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Submit one copy of your thesis to the Graduate Office for&lt;br /&gt;
proofreading.  This should be done at the same time the thesis is&lt;br /&gt;
submitted to your committee members.  (If corrections or revisions are&lt;br /&gt;
required, the thesis must be proofread a second time.)  You will be&lt;br /&gt;
notified as soon as the proofreading is complete (usually a couple of&lt;br /&gt;
days).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;After the exam is passed in all respects and the committee has signed&lt;br /&gt;
both the Petition and Approval of Thesis forms, obtain the signature&lt;br /&gt;
of the Option Representative of your subject minor, if appropriate,&lt;br /&gt;
and return the form to the Graduate Office.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Submit ''two corrected copies'' of the thesis to the Graduate&lt;br /&gt;
Office: one copy must be on Perma-Life or Old Council Tree bond paper,&lt;br /&gt;
reproduced from the original; the other copy may be regular Xerox&lt;br /&gt;
paper (see Graphic Arts for further information).  Submit these copies&lt;br /&gt;
in a brown envelope labeled as follows: your name, Ph.D.; Control and&lt;br /&gt;
Dynamical Systems; year.  Also submit two extra title pages and two&lt;br /&gt;
extra abstracts.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assist you in preparing for your final Ph.D. Examination, you&lt;br /&gt;
should obtain the following publications from the Graduate Office:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Preparation of Doctoral Dissertations&amp;quot; and&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Ph.D. Examination Procedures&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Transferring into CDS from Another Option ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students wishing to switch into CDS from another Caltech option must do so&lt;br /&gt;
before the end of their second year of residence at Caltech.  Students&lt;br /&gt;
must satisfy all option course requirements and must pass the&lt;br /&gt;
candidacy exam in order to be officially admitted into the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
Ph.D. program.  In addition, the student is expected to take the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
preliminary exam no later than the first year of study after&lt;br /&gt;
transferring into the CDS option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The procedure for switching into CDS is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The student should submit a written request to the Option Representative to consider admission into the CDS option.  Under normal circumstances, this request must be received no later than  the admissions deadline for incoming graduate students (December 15).&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The Admissions Committee will consider applications for transfer using the same criteria as outside admission into the CDS program.  Transfer students will be notified of admission by the usual admissions response deadline (March 15). &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Transfer students who are admitted into CDS must accept or decline admission no later than the usual admissions deadline (April 15).  If admitted, the student may either transfer immediately or defer admission until the beginning of the academic year.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Financial aid for transfer students will be described in the letter of admission.  Aid is not usually available until the beginning of the next academic year.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Since passing the preliminary examination is a requirement for continuing in the CDS PhD program, we highly recommend that students interested in transferring into CDS take the preliminary exam ''before'' they formally transfer into the option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The M.S. Program ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students will be admitted to the option who expect to pursue&lt;br /&gt;
the Ph.D. degree.  The master's degree may be awarded in exceptional&lt;br /&gt;
cases.  The awarding of this degree requires fulfilling the Institute&lt;br /&gt;
requirements for a master's degree, satisfying the engineering focus&lt;br /&gt;
requirements, and receiving a recommendation for awarding of the&lt;br /&gt;
degree from the counseling committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The M.S. program, unlike the Ph.D., is based primarily upon the&lt;br /&gt;
successful completion of coursework.  This coursework must include at&lt;br /&gt;
least 135 units in order to satisfy Institute requirements, with the&lt;br /&gt;
following core courses:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ACM/EE 116, CDS 140a, 201, 202 || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 36 units&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Additional Advanced Courses in CDS || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 36 units&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Engineering Electives (focus area) || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 27 units&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| General Electives || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 36 units&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The 36 units of general electives should include mathematics, science&lt;br /&gt;
and engineering subjects or research, but may be, with special&lt;br /&gt;
permission, humanities and social sciences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All M.S. students are required to submit candidacy forms to the&lt;br /&gt;
Institute for approval of the proposed course of study for the&lt;br /&gt;
M.S. degree.  The M.S. candidacy form must be submitted by midterm&lt;br /&gt;
(approximately mid-November) of the first term of the year when the&lt;br /&gt;
degree is expected.  These forms can be obtained at the Institute&lt;br /&gt;
Graduate Office.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Murray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Option_guidelines&amp;diff=434</id>
		<title>Option guidelines</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Option_guidelines&amp;diff=434"/>
		<updated>2015-01-03T17:37:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Murray: /* Exam Scheduling */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{righttoc}}&lt;br /&gt;
This document describes the requirements for obtaining a degree in&lt;br /&gt;
Control and Dynamical Systems at Caltech.  It is intended to&lt;br /&gt;
complement the Caltech Catalog by giving additional information about&lt;br /&gt;
option regulations and standard procedures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three examinations which are required to obtain a Ph.D. in&lt;br /&gt;
CDS.  The first is the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Preliminary Exam&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, given in the first year&lt;br /&gt;
of study and intended to evaluate the student's expertise in&lt;br /&gt;
mathematics, control, and dynamical systems.  This exam is&lt;br /&gt;
administered at the beginning of the third term and may be retaken at the beginning of summer, if necessary.  The &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Candidacy Exam&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is taken no later than the third year and is used to evaluate a student's research abilities.&lt;br /&gt;
Upon passing this exam, the student is admitted to candidacy, the&lt;br /&gt;
first step in obtaining a PhD.  The final exam is the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Ph.D.&lt;br /&gt;
examination&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (or thesis defense) and is given after completion of&lt;br /&gt;
the Ph.D. dissertation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A rough outline of the typical schedule for the first two years of&lt;br /&gt;
study in CDS is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* Year One&lt;br /&gt;
** Complete CDS required courses &lt;br /&gt;
** Take and pass the CDS Preliminary Exam&lt;br /&gt;
** Find a research advisor&lt;br /&gt;
* Years Two and Three&lt;br /&gt;
** Complete additional coursework in CDS (45 units total)&lt;br /&gt;
** Complete the focus requirement (27 units total)&lt;br /&gt;
** Take and pass the CDS Candidacy Exam&lt;br /&gt;
** Advance to Candidacy for the Ph.D.&lt;br /&gt;
Note that most students will begin doing research in the summer of&lt;br /&gt;
their first year in residency, in preparation for the Candidacy Exam.&lt;br /&gt;
It is therefore essential that students find a research advisor no&lt;br /&gt;
later than the end of third term and select an initial research&lt;br /&gt;
project to form the basis of the Candidacy Exam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The remainder of this document contains detailed descriptions of the&lt;br /&gt;
requirements and procedures for completing the Ph.D. program in CDS.&lt;br /&gt;
If you have any questions, you should consult your advisor or the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
Option Representative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Ph.D. Program ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Aims and Scope ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Control and Dynamical Systems (CDS) option is open to students&lt;br /&gt;
with an undergraduate degree in engineering, mathematics, or&lt;br /&gt;
science. The qualifications of each applicant will be considered&lt;br /&gt;
individually, and, after being enrolled, the student will arrange his&lt;br /&gt;
or her program in consultation with a member of the faculty. In some&lt;br /&gt;
cases the student may be required to make up undergraduate&lt;br /&gt;
deficiencies in engineering science courses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The CDS option emphasizes the interdisciplinary nature of modern&lt;br /&gt;
theory of dynamical systems and control. The curriculum is designed to&lt;br /&gt;
promote a broad knowledge of mathematical and experimental techniques&lt;br /&gt;
in dynamical systems theory and control. In addition to taking courses&lt;br /&gt;
in the CDS option, students must select a focus area (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Coursework ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon admission each student will be assigned an adviser in the option&lt;br /&gt;
and a committee of three members, chaired by the adviser, which will&lt;br /&gt;
approve the initial course of study by the student. Each prospective&lt;br /&gt;
Ph.D. student will meet with their advisor to evaluate the student's&lt;br /&gt;
background, relative to that expected at the Ph.D. level, in the areas&lt;br /&gt;
of mathematics, control, and dynamical systems.  The chief intention&lt;br /&gt;
of these consultations is to set up a course program for the first&lt;br /&gt;
year of study.  The adviser will be replaced by a research adviser&lt;br /&gt;
when the direction of specialization is determined, not later than the&lt;br /&gt;
beginning of the second year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following course requirements must be satisfied in order to obtain&lt;br /&gt;
a Ph.D.  in Control and Dynamical Systems:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Complete the following courses: ACM/CMS 104, ACM/CMS 113, ACM/CMS 116, CDS 140 and CDS 212.&lt;br /&gt;
# Complete an additional 45 units in CDS or other advanced courses in systems theory, dynamical systems, and/or applied mathematics.&lt;br /&gt;
# Complete the focus requirement, consisting of at least 27 units in a particular area outside of CDS. Courses taken to satisfy the focus must represent a coherent program of advanced study in the chosen area. Possible areas include biological systems, computer science, environmental science, fluid dynamics, information and communications, networking, robotics, and space systems. The program of study must be approved by the student’s counseling committee and the option representative.&lt;br /&gt;
# Prepare a Research Progress Report.&lt;br /&gt;
# Pass an oral examination on the major topic of the student’s research. The oral examination is normally taken no later than the end of the third year of graduate academic residence at the Institute.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The student's counseling committee will be the judge of the completion of&lt;br /&gt;
the focus requirement, necessary before the candidacy examination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Preliminary Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each student is required to take a preliminary examination&lt;br /&gt;
at the beginning of the third quarter in residence, the purpose of&lt;br /&gt;
which is to examine expertise in mathematics, control, and dynamical&lt;br /&gt;
systems.  The exam covers the material taught in the first and/or second terms of CDS&lt;br /&gt;
classes (typically ACM 104, ACM 113, ACM/EE 116 or CDS 140, and CDS 110, 112 or 212).  Students may&lt;br /&gt;
petition the faculty to replace one of these areas with an outside&lt;br /&gt;
area.  Petitions are due no later than the last day of classes of the&lt;br /&gt;
term preceding the exam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three types of decisions will be possible: ''pass'', ''conditional pass'', ''fail''.  A student with a ''pass'' or ''conditional pass'' is permitted to begin his or her Ph.D. research.  However, a student with a ''conditional pass'' will usually be required to satisfy some additional requirements, such as successful completion of specified coursework.  Students who fail the oral subject exam may be permitted to repeat the exam (or part of the exam)&lt;br /&gt;
once in the spring term, but this will occur only upon recommendation of the examination committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The format of the preliminary exam is described in the [[#CDS Preliminary Exam Procedures|qualifying exam section]] below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Research Advisor ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once students have passed the candidacy exam, they should begin to identify potential advisors for their research.  CDS students are encouraged to talk with faculty across Caltech who are working in areas of research related to their interests.  Students are responsible for finding a faculty member who agrees to supervise their research no later than the end of third term of the first year.  If a student is not able to identify a faculty member who is able to serve as they research advisor, he or she should contact the CDS option representative as soon as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Candidacy Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to admission to candidacy for the Ph.D. degree, a student is&lt;br /&gt;
required to pass the candidacy examination.  This exam consists of two&lt;br /&gt;
parts: a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;research progress report&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; and an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;oral examination&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
based primarily upon the content of the report.  A student who fails&lt;br /&gt;
to pass the candidacy exam according to the timetable and procedures&lt;br /&gt;
described below will &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;not&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; be permitted to register in any&lt;br /&gt;
subsequent terms, except for the purpose of completing work toward the&lt;br /&gt;
M.S. degree, and then only with the permission of the option&lt;br /&gt;
representative and the research advisor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The research progress report required for admission to candidacy should&lt;br /&gt;
be submitted to the faculty before the end of the second term of&lt;br /&gt;
the second year in residence.  The report is to be based upon the&lt;br /&gt;
Ph.D. research project and is expected to exhibit a professional&lt;br /&gt;
quality of exposition.  As a guide, the report should outline the&lt;br /&gt;
research problem, the progress of the student at the time of writing,&lt;br /&gt;
and the areas proposed for future study.  It is also important that&lt;br /&gt;
the report provide clear evidence of the student's understanding of&lt;br /&gt;
the motivation for the research problem and its relevance to the&lt;br /&gt;
general research area, as well as an appreciation of relevant&lt;br /&gt;
techniques and methodology.  The student should strive for a precise&lt;br /&gt;
and concise format.  Normally, the text itself should not exceed 20&lt;br /&gt;
pages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The research progress report will be approved based upon the&lt;br /&gt;
recommendation of an oral examination committee; the committee will&lt;br /&gt;
consist of no less than three faculty members, including the research&lt;br /&gt;
advisor and at least one additional member of the CDS faculty.  The&lt;br /&gt;
choice of the oral exam committee will be made by the student and his&lt;br /&gt;
or her research advisor, and must be approved by the Option&lt;br /&gt;
Representative.  It is the responsibility of the student to obtain&lt;br /&gt;
approval from each proposed committee member for the time and date of&lt;br /&gt;
the oral exam.  The list of the recommended exam committee members&lt;br /&gt;
must be submitted at the same time as the research progress report,&lt;br /&gt;
and the exam is normally scheduled within one month of submitting the&lt;br /&gt;
report.  The exam committee may require revision of the report, and&lt;br /&gt;
possibly a reexamination.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See the [[#Procedures for Advancement to Candidacy|candidacy proceedures section]] below for more details on the procedure for&lt;br /&gt;
advancement to candidacy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Appointment of Thesis Review Committee ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a student passes the second-year candidacy exam, a faculty&lt;br /&gt;
committee known as the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;thesis review committee&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; should be&lt;br /&gt;
established to review periodically the student's progress.  This&lt;br /&gt;
committee will serve not only as overseers of research progress during&lt;br /&gt;
the student's Ph.D. residency, but will also contribute to the&lt;br /&gt;
intellectual development of the student through sustained interaction.&lt;br /&gt;
Each student should endeavor to form the committee as soon as possible&lt;br /&gt;
after passing the candidacy exam, but no later than one month prior to&lt;br /&gt;
the beginning of the third year in residence.  This committee should&lt;br /&gt;
meet with the student before fall registration each year, either as a&lt;br /&gt;
group or individually, to review progress, suggest improvements in&lt;br /&gt;
research etc.  It is the students responsibility to organize this committee and seek its periodic input.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Final Thesis and Oral Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a final step in the Ph.D. program, the student is required to&lt;br /&gt;
submit a satisfactory thesis and pass a final oral examination.  This&lt;br /&gt;
exam will be preceded by a seminar which will be open to the general&lt;br /&gt;
public.  The [[#Ph.D. Examination Procedures|PhD procedures section]] below describes the procedures in&lt;br /&gt;
detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CDS Preliminary Exam Procedures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Format and Content of the Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each student is required to take a subject oral qualifying examination&lt;br /&gt;
at the beginning of the third quarter in residence, the purpose of&lt;br /&gt;
which is to examine expertise in mathematics, control and dynamical&lt;br /&gt;
systems.  The exam covers the material taught in the first and second terms of CDS&lt;br /&gt;
classes (typically ACM/CMS 104, ACM/CMS 113, ACM/CMS/EE 116 or CDS 140, and CDS 110, 112 or 212).  Students much choose one course in each of the following three areas:&lt;br /&gt;
* Math: ACM/CMS 104 or ACM/CMS 113&lt;br /&gt;
* Controls: CDS 110, CDS 112 or CDS 212&lt;br /&gt;
* Dynamics: ACM/CMS 116 or CDS 140&lt;br /&gt;
Students must select the courses on which they will be examined by the last day of classes in the term preceding the exam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students may petition the faculty to replace one of these areas with an outside area.  Petitions are due no later than the last day of classes of the&lt;br /&gt;
term preceding the exam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two and one-half (2-1/2) hours are allotted to the exam.  During the&lt;br /&gt;
first 90 minutes you will be given a written copy of the exam&lt;br /&gt;
questions, and will have the opportunity to prepare your answers;&lt;br /&gt;
during the second 60 minutes you will answer the questions orally at&lt;br /&gt;
the direction of the committee.  While preparing your answers, you are&lt;br /&gt;
not allowed to consult references of any kind.  All information that&lt;br /&gt;
we do not expect you to know (or be able to derive) will be supplied&lt;br /&gt;
as part of the question.  You should strive to present your answers in&lt;br /&gt;
a concise and incisive manner.  Due to scheduling, we will not be able&lt;br /&gt;
to extend the answer period beyond 60 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To determine potential subject matter, you should feel free to discuss&lt;br /&gt;
relevant references, etc. with members of the faculty; however, do not&lt;br /&gt;
expect the questions to be derived from any specific reference.  Also,&lt;br /&gt;
do not expect (or ask for) information about the nature or topics of&lt;br /&gt;
the questions themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exam Scheduling ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Preliminary Exam will take place at the beginning of the third&lt;br /&gt;
term in residence.  All first-year CDS students will receive a&lt;br /&gt;
scheduling form at the end of second term, which must be filled out and&lt;br /&gt;
returned to the Option Administrator no later than the end of second term&lt;br /&gt;
(i.e., the last day of finals).  Petitions to replace one of the&lt;br /&gt;
standard subject areas with an outside subject area must be submitted&lt;br /&gt;
no later than the last day of classes of second term.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The schedule for exams will be available by the beginning of the first week&lt;br /&gt;
of classes in third term, and exams will normally be scheduled at the end of the first week or&lt;br /&gt;
beginning of the second week of the term.  The results of the exam&lt;br /&gt;
will be announced after all students have completed of the exam.  Upon&lt;br /&gt;
recommendation of the examining committee, students who fail the exam&lt;br /&gt;
will be given one additional opportunity to take the exam, typically&lt;br /&gt;
at the beginning of summer term.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Procedures for Advancement to Candidacy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Requirements for Candidacy ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be recommended for candidacy for the doctorate degree, the&lt;br /&gt;
applicant, in addition to demonstrating understanding and knowledge of&lt;br /&gt;
fundamentals at the first-year Preliminary Examination, must give&lt;br /&gt;
satisfactory evidence of ability to carry out research in his or her&lt;br /&gt;
primary field of interest.  Hence, the applicant must submit and have&lt;br /&gt;
approved a written Research Progress Report.  In most cases, approval&lt;br /&gt;
of the written report will be based on a satisfactory oral defense of&lt;br /&gt;
its contents.  CDS students are expected to take and complete the Candidacy Examination no later than the end of their third academic year at Caltech.&lt;br /&gt;
A student who fails to satisfy the requirements of the&lt;br /&gt;
Division for candidacy by the end of the third term of the third year&lt;br /&gt;
in residence at the California Institute of Technology will not be&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to register in a subsequent academic year except by special&lt;br /&gt;
permission of the Division.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Procedures for scheduling and taking the exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Select a tentative date (determined by the candidate and his or&lt;br /&gt;
her research advisor) and an examining committee of at least three&lt;br /&gt;
members.  Check with the CDS Option Adminstrator to avoid time/place conflicts.&lt;br /&gt;
Then check with members of your committee to see that the date is&lt;br /&gt;
satisfactory.  The committee must consist of at least two CDS faculty&lt;br /&gt;
members and must be approved by the Option Representative before the&lt;br /&gt;
exam is scheduled.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Obtain a ''Candidacy Form for the Degree of Doctor of&lt;br /&gt;
Philosophy'' from the CDS option administrator.  Enter your name, major, and minor&lt;br /&gt;
(if you choose to have one) at the top of the Candidacy Form.  If you&lt;br /&gt;
choose to pursue a minor, fill in Section II6; if you do not pursue a&lt;br /&gt;
minor, fill in Section II5 with the courses taken outside of CDS (see&lt;br /&gt;
below).  Get proper approval signatures and return the form to the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
Secretary.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Prepare four copies of your Research Progress Report and deliver a&lt;br /&gt;
copy to each of your committee members no later than ''two weeks'' prior&lt;br /&gt;
to your examination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This report should describe concisely the present state-of-the-art of&lt;br /&gt;
your research topic, your progress to date, your proposed research,&lt;br /&gt;
and the nature of the contribution which you expect to make in the&lt;br /&gt;
general problem area.  All of this should not exceed ''twenty pages'' (excluding bibliography and using a standard 11 point report format with at least 1 inch margins). &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;When the Research Progress Report is satisfactory, the members&lt;br /&gt;
of the examining committee will sign the Candidacy Form.  All forms&lt;br /&gt;
should be returned to the CDS option administrator &lt;br /&gt;
after the examination.  You must fill out information in&lt;br /&gt;
Section II, and take it to the Registrar's Office for signature, and&lt;br /&gt;
then to the Option Representative for completion of Section V.  Then&lt;br /&gt;
obtain the Division Chair's signature and take the form to the&lt;br /&gt;
Graduate Office for your file there.  You will be notified later by&lt;br /&gt;
the Dean of Graduate Studies that you have been admitted to Candidacy&lt;br /&gt;
for the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ph.D. Examination Procedures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final Ph.D. exam will consist of a defense of the candidate's&lt;br /&gt;
thesis research.  In addition to the formal exam, each candidate is&lt;br /&gt;
required to present a seminar (open to the public) on his or her work;&lt;br /&gt;
this seminar will be scheduled in the Caltech Calendar as a regular&lt;br /&gt;
CDS Seminar.  The exam and seminar must be held at least two weeks&lt;br /&gt;
before the degree is conferred.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Procedures for Processing Necessary Forms ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;At least ''three weeks'' prior to the exam date, obtain the&lt;br /&gt;
following forms from the Graduate Office:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Petition for Exam&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Application for Approval of Thesis&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The date of the Ph.D.  exam and the committee members will be&lt;br /&gt;
determined by you and your research advisor and must be approved by&lt;br /&gt;
the Option Representative.  Check with members of your committee for&lt;br /&gt;
agreement on the date and time of the exam.  Once a definite date and&lt;br /&gt;
committee are set, the CDS Secretary will send a confirming memo to&lt;br /&gt;
the committee members.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Fill out and sign the top portion of the ''Application for Approval of Thesis''.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Complete the first page of the ''Petition for Exam''; have the&lt;br /&gt;
Registrar complete and sign Part I of page 2.  Complete Part II of&lt;br /&gt;
page 2, obtain the Divisional Chair's signature, and deliver the&lt;br /&gt;
form to the Graduate Office.  The Petition will remain there until&lt;br /&gt;
just before your exam when you should return it to the CDS option administrator.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Procedures for Submitting the Ph.D. Thesis ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;''At least two weeks prior to your exam'', supply each member (four are&lt;br /&gt;
needed, one of whom can be a qualified Ph.D. from off-campus) of your&lt;br /&gt;
committee with a copy of your thesis.  The Petition and Approval of&lt;br /&gt;
Thesis forms will not be signed at the time of the exam unless the&lt;br /&gt;
thesis requires no changes.  If corrections or revisions are required,&lt;br /&gt;
it is your responsibility to:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;make the necessary corrections or revisions;&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;submit the revised thesis to members of your examining committee; and&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;secure committee signatures on the Petition of Approval of&lt;br /&gt;
  Thesis forms after the acceptance of the corrections or revisions.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Submit one copy of your thesis to the Graduate Office for&lt;br /&gt;
proofreading.  This should be done at the same time the thesis is&lt;br /&gt;
submitted to your committee members.  (If corrections or revisions are&lt;br /&gt;
required, the thesis must be proofread a second time.)  You will be&lt;br /&gt;
notified as soon as the proofreading is complete (usually a couple of&lt;br /&gt;
days).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;After the exam is passed in all respects and the committee has signed&lt;br /&gt;
both the Petition and Approval of Thesis forms, obtain the signature&lt;br /&gt;
of the Option Representative of your subject minor, if appropriate,&lt;br /&gt;
and return the form to the Graduate Office.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Submit ''two corrected copies'' of the thesis to the Graduate&lt;br /&gt;
Office: one copy must be on Perma-Life or Old Council Tree bond paper,&lt;br /&gt;
reproduced from the original; the other copy may be regular Xerox&lt;br /&gt;
paper (see Graphic Arts for further information).  Submit these copies&lt;br /&gt;
in a brown envelope labeled as follows: your name, Ph.D.; Control and&lt;br /&gt;
Dynamical Systems; year.  Also submit two extra title pages and two&lt;br /&gt;
extra abstracts.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assist you in preparing for your final Ph.D. Examination, you&lt;br /&gt;
should obtain the following publications from the Graduate Office:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Preparation of Doctoral Dissertations&amp;quot; and&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Ph.D. Examination Procedures&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Transferring into CDS from Another Option ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students wishing to switch into CDS from another option must do so&lt;br /&gt;
before the end of their second year of residence at Caltech.  Students&lt;br /&gt;
must satisfy all option course requirements and must pass the&lt;br /&gt;
candidacy exam in order to be officially admitted into the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
Ph.D. program.  In addition, the student is expected to take the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
qualifying exam no later than the first year of study after&lt;br /&gt;
transferring into the CDS option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The procedure for switching into CDS is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The student should submit a written request to the Option Representative to consider admission into the CDS option.  Under normal circumstances, this request must be received no later than  the admissions deadline for incoming graduate students (December 15).&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The Admissions Committee will consider applications for transfer using the same criteria as outside admission into the CDS program.  Transfer students will be notified of admission by the usual admissions response deadline (March 15). &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Transfer students who are admitted into CDS must accept or decline admission no later than the usual admissions deadline (April 15).  If admitted, the student may either transfer immediately or defer admission until the beginning of the academic year.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Financial aid for transfer students will be described in the letter of admission.  Aid is not usually available until the beginning of the next academic year.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The M.S. Program ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students will be admitted to the option who expect to pursue&lt;br /&gt;
the Ph.D. degree.  The master's degree may be awarded in exceptional&lt;br /&gt;
cases.  The awarding of this degree requires fulfilling the Institute&lt;br /&gt;
requirements for a master's degree, satisfying the engineering focus&lt;br /&gt;
requirements, and receiving a recommendation for awarding of the&lt;br /&gt;
degree from the counseling committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The M.S. program, unlike the Ph.D., is based primarily upon the&lt;br /&gt;
successful completion of coursework.  This coursework must include at&lt;br /&gt;
least 135 units in order to satisfy Institute requirements, with the&lt;br /&gt;
following core courses:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ACM/EE 116, CDS 140a, 201, 202 || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 36 units&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Additional Advanced Courses in CDS || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 36 units&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Engineering Electives (focus area) || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 27 units&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| General Electives || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 36 units&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The 36 units of general electives should include mathematics, science&lt;br /&gt;
and engineering subjects or research, but may be, with special&lt;br /&gt;
permission, humanities and social sciences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All M.S. students are required to submit candidacy forms to the&lt;br /&gt;
Institute for approval of the proposed course of study for the&lt;br /&gt;
M.S. degree.  The M.S. candidacy form must be submitted by midterm&lt;br /&gt;
(approximately mid-November) of the first term of the year when the&lt;br /&gt;
degree is expected.  These forms can be obtained at the Institute&lt;br /&gt;
Graduate Office.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Murray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Option_guidelines&amp;diff=433</id>
		<title>Option guidelines</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Option_guidelines&amp;diff=433"/>
		<updated>2015-01-03T17:36:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Murray: /* Format and Content of the Exam */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{righttoc}}&lt;br /&gt;
This document describes the requirements for obtaining a degree in&lt;br /&gt;
Control and Dynamical Systems at Caltech.  It is intended to&lt;br /&gt;
complement the Caltech Catalog by giving additional information about&lt;br /&gt;
option regulations and standard procedures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three examinations which are required to obtain a Ph.D. in&lt;br /&gt;
CDS.  The first is the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Preliminary Exam&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, given in the first year&lt;br /&gt;
of study and intended to evaluate the student's expertise in&lt;br /&gt;
mathematics, control, and dynamical systems.  This exam is&lt;br /&gt;
administered at the beginning of the third term and may be retaken at the beginning of summer, if necessary.  The &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Candidacy Exam&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is taken no later than the third year and is used to evaluate a student's research abilities.&lt;br /&gt;
Upon passing this exam, the student is admitted to candidacy, the&lt;br /&gt;
first step in obtaining a PhD.  The final exam is the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Ph.D.&lt;br /&gt;
examination&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (or thesis defense) and is given after completion of&lt;br /&gt;
the Ph.D. dissertation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A rough outline of the typical schedule for the first two years of&lt;br /&gt;
study in CDS is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* Year One&lt;br /&gt;
** Complete CDS required courses &lt;br /&gt;
** Take and pass the CDS Preliminary Exam&lt;br /&gt;
** Find a research advisor&lt;br /&gt;
* Years Two and Three&lt;br /&gt;
** Complete additional coursework in CDS (45 units total)&lt;br /&gt;
** Complete the focus requirement (27 units total)&lt;br /&gt;
** Take and pass the CDS Candidacy Exam&lt;br /&gt;
** Advance to Candidacy for the Ph.D.&lt;br /&gt;
Note that most students will begin doing research in the summer of&lt;br /&gt;
their first year in residency, in preparation for the Candidacy Exam.&lt;br /&gt;
It is therefore essential that students find a research advisor no&lt;br /&gt;
later than the end of third term and select an initial research&lt;br /&gt;
project to form the basis of the Candidacy Exam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The remainder of this document contains detailed descriptions of the&lt;br /&gt;
requirements and procedures for completing the Ph.D. program in CDS.&lt;br /&gt;
If you have any questions, you should consult your advisor or the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
Option Representative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Ph.D. Program ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Aims and Scope ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Control and Dynamical Systems (CDS) option is open to students&lt;br /&gt;
with an undergraduate degree in engineering, mathematics, or&lt;br /&gt;
science. The qualifications of each applicant will be considered&lt;br /&gt;
individually, and, after being enrolled, the student will arrange his&lt;br /&gt;
or her program in consultation with a member of the faculty. In some&lt;br /&gt;
cases the student may be required to make up undergraduate&lt;br /&gt;
deficiencies in engineering science courses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The CDS option emphasizes the interdisciplinary nature of modern&lt;br /&gt;
theory of dynamical systems and control. The curriculum is designed to&lt;br /&gt;
promote a broad knowledge of mathematical and experimental techniques&lt;br /&gt;
in dynamical systems theory and control. In addition to taking courses&lt;br /&gt;
in the CDS option, students must select a focus area (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Coursework ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon admission each student will be assigned an adviser in the option&lt;br /&gt;
and a committee of three members, chaired by the adviser, which will&lt;br /&gt;
approve the initial course of study by the student. Each prospective&lt;br /&gt;
Ph.D. student will meet with their advisor to evaluate the student's&lt;br /&gt;
background, relative to that expected at the Ph.D. level, in the areas&lt;br /&gt;
of mathematics, control, and dynamical systems.  The chief intention&lt;br /&gt;
of these consultations is to set up a course program for the first&lt;br /&gt;
year of study.  The adviser will be replaced by a research adviser&lt;br /&gt;
when the direction of specialization is determined, not later than the&lt;br /&gt;
beginning of the second year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following course requirements must be satisfied in order to obtain&lt;br /&gt;
a Ph.D.  in Control and Dynamical Systems:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Complete the following courses: ACM/CMS 104, ACM/CMS 113, ACM/CMS 116, CDS 140 and CDS 212.&lt;br /&gt;
# Complete an additional 45 units in CDS or other advanced courses in systems theory, dynamical systems, and/or applied mathematics.&lt;br /&gt;
# Complete the focus requirement, consisting of at least 27 units in a particular area outside of CDS. Courses taken to satisfy the focus must represent a coherent program of advanced study in the chosen area. Possible areas include biological systems, computer science, environmental science, fluid dynamics, information and communications, networking, robotics, and space systems. The program of study must be approved by the student’s counseling committee and the option representative.&lt;br /&gt;
# Prepare a Research Progress Report.&lt;br /&gt;
# Pass an oral examination on the major topic of the student’s research. The oral examination is normally taken no later than the end of the third year of graduate academic residence at the Institute.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The student's counseling committee will be the judge of the completion of&lt;br /&gt;
the focus requirement, necessary before the candidacy examination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Preliminary Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each student is required to take a preliminary examination&lt;br /&gt;
at the beginning of the third quarter in residence, the purpose of&lt;br /&gt;
which is to examine expertise in mathematics, control, and dynamical&lt;br /&gt;
systems.  The exam covers the material taught in the first and/or second terms of CDS&lt;br /&gt;
classes (typically ACM 104, ACM 113, ACM/EE 116 or CDS 140, and CDS 110, 112 or 212).  Students may&lt;br /&gt;
petition the faculty to replace one of these areas with an outside&lt;br /&gt;
area.  Petitions are due no later than the last day of classes of the&lt;br /&gt;
term preceding the exam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three types of decisions will be possible: ''pass'', ''conditional pass'', ''fail''.  A student with a ''pass'' or ''conditional pass'' is permitted to begin his or her Ph.D. research.  However, a student with a ''conditional pass'' will usually be required to satisfy some additional requirements, such as successful completion of specified coursework.  Students who fail the oral subject exam may be permitted to repeat the exam (or part of the exam)&lt;br /&gt;
once in the spring term, but this will occur only upon recommendation of the examination committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The format of the preliminary exam is described in the [[#CDS Preliminary Exam Procedures|qualifying exam section]] below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Research Advisor ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once students have passed the candidacy exam, they should begin to identify potential advisors for their research.  CDS students are encouraged to talk with faculty across Caltech who are working in areas of research related to their interests.  Students are responsible for finding a faculty member who agrees to supervise their research no later than the end of third term of the first year.  If a student is not able to identify a faculty member who is able to serve as they research advisor, he or she should contact the CDS option representative as soon as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Candidacy Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to admission to candidacy for the Ph.D. degree, a student is&lt;br /&gt;
required to pass the candidacy examination.  This exam consists of two&lt;br /&gt;
parts: a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;research progress report&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; and an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;oral examination&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
based primarily upon the content of the report.  A student who fails&lt;br /&gt;
to pass the candidacy exam according to the timetable and procedures&lt;br /&gt;
described below will &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;not&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; be permitted to register in any&lt;br /&gt;
subsequent terms, except for the purpose of completing work toward the&lt;br /&gt;
M.S. degree, and then only with the permission of the option&lt;br /&gt;
representative and the research advisor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The research progress report required for admission to candidacy should&lt;br /&gt;
be submitted to the faculty before the end of the second term of&lt;br /&gt;
the second year in residence.  The report is to be based upon the&lt;br /&gt;
Ph.D. research project and is expected to exhibit a professional&lt;br /&gt;
quality of exposition.  As a guide, the report should outline the&lt;br /&gt;
research problem, the progress of the student at the time of writing,&lt;br /&gt;
and the areas proposed for future study.  It is also important that&lt;br /&gt;
the report provide clear evidence of the student's understanding of&lt;br /&gt;
the motivation for the research problem and its relevance to the&lt;br /&gt;
general research area, as well as an appreciation of relevant&lt;br /&gt;
techniques and methodology.  The student should strive for a precise&lt;br /&gt;
and concise format.  Normally, the text itself should not exceed 20&lt;br /&gt;
pages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The research progress report will be approved based upon the&lt;br /&gt;
recommendation of an oral examination committee; the committee will&lt;br /&gt;
consist of no less than three faculty members, including the research&lt;br /&gt;
advisor and at least one additional member of the CDS faculty.  The&lt;br /&gt;
choice of the oral exam committee will be made by the student and his&lt;br /&gt;
or her research advisor, and must be approved by the Option&lt;br /&gt;
Representative.  It is the responsibility of the student to obtain&lt;br /&gt;
approval from each proposed committee member for the time and date of&lt;br /&gt;
the oral exam.  The list of the recommended exam committee members&lt;br /&gt;
must be submitted at the same time as the research progress report,&lt;br /&gt;
and the exam is normally scheduled within one month of submitting the&lt;br /&gt;
report.  The exam committee may require revision of the report, and&lt;br /&gt;
possibly a reexamination.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See the [[#Procedures for Advancement to Candidacy|candidacy proceedures section]] below for more details on the procedure for&lt;br /&gt;
advancement to candidacy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Appointment of Thesis Review Committee ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a student passes the second-year candidacy exam, a faculty&lt;br /&gt;
committee known as the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;thesis review committee&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; should be&lt;br /&gt;
established to review periodically the student's progress.  This&lt;br /&gt;
committee will serve not only as overseers of research progress during&lt;br /&gt;
the student's Ph.D. residency, but will also contribute to the&lt;br /&gt;
intellectual development of the student through sustained interaction.&lt;br /&gt;
Each student should endeavor to form the committee as soon as possible&lt;br /&gt;
after passing the candidacy exam, but no later than one month prior to&lt;br /&gt;
the beginning of the third year in residence.  This committee should&lt;br /&gt;
meet with the student before fall registration each year, either as a&lt;br /&gt;
group or individually, to review progress, suggest improvements in&lt;br /&gt;
research etc.  It is the students responsibility to organize this committee and seek its periodic input.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Final Thesis and Oral Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a final step in the Ph.D. program, the student is required to&lt;br /&gt;
submit a satisfactory thesis and pass a final oral examination.  This&lt;br /&gt;
exam will be preceded by a seminar which will be open to the general&lt;br /&gt;
public.  The [[#Ph.D. Examination Procedures|PhD procedures section]] below describes the procedures in&lt;br /&gt;
detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CDS Preliminary Exam Procedures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Format and Content of the Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each student is required to take a subject oral qualifying examination&lt;br /&gt;
at the beginning of the third quarter in residence, the purpose of&lt;br /&gt;
which is to examine expertise in mathematics, control and dynamical&lt;br /&gt;
systems.  The exam covers the material taught in the first and second terms of CDS&lt;br /&gt;
classes (typically ACM/CMS 104, ACM/CMS 113, ACM/CMS/EE 116 or CDS 140, and CDS 110, 112 or 212).  Students much choose one course in each of the following three areas:&lt;br /&gt;
* Math: ACM/CMS 104 or ACM/CMS 113&lt;br /&gt;
* Controls: CDS 110, CDS 112 or CDS 212&lt;br /&gt;
* Dynamics: ACM/CMS 116 or CDS 140&lt;br /&gt;
Students must select the courses on which they will be examined by the last day of classes in the term preceding the exam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students may petition the faculty to replace one of these areas with an outside area.  Petitions are due no later than the last day of classes of the&lt;br /&gt;
term preceding the exam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two and one-half (2-1/2) hours are allotted to the exam.  During the&lt;br /&gt;
first 90 minutes you will be given a written copy of the exam&lt;br /&gt;
questions, and will have the opportunity to prepare your answers;&lt;br /&gt;
during the second 60 minutes you will answer the questions orally at&lt;br /&gt;
the direction of the committee.  While preparing your answers, you are&lt;br /&gt;
not allowed to consult references of any kind.  All information that&lt;br /&gt;
we do not expect you to know (or be able to derive) will be supplied&lt;br /&gt;
as part of the question.  You should strive to present your answers in&lt;br /&gt;
a concise and incisive manner.  Due to scheduling, we will not be able&lt;br /&gt;
to extend the answer period beyond 60 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To determine potential subject matter, you should feel free to discuss&lt;br /&gt;
relevant references, etc. with members of the faculty; however, do not&lt;br /&gt;
expect the questions to be derived from any specific reference.  Also,&lt;br /&gt;
do not expect (or ask for) information about the nature or topics of&lt;br /&gt;
the questions themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exam Scheduling ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Preliminary Exam will take place at the beginning of the third&lt;br /&gt;
term in residence.  All first-year CDS students will receive a&lt;br /&gt;
scheduling form at the end of second term, which must be filled out and&lt;br /&gt;
returned to the Option Administrator no later than the end of second term&lt;br /&gt;
(i.e., the last day of finals).  Petitions to replace one of the&lt;br /&gt;
standard subject areas with an outside subject area must be submitted&lt;br /&gt;
no later than the last day of classes of second term.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The schedule for exams will be available by the beginning of the first week&lt;br /&gt;
of classes in third term, and exams will normally be scheduled at the end of the first week or&lt;br /&gt;
beginning of the third week of the term.  The results of the exam&lt;br /&gt;
will be announced after all students have completed of the exam.  Upon&lt;br /&gt;
recommendation of the examining committee, students who fail the exam&lt;br /&gt;
will be given one additional opportunity to take the exam, typically&lt;br /&gt;
at the beginning of spring term.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Procedures for Advancement to Candidacy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Requirements for Candidacy ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be recommended for candidacy for the doctorate degree, the&lt;br /&gt;
applicant, in addition to demonstrating understanding and knowledge of&lt;br /&gt;
fundamentals at the first-year Preliminary Examination, must give&lt;br /&gt;
satisfactory evidence of ability to carry out research in his or her&lt;br /&gt;
primary field of interest.  Hence, the applicant must submit and have&lt;br /&gt;
approved a written Research Progress Report.  In most cases, approval&lt;br /&gt;
of the written report will be based on a satisfactory oral defense of&lt;br /&gt;
its contents.  CDS students are expected to take and complete the Candidacy Examination no later than the end of their third academic year at Caltech.&lt;br /&gt;
A student who fails to satisfy the requirements of the&lt;br /&gt;
Division for candidacy by the end of the third term of the third year&lt;br /&gt;
in residence at the California Institute of Technology will not be&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to register in a subsequent academic year except by special&lt;br /&gt;
permission of the Division.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Procedures for scheduling and taking the exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Select a tentative date (determined by the candidate and his or&lt;br /&gt;
her research advisor) and an examining committee of at least three&lt;br /&gt;
members.  Check with the CDS Option Adminstrator to avoid time/place conflicts.&lt;br /&gt;
Then check with members of your committee to see that the date is&lt;br /&gt;
satisfactory.  The committee must consist of at least two CDS faculty&lt;br /&gt;
members and must be approved by the Option Representative before the&lt;br /&gt;
exam is scheduled.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Obtain a ''Candidacy Form for the Degree of Doctor of&lt;br /&gt;
Philosophy'' from the CDS option administrator.  Enter your name, major, and minor&lt;br /&gt;
(if you choose to have one) at the top of the Candidacy Form.  If you&lt;br /&gt;
choose to pursue a minor, fill in Section II6; if you do not pursue a&lt;br /&gt;
minor, fill in Section II5 with the courses taken outside of CDS (see&lt;br /&gt;
below).  Get proper approval signatures and return the form to the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
Secretary.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Prepare four copies of your Research Progress Report and deliver a&lt;br /&gt;
copy to each of your committee members no later than ''two weeks'' prior&lt;br /&gt;
to your examination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This report should describe concisely the present state-of-the-art of&lt;br /&gt;
your research topic, your progress to date, your proposed research,&lt;br /&gt;
and the nature of the contribution which you expect to make in the&lt;br /&gt;
general problem area.  All of this should not exceed ''twenty pages'' (excluding bibliography and using a standard 11 point report format with at least 1 inch margins). &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;When the Research Progress Report is satisfactory, the members&lt;br /&gt;
of the examining committee will sign the Candidacy Form.  All forms&lt;br /&gt;
should be returned to the CDS option administrator &lt;br /&gt;
after the examination.  You must fill out information in&lt;br /&gt;
Section II, and take it to the Registrar's Office for signature, and&lt;br /&gt;
then to the Option Representative for completion of Section V.  Then&lt;br /&gt;
obtain the Division Chair's signature and take the form to the&lt;br /&gt;
Graduate Office for your file there.  You will be notified later by&lt;br /&gt;
the Dean of Graduate Studies that you have been admitted to Candidacy&lt;br /&gt;
for the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ph.D. Examination Procedures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final Ph.D. exam will consist of a defense of the candidate's&lt;br /&gt;
thesis research.  In addition to the formal exam, each candidate is&lt;br /&gt;
required to present a seminar (open to the public) on his or her work;&lt;br /&gt;
this seminar will be scheduled in the Caltech Calendar as a regular&lt;br /&gt;
CDS Seminar.  The exam and seminar must be held at least two weeks&lt;br /&gt;
before the degree is conferred.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Procedures for Processing Necessary Forms ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;At least ''three weeks'' prior to the exam date, obtain the&lt;br /&gt;
following forms from the Graduate Office:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Petition for Exam&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Application for Approval of Thesis&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The date of the Ph.D.  exam and the committee members will be&lt;br /&gt;
determined by you and your research advisor and must be approved by&lt;br /&gt;
the Option Representative.  Check with members of your committee for&lt;br /&gt;
agreement on the date and time of the exam.  Once a definite date and&lt;br /&gt;
committee are set, the CDS Secretary will send a confirming memo to&lt;br /&gt;
the committee members.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Fill out and sign the top portion of the ''Application for Approval of Thesis''.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Complete the first page of the ''Petition for Exam''; have the&lt;br /&gt;
Registrar complete and sign Part I of page 2.  Complete Part II of&lt;br /&gt;
page 2, obtain the Divisional Chair's signature, and deliver the&lt;br /&gt;
form to the Graduate Office.  The Petition will remain there until&lt;br /&gt;
just before your exam when you should return it to the CDS option administrator.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Procedures for Submitting the Ph.D. Thesis ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;''At least two weeks prior to your exam'', supply each member (four are&lt;br /&gt;
needed, one of whom can be a qualified Ph.D. from off-campus) of your&lt;br /&gt;
committee with a copy of your thesis.  The Petition and Approval of&lt;br /&gt;
Thesis forms will not be signed at the time of the exam unless the&lt;br /&gt;
thesis requires no changes.  If corrections or revisions are required,&lt;br /&gt;
it is your responsibility to:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;make the necessary corrections or revisions;&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;submit the revised thesis to members of your examining committee; and&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;secure committee signatures on the Petition of Approval of&lt;br /&gt;
  Thesis forms after the acceptance of the corrections or revisions.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Submit one copy of your thesis to the Graduate Office for&lt;br /&gt;
proofreading.  This should be done at the same time the thesis is&lt;br /&gt;
submitted to your committee members.  (If corrections or revisions are&lt;br /&gt;
required, the thesis must be proofread a second time.)  You will be&lt;br /&gt;
notified as soon as the proofreading is complete (usually a couple of&lt;br /&gt;
days).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;After the exam is passed in all respects and the committee has signed&lt;br /&gt;
both the Petition and Approval of Thesis forms, obtain the signature&lt;br /&gt;
of the Option Representative of your subject minor, if appropriate,&lt;br /&gt;
and return the form to the Graduate Office.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Submit ''two corrected copies'' of the thesis to the Graduate&lt;br /&gt;
Office: one copy must be on Perma-Life or Old Council Tree bond paper,&lt;br /&gt;
reproduced from the original; the other copy may be regular Xerox&lt;br /&gt;
paper (see Graphic Arts for further information).  Submit these copies&lt;br /&gt;
in a brown envelope labeled as follows: your name, Ph.D.; Control and&lt;br /&gt;
Dynamical Systems; year.  Also submit two extra title pages and two&lt;br /&gt;
extra abstracts.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assist you in preparing for your final Ph.D. Examination, you&lt;br /&gt;
should obtain the following publications from the Graduate Office:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Preparation of Doctoral Dissertations&amp;quot; and&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Ph.D. Examination Procedures&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Transferring into CDS from Another Option ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students wishing to switch into CDS from another option must do so&lt;br /&gt;
before the end of their second year of residence at Caltech.  Students&lt;br /&gt;
must satisfy all option course requirements and must pass the&lt;br /&gt;
candidacy exam in order to be officially admitted into the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
Ph.D. program.  In addition, the student is expected to take the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
qualifying exam no later than the first year of study after&lt;br /&gt;
transferring into the CDS option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The procedure for switching into CDS is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The student should submit a written request to the Option Representative to consider admission into the CDS option.  Under normal circumstances, this request must be received no later than  the admissions deadline for incoming graduate students (December 15).&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The Admissions Committee will consider applications for transfer using the same criteria as outside admission into the CDS program.  Transfer students will be notified of admission by the usual admissions response deadline (March 15). &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Transfer students who are admitted into CDS must accept or decline admission no later than the usual admissions deadline (April 15).  If admitted, the student may either transfer immediately or defer admission until the beginning of the academic year.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Financial aid for transfer students will be described in the letter of admission.  Aid is not usually available until the beginning of the next academic year.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The M.S. Program ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students will be admitted to the option who expect to pursue&lt;br /&gt;
the Ph.D. degree.  The master's degree may be awarded in exceptional&lt;br /&gt;
cases.  The awarding of this degree requires fulfilling the Institute&lt;br /&gt;
requirements for a master's degree, satisfying the engineering focus&lt;br /&gt;
requirements, and receiving a recommendation for awarding of the&lt;br /&gt;
degree from the counseling committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The M.S. program, unlike the Ph.D., is based primarily upon the&lt;br /&gt;
successful completion of coursework.  This coursework must include at&lt;br /&gt;
least 135 units in order to satisfy Institute requirements, with the&lt;br /&gt;
following core courses:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ACM/EE 116, CDS 140a, 201, 202 || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 36 units&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Additional Advanced Courses in CDS || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 36 units&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Engineering Electives (focus area) || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 27 units&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| General Electives || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 36 units&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The 36 units of general electives should include mathematics, science&lt;br /&gt;
and engineering subjects or research, but may be, with special&lt;br /&gt;
permission, humanities and social sciences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All M.S. students are required to submit candidacy forms to the&lt;br /&gt;
Institute for approval of the proposed course of study for the&lt;br /&gt;
M.S. degree.  The M.S. candidacy form must be submitted by midterm&lt;br /&gt;
(approximately mid-November) of the first term of the year when the&lt;br /&gt;
degree is expected.  These forms can be obtained at the Institute&lt;br /&gt;
Graduate Office.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Murray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=SoCal_Control_Workshop_Carpool_2014-11-07&amp;diff=396</id>
		<title>SoCal Control Workshop Carpool 2014-11-07</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=SoCal_Control_Workshop_Carpool_2014-11-07&amp;diff=396"/>
		<updated>2014-10-28T12:31:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Murray: Created page with &amp;quot;Please enter information in the table below if you can give a ride or need a ride.  If you can't edit the table, send e-mail to the driver (if you need a ride) or to Richard (if ...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Please enter information in the table below if you can give a ride or need a ride.  If you can't edit the table, send e-mail to the driver (if you need a ride) or to Richard (if you can provide a ride).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.me.ucr.edu/~fabiopas/27socalncw/ Workshop web page]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| width=100% cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=top&lt;br /&gt;
| width=50% align=left|&lt;br /&gt;
==== Driving out to UCR ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1 &lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=top&lt;br /&gt;
| Departure time&lt;br /&gt;
| Driver&lt;br /&gt;
| Passengers&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=top&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;time&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;driver&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;e-mail&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;N&amp;gt; passengers:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;rider 1&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;rider 2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;rider 3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=top&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;time&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;driver&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;e-mail&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;N&amp;gt; passengers:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;rider 1&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;rider 2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;rider 3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=top&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;time&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;driver&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;e-mail&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;N&amp;gt; passengers:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;rider 1&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;rider 2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;rider 3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
| width=50% align=left|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Returning to Pasadena ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=top&lt;br /&gt;
| Departure time&lt;br /&gt;
| Driver&lt;br /&gt;
| Passengers&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=top&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;time&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;driver&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;e-mail&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;N&amp;gt; passengers:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;rider 1&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;rider 2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;rider 3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=top&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;time&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;driver&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;e-mail&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;N&amp;gt; passengers:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;rider 1&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;rider 2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;rider 3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=top&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;time&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;driver&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;e-mail&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;N&amp;gt; passengers:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;rider 1&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;rider 2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;rider 3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Murray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Option_guidelines&amp;diff=351</id>
		<title>Option guidelines</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Option_guidelines&amp;diff=351"/>
		<updated>2014-09-18T03:46:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Murray: /* Preliminary Exam */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{righttoc}}&lt;br /&gt;
This document describes the requirements for obtaining a degree in&lt;br /&gt;
Control and Dynamical Systems at Caltech.  It is intended to&lt;br /&gt;
complement the Caltech Catalog by giving additional information about&lt;br /&gt;
option regulations and standard procedures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three examinations which are required to obtain a Ph.D. in&lt;br /&gt;
CDS.  The first is the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Preliminary Exam&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, given in the first year&lt;br /&gt;
of study and intended to evaluate the student's expertise in&lt;br /&gt;
mathematics, control, and dynamical systems.  This exam is&lt;br /&gt;
administered at the beginning of the third term and may be retaken at the beginning of summer, if necessary.  The &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Candidacy Exam&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is taken no later than the third year and is used to evaluate a student's research abilities.&lt;br /&gt;
Upon passing this exam, the student is admitted to candidacy, the&lt;br /&gt;
first step in obtaining a PhD.  The final exam is the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Ph.D.&lt;br /&gt;
examination&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (or thesis defense) and is given after completion of&lt;br /&gt;
the Ph.D. dissertation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A rough outline of the typical schedule for the first two years of&lt;br /&gt;
study in CDS is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* Year One&lt;br /&gt;
** Complete CDS required courses &lt;br /&gt;
** Take and pass the CDS Preliminary Exam&lt;br /&gt;
** Find a research advisor&lt;br /&gt;
* Years Two and Three&lt;br /&gt;
** Complete additional coursework in CDS (45 units total)&lt;br /&gt;
** Complete the focus requirement (27 units total)&lt;br /&gt;
** Take and pass the CDS Candidacy Exam&lt;br /&gt;
** Advance to Candidacy for the Ph.D.&lt;br /&gt;
Note that most students will begin doing research in the summer of&lt;br /&gt;
their first year in residency, in preparation for the Candidacy Exam.&lt;br /&gt;
It is therefore essential that students find a research advisor no&lt;br /&gt;
later than the end of third term and select an initial research&lt;br /&gt;
project to form the basis of the Candidacy Exam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The remainder of this document contains detailed descriptions of the&lt;br /&gt;
requirements and procedures for completing the Ph.D. program in CDS.&lt;br /&gt;
If you have any questions, you should consult your advisor or the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
Option Representative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Ph.D. Program ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Aims and Scope ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Control and Dynamical Systems (CDS) option is open to students&lt;br /&gt;
with an undergraduate degree in engineering, mathematics, or&lt;br /&gt;
science. The qualifications of each applicant will be considered&lt;br /&gt;
individually, and, after being enrolled, the student will arrange his&lt;br /&gt;
or her program in consultation with a member of the faculty. In some&lt;br /&gt;
cases the student may be required to make up undergraduate&lt;br /&gt;
deficiencies in engineering science courses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The CDS option emphasizes the interdisciplinary nature of modern&lt;br /&gt;
theory of dynamical systems and control. The curriculum is designed to&lt;br /&gt;
promote a broad knowledge of mathematical and experimental techniques&lt;br /&gt;
in dynamical systems theory and control. In addition to taking courses&lt;br /&gt;
in the CDS option, students must select a focus area (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Coursework ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon admission each student will be assigned an adviser in the option&lt;br /&gt;
and a committee of three members, chaired by the adviser, which will&lt;br /&gt;
approve the initial course of study by the student. Each prospective&lt;br /&gt;
Ph.D. student will meet with their advisor to evaluate the student's&lt;br /&gt;
background, relative to that expected at the Ph.D. level, in the areas&lt;br /&gt;
of mathematics, control, and dynamical systems.  The chief intention&lt;br /&gt;
of these consultations is to set up a course program for the first&lt;br /&gt;
year of study.  The adviser will be replaced by a research adviser&lt;br /&gt;
when the direction of specialization is determined, not later than the&lt;br /&gt;
beginning of the second year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following course requirements must be satisfied in order to obtain&lt;br /&gt;
a Ph.D.  in Control and Dynamical Systems:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Complete the following courses: ACM/CMS 104, ACM/CMS 113, ACM/CMS 116, CDS 140 and CDS 212.&lt;br /&gt;
# Complete an additional 45 units in CDS or other advanced courses in systems theory, dynamical systems, and/or applied mathematics.&lt;br /&gt;
# Complete the focus requirement, consisting of at least 27 units in a particular area outside of CDS. Courses taken to satisfy the focus must represent a coherent program of advanced study in the chosen area. Possible areas include biological systems, computer science, environmental science, fluid dynamics, information and communications, networking, robotics, and space systems. The program of study must be approved by the student’s counseling committee and the option representative.&lt;br /&gt;
# Prepare a Research Progress Report.&lt;br /&gt;
# Pass an oral examination on the major topic of the student’s research. The oral examination is normally taken no later than the end of the third year of graduate academic residence at the Institute.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The student's counseling committee will be the judge of the completion of&lt;br /&gt;
the focus requirement, necessary before the candidacy examination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Preliminary Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each student is required to take a preliminary examination&lt;br /&gt;
at the beginning of the third quarter in residence, the purpose of&lt;br /&gt;
which is to examine expertise in mathematics, control, and dynamical&lt;br /&gt;
systems.  The exam covers the material taught in the first and/or second terms of CDS&lt;br /&gt;
classes (typically ACM 104, ACM 113, ACM/EE 116 or CDS 140, and CDS 110, 112 or 212).  Students may&lt;br /&gt;
petition the faculty to replace one of these areas with an outside&lt;br /&gt;
area.  Petitions are due no later than the last day of classes of the&lt;br /&gt;
term preceding the exam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three types of decisions will be possible: ''pass'', ''conditional pass'', ''fail''.  A student with a ''pass'' or ''conditional pass'' is permitted to begin his or her Ph.D. research.  However, a student with a ''conditional pass'' will usually be required to satisfy some additional requirements, such as successful completion of specified coursework.  Students who fail the oral subject exam may be permitted to repeat the exam (or part of the exam)&lt;br /&gt;
once in the spring term, but this will occur only upon recommendation of the examination committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The format of the preliminary exam is described in the [[#CDS Preliminary Exam Procedures|qualifying exam section]] below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Research Advisor ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once students have passed the candidacy exam, they should begin to identify potential advisors for their research.  CDS students are encouraged to talk with faculty across Caltech who are working in areas of research related to their interests.  Students are responsible for finding a faculty member who agrees to supervise their research no later than the end of third term of the first year.  If a student is not able to identify a faculty member who is able to serve as they research advisor, he or she should contact the CDS option representative as soon as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Candidacy Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to admission to candidacy for the Ph.D. degree, a student is&lt;br /&gt;
required to pass the candidacy examination.  This exam consists of two&lt;br /&gt;
parts: a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;research progress report&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; and an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;oral examination&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
based primarily upon the content of the report.  A student who fails&lt;br /&gt;
to pass the candidacy exam according to the timetable and procedures&lt;br /&gt;
described below will &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;not&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; be permitted to register in any&lt;br /&gt;
subsequent terms, except for the purpose of completing work toward the&lt;br /&gt;
M.S. degree, and then only with the permission of the option&lt;br /&gt;
representative and the research advisor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The research progress report required for admission to candidacy should&lt;br /&gt;
be submitted to the faculty before the end of the second term of&lt;br /&gt;
the second year in residence.  The report is to be based upon the&lt;br /&gt;
Ph.D. research project and is expected to exhibit a professional&lt;br /&gt;
quality of exposition.  As a guide, the report should outline the&lt;br /&gt;
research problem, the progress of the student at the time of writing,&lt;br /&gt;
and the areas proposed for future study.  It is also important that&lt;br /&gt;
the report provide clear evidence of the student's understanding of&lt;br /&gt;
the motivation for the research problem and its relevance to the&lt;br /&gt;
general research area, as well as an appreciation of relevant&lt;br /&gt;
techniques and methodology.  The student should strive for a precise&lt;br /&gt;
and concise format.  Normally, the text itself should not exceed 20&lt;br /&gt;
pages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The research progress report will be approved based upon the&lt;br /&gt;
recommendation of an oral examination committee; the committee will&lt;br /&gt;
consist of no less than three faculty members, including the research&lt;br /&gt;
advisor and at least one additional member of the CDS faculty.  The&lt;br /&gt;
choice of the oral exam committee will be made by the student and his&lt;br /&gt;
or her research advisor, and must be approved by the Option&lt;br /&gt;
Representative.  It is the responsibility of the student to obtain&lt;br /&gt;
approval from each proposed committee member for the time and date of&lt;br /&gt;
the oral exam.  The list of the recommended exam committee members&lt;br /&gt;
must be submitted at the same time as the research progress report,&lt;br /&gt;
and the exam is normally scheduled within one month of submitting the&lt;br /&gt;
report.  The exam committee may require revision of the report, and&lt;br /&gt;
possibly a reexamination.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See the [[#Procedures for Advancement to Candidacy|candidacy proceedures section]] below for more details on the procedure for&lt;br /&gt;
advancement to candidacy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Appointment of Thesis Review Committee ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a student passes the second-year candidacy exam, a faculty&lt;br /&gt;
committee known as the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;thesis review committee&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; should be&lt;br /&gt;
established to review periodically the student's progress.  This&lt;br /&gt;
committee will serve not only as overseers of research progress during&lt;br /&gt;
the student's Ph.D. residency, but will also contribute to the&lt;br /&gt;
intellectual development of the student through sustained interaction.&lt;br /&gt;
Each student should endeavor to form the committee as soon as possible&lt;br /&gt;
after passing the candidacy exam, but no later than one month prior to&lt;br /&gt;
the beginning of the third year in residence.  This committee should&lt;br /&gt;
meet with the student before fall registration each year, either as a&lt;br /&gt;
group or individually, to review progress, suggest improvements in&lt;br /&gt;
research etc.  It is the students responsibility to organize this committee and seek its periodic input.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Final Thesis and Oral Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a final step in the Ph.D. program, the student is required to&lt;br /&gt;
submit a satisfactory thesis and pass a final oral examination.  This&lt;br /&gt;
exam will be preceded by a seminar which will be open to the general&lt;br /&gt;
public.  The [[#Ph.D. Examination Procedures|PhD procedures section]] below describes the procedures in&lt;br /&gt;
detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CDS Preliminary Exam Procedures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Format and Content of the Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each student is required to take a subject oral qualifying examination&lt;br /&gt;
at the beginning of the third quarter in residence, the purpose of&lt;br /&gt;
which is to examine expertise in mathematics, control and dynamical&lt;br /&gt;
systems.  The exam covers the material taught in the first and second terms of CDS&lt;br /&gt;
classes (typically ACM 104, ACM 113, ACM/EE 116 or CDS 140, and CDS 110, 112 or 212).  Students may&lt;br /&gt;
petition the faculty to replace one of these areas with an outside&lt;br /&gt;
area.  Petitions are due no later than the last day of classes of the&lt;br /&gt;
term preceding the exam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two and one-half (2-1/2) hours are allotted to the exam.  During the&lt;br /&gt;
first 90 minutes you will be given a written copy of the exam&lt;br /&gt;
questions, and will have the opportunity to prepare your answers;&lt;br /&gt;
during the second 60 minutes you will answer the questions orally at&lt;br /&gt;
the direction of the committee.  While preparing your answers, you are&lt;br /&gt;
not allowed to consult references of any kind.  All information that&lt;br /&gt;
we do not expect you to know (or be able to derive) will be supplied&lt;br /&gt;
as part of the question.  You should strive to present your answers in&lt;br /&gt;
a concise and incisive manner.  Due to scheduling, we will not be able&lt;br /&gt;
to extend the answer period beyond 60 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To determine potential subject matter, you should feel free to discuss&lt;br /&gt;
relevant references, etc. with members of the faculty; however, do not&lt;br /&gt;
expect the questions to be derived from any specific reference.  Also,&lt;br /&gt;
do not expect (or ask for) information about the nature or topics of&lt;br /&gt;
the questions themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exam Scheduling ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Preliminary Exam will take place at the beginning of the third&lt;br /&gt;
term in residence.  All first-year CDS students will receive a&lt;br /&gt;
scheduling form at the end of second term, which must be filled out and&lt;br /&gt;
returned to the Option Administrator no later than the end of second term&lt;br /&gt;
(i.e., the last day of finals).  Petitions to replace one of the&lt;br /&gt;
standard subject areas with an outside subject area must be submitted&lt;br /&gt;
no later than the last day of classes of second term.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The schedule for exams will be available by the beginning of the first week&lt;br /&gt;
of classes in third term, and exams will normally be scheduled at the end of the first week or&lt;br /&gt;
beginning of the third week of the term.  The results of the exam&lt;br /&gt;
will be announced after all students have completed of the exam.  Upon&lt;br /&gt;
recommendation of the examining committee, students who fail the exam&lt;br /&gt;
will be given one additional opportunity to take the exam, typically&lt;br /&gt;
at the beginning of spring term.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Procedures for Advancement to Candidacy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Requirements for Candidacy ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be recommended for candidacy for the doctorate degree, the&lt;br /&gt;
applicant, in addition to demonstrating understanding and knowledge of&lt;br /&gt;
fundamentals at the first-year Preliminary Examination, must give&lt;br /&gt;
satisfactory evidence of ability to carry out research in his or her&lt;br /&gt;
primary field of interest.  Hence, the applicant must submit and have&lt;br /&gt;
approved a written Research Progress Report.  In most cases, approval&lt;br /&gt;
of the written report will be based on a satisfactory oral defense of&lt;br /&gt;
its contents.  CDS students are expected to take and complete the Candidacy Examination no later than the end of their third academic year at Caltech.&lt;br /&gt;
A student who fails to satisfy the requirements of the&lt;br /&gt;
Division for candidacy by the end of the third term of the third year&lt;br /&gt;
in residence at the California Institute of Technology will not be&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to register in a subsequent academic year except by special&lt;br /&gt;
permission of the Division.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Procedures for scheduling and taking the exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Select a tentative date (determined by the candidate and his or&lt;br /&gt;
her research advisor) and an examining committee of at least three&lt;br /&gt;
members.  Check with the CDS Option Adminstrator to avoid time/place conflicts.&lt;br /&gt;
Then check with members of your committee to see that the date is&lt;br /&gt;
satisfactory.  The committee must consist of at least two CDS faculty&lt;br /&gt;
members and must be approved by the Option Representative before the&lt;br /&gt;
exam is scheduled.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Obtain a ''Candidacy Form for the Degree of Doctor of&lt;br /&gt;
Philosophy'' from the CDS option administrator.  Enter your name, major, and minor&lt;br /&gt;
(if you choose to have one) at the top of the Candidacy Form.  If you&lt;br /&gt;
choose to pursue a minor, fill in Section II6; if you do not pursue a&lt;br /&gt;
minor, fill in Section II5 with the courses taken outside of CDS (see&lt;br /&gt;
below).  Get proper approval signatures and return the form to the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
Secretary.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Prepare four copies of your Research Progress Report and deliver a&lt;br /&gt;
copy to each of your committee members no later than ''two weeks'' prior&lt;br /&gt;
to your examination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This report should describe concisely the present state-of-the-art of&lt;br /&gt;
your research topic, your progress to date, your proposed research,&lt;br /&gt;
and the nature of the contribution which you expect to make in the&lt;br /&gt;
general problem area.  All of this should not exceed ''twenty pages'' (excluding bibliography and using a standard 11 point report format with at least 1 inch margins). &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;When the Research Progress Report is satisfactory, the members&lt;br /&gt;
of the examining committee will sign the Candidacy Form.  All forms&lt;br /&gt;
should be returned to the CDS option administrator &lt;br /&gt;
after the examination.  You must fill out information in&lt;br /&gt;
Section II, and take it to the Registrar's Office for signature, and&lt;br /&gt;
then to the Option Representative for completion of Section V.  Then&lt;br /&gt;
obtain the Division Chair's signature and take the form to the&lt;br /&gt;
Graduate Office for your file there.  You will be notified later by&lt;br /&gt;
the Dean of Graduate Studies that you have been admitted to Candidacy&lt;br /&gt;
for the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ph.D. Examination Procedures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final Ph.D. exam will consist of a defense of the candidate's&lt;br /&gt;
thesis research.  In addition to the formal exam, each candidate is&lt;br /&gt;
required to present a seminar (open to the public) on his or her work;&lt;br /&gt;
this seminar will be scheduled in the Caltech Calendar as a regular&lt;br /&gt;
CDS Seminar.  The exam and seminar must be held at least two weeks&lt;br /&gt;
before the degree is conferred.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Procedures for Processing Necessary Forms ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;At least ''three weeks'' prior to the exam date, obtain the&lt;br /&gt;
following forms from the Graduate Office:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Petition for Exam&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Application for Approval of Thesis&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The date of the Ph.D.  exam and the committee members will be&lt;br /&gt;
determined by you and your research advisor and must be approved by&lt;br /&gt;
the Option Representative.  Check with members of your committee for&lt;br /&gt;
agreement on the date and time of the exam.  Once a definite date and&lt;br /&gt;
committee are set, the CDS Secretary will send a confirming memo to&lt;br /&gt;
the committee members.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Fill out and sign the top portion of the ''Application for Approval of Thesis''.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Complete the first page of the ''Petition for Exam''; have the&lt;br /&gt;
Registrar complete and sign Part I of page 2.  Complete Part II of&lt;br /&gt;
page 2, obtain the Divisional Chair's signature, and deliver the&lt;br /&gt;
form to the Graduate Office.  The Petition will remain there until&lt;br /&gt;
just before your exam when you should return it to the CDS option administrator.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Procedures for Submitting the Ph.D. Thesis ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;''At least two weeks prior to your exam'', supply each member (four are&lt;br /&gt;
needed, one of whom can be a qualified Ph.D. from off-campus) of your&lt;br /&gt;
committee with a copy of your thesis.  The Petition and Approval of&lt;br /&gt;
Thesis forms will not be signed at the time of the exam unless the&lt;br /&gt;
thesis requires no changes.  If corrections or revisions are required,&lt;br /&gt;
it is your responsibility to:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;make the necessary corrections or revisions;&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;submit the revised thesis to members of your examining committee; and&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;secure committee signatures on the Petition of Approval of&lt;br /&gt;
  Thesis forms after the acceptance of the corrections or revisions.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Submit one copy of your thesis to the Graduate Office for&lt;br /&gt;
proofreading.  This should be done at the same time the thesis is&lt;br /&gt;
submitted to your committee members.  (If corrections or revisions are&lt;br /&gt;
required, the thesis must be proofread a second time.)  You will be&lt;br /&gt;
notified as soon as the proofreading is complete (usually a couple of&lt;br /&gt;
days).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;After the exam is passed in all respects and the committee has signed&lt;br /&gt;
both the Petition and Approval of Thesis forms, obtain the signature&lt;br /&gt;
of the Option Representative of your subject minor, if appropriate,&lt;br /&gt;
and return the form to the Graduate Office.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Submit ''two corrected copies'' of the thesis to the Graduate&lt;br /&gt;
Office: one copy must be on Perma-Life or Old Council Tree bond paper,&lt;br /&gt;
reproduced from the original; the other copy may be regular Xerox&lt;br /&gt;
paper (see Graphic Arts for further information).  Submit these copies&lt;br /&gt;
in a brown envelope labeled as follows: your name, Ph.D.; Control and&lt;br /&gt;
Dynamical Systems; year.  Also submit two extra title pages and two&lt;br /&gt;
extra abstracts.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assist you in preparing for your final Ph.D. Examination, you&lt;br /&gt;
should obtain the following publications from the Graduate Office:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Preparation of Doctoral Dissertations&amp;quot; and&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Ph.D. Examination Procedures&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Transferring into CDS from Another Option ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students wishing to switch into CDS from another option must do so&lt;br /&gt;
before the end of their second year of residence at Caltech.  Students&lt;br /&gt;
must satisfy all option course requirements and must pass the&lt;br /&gt;
candidacy exam in order to be officially admitted into the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
Ph.D. program.  In addition, the student is expected to take the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
qualifying exam no later than the first year of study after&lt;br /&gt;
transferring into the CDS option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The procedure for switching into CDS is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The student should submit a written request to the Option Representative to consider admission into the CDS option.  Under normal circumstances, this request must be received no later than  the admissions deadline for incoming graduate students (December 15).&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The Admissions Committee will consider applications for transfer using the same criteria as outside admission into the CDS program.  Transfer students will be notified of admission by the usual admissions response deadline (March 15). &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Transfer students who are admitted into CDS must accept or decline admission no later than the usual admissions deadline (April 15).  If admitted, the student may either transfer immediately or defer admission until the beginning of the academic year.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Financial aid for transfer students will be described in the letter of admission.  Aid is not usually available until the beginning of the next academic year.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The M.S. Program ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students will be admitted to the option who expect to pursue&lt;br /&gt;
the Ph.D. degree.  The master's degree may be awarded in exceptional&lt;br /&gt;
cases.  The awarding of this degree requires fulfilling the Institute&lt;br /&gt;
requirements for a master's degree, satisfying the engineering focus&lt;br /&gt;
requirements, and receiving a recommendation for awarding of the&lt;br /&gt;
degree from the counseling committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The M.S. program, unlike the Ph.D., is based primarily upon the&lt;br /&gt;
successful completion of coursework.  This coursework must include at&lt;br /&gt;
least 135 units in order to satisfy Institute requirements, with the&lt;br /&gt;
following core courses:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ACM/EE 116, CDS 140a, 201, 202 || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 36 units&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Additional Advanced Courses in CDS || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 36 units&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Engineering Electives (focus area) || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 27 units&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| General Electives || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 36 units&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The 36 units of general electives should include mathematics, science&lt;br /&gt;
and engineering subjects or research, but may be, with special&lt;br /&gt;
permission, humanities and social sciences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All M.S. students are required to submit candidacy forms to the&lt;br /&gt;
Institute for approval of the proposed course of study for the&lt;br /&gt;
M.S. degree.  The M.S. candidacy form must be submitted by midterm&lt;br /&gt;
(approximately mid-November) of the first term of the year when the&lt;br /&gt;
degree is expected.  These forms can be obtained at the Institute&lt;br /&gt;
Graduate Office.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Murray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Option_guidelines&amp;diff=350</id>
		<title>Option guidelines</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Option_guidelines&amp;diff=350"/>
		<updated>2014-09-18T03:41:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Murray: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{righttoc}}&lt;br /&gt;
This document describes the requirements for obtaining a degree in&lt;br /&gt;
Control and Dynamical Systems at Caltech.  It is intended to&lt;br /&gt;
complement the Caltech Catalog by giving additional information about&lt;br /&gt;
option regulations and standard procedures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three examinations which are required to obtain a Ph.D. in&lt;br /&gt;
CDS.  The first is the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Preliminary Exam&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, given in the first year&lt;br /&gt;
of study and intended to evaluate the student's expertise in&lt;br /&gt;
mathematics, control, and dynamical systems.  This exam is&lt;br /&gt;
administered at the beginning of the third term and may be retaken at the beginning of summer, if necessary.  The &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Candidacy Exam&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is taken no later than the third year and is used to evaluate a student's research abilities.&lt;br /&gt;
Upon passing this exam, the student is admitted to candidacy, the&lt;br /&gt;
first step in obtaining a PhD.  The final exam is the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Ph.D.&lt;br /&gt;
examination&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (or thesis defense) and is given after completion of&lt;br /&gt;
the Ph.D. dissertation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A rough outline of the typical schedule for the first two years of&lt;br /&gt;
study in CDS is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* Year One&lt;br /&gt;
** Complete CDS required courses &lt;br /&gt;
** Take and pass the CDS Preliminary Exam&lt;br /&gt;
** Find a research advisor&lt;br /&gt;
* Years Two and Three&lt;br /&gt;
** Complete additional coursework in CDS (45 units total)&lt;br /&gt;
** Complete the focus requirement (27 units total)&lt;br /&gt;
** Take and pass the CDS Candidacy Exam&lt;br /&gt;
** Advance to Candidacy for the Ph.D.&lt;br /&gt;
Note that most students will begin doing research in the summer of&lt;br /&gt;
their first year in residency, in preparation for the Candidacy Exam.&lt;br /&gt;
It is therefore essential that students find a research advisor no&lt;br /&gt;
later than the end of third term and select an initial research&lt;br /&gt;
project to form the basis of the Candidacy Exam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The remainder of this document contains detailed descriptions of the&lt;br /&gt;
requirements and procedures for completing the Ph.D. program in CDS.&lt;br /&gt;
If you have any questions, you should consult your advisor or the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
Option Representative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Ph.D. Program ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Aims and Scope ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Control and Dynamical Systems (CDS) option is open to students&lt;br /&gt;
with an undergraduate degree in engineering, mathematics, or&lt;br /&gt;
science. The qualifications of each applicant will be considered&lt;br /&gt;
individually, and, after being enrolled, the student will arrange his&lt;br /&gt;
or her program in consultation with a member of the faculty. In some&lt;br /&gt;
cases the student may be required to make up undergraduate&lt;br /&gt;
deficiencies in engineering science courses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The CDS option emphasizes the interdisciplinary nature of modern&lt;br /&gt;
theory of dynamical systems and control. The curriculum is designed to&lt;br /&gt;
promote a broad knowledge of mathematical and experimental techniques&lt;br /&gt;
in dynamical systems theory and control. In addition to taking courses&lt;br /&gt;
in the CDS option, students must select a focus area (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Coursework ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon admission each student will be assigned an adviser in the option&lt;br /&gt;
and a committee of three members, chaired by the adviser, which will&lt;br /&gt;
approve the initial course of study by the student. Each prospective&lt;br /&gt;
Ph.D. student will meet with their advisor to evaluate the student's&lt;br /&gt;
background, relative to that expected at the Ph.D. level, in the areas&lt;br /&gt;
of mathematics, control, and dynamical systems.  The chief intention&lt;br /&gt;
of these consultations is to set up a course program for the first&lt;br /&gt;
year of study.  The adviser will be replaced by a research adviser&lt;br /&gt;
when the direction of specialization is determined, not later than the&lt;br /&gt;
beginning of the second year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following course requirements must be satisfied in order to obtain&lt;br /&gt;
a Ph.D.  in Control and Dynamical Systems:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Complete the following courses: ACM/CMS 104, ACM/CMS 113, ACM/CMS 116, CDS 140 and CDS 212.&lt;br /&gt;
# Complete an additional 45 units in CDS or other advanced courses in systems theory, dynamical systems, and/or applied mathematics.&lt;br /&gt;
# Complete the focus requirement, consisting of at least 27 units in a particular area outside of CDS. Courses taken to satisfy the focus must represent a coherent program of advanced study in the chosen area. Possible areas include biological systems, computer science, environmental science, fluid dynamics, information and communications, networking, robotics, and space systems. The program of study must be approved by the student’s counseling committee and the option representative.&lt;br /&gt;
# Prepare a Research Progress Report.&lt;br /&gt;
# Pass an oral examination on the major topic of the student’s research. The oral examination is normally taken no later than the end of the third year of graduate academic residence at the Institute.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The student's counseling committee will be the judge of the completion of&lt;br /&gt;
the focus requirement, necessary before the candidacy examination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Preliminary Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each student is required to take a preliminary examination&lt;br /&gt;
at the beginning of the third quarter in residence, the purpose of&lt;br /&gt;
which is to examine expertise in mathematics, control, and dynamical&lt;br /&gt;
systems.  The exam covers the material taught in the first and/or second terms of CDS&lt;br /&gt;
classes (typically ACM 104, ACM 113, ACM/EE 116 or CDS 140, and CDS 110, 112 or 212).  Students may&lt;br /&gt;
petition the faculty to replace one of these areas with an outside&lt;br /&gt;
area.  Petitions are due no later than the last day of classes of the&lt;br /&gt;
term preceding the exam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three types of decisions will be possible: ''pass'', ''conditional pass'', ''fail''.  A student with a ''pass'' or ''conditional pass'' is permitted to begin his or her Ph.D. research.  However, a student with a ''conditional pass'' will usually be required to satisfy some additional requirements, such as successful completion of specified coursework.  Students who fail the oral subject exam may be permitted to repeat the exam (or part of the exam)&lt;br /&gt;
once in the spring term, but this will occur only upon recommendation of the examination committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The format of the oral qualifying exam is described in the [[#CDS Qualifying Exam Procedures|qualifying exam section]] below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Research Advisor ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once students have passed the candidacy exam, they should begin to identify potential advisors for their research.  CDS students are encouraged to talk with faculty across Caltech who are working in areas of research related to their interests.  Students are responsible for finding a faculty member who agrees to supervise their research no later than the end of third term of the first year.  If a student is not able to identify a faculty member who is able to serve as they research advisor, he or she should contact the CDS option representative as soon as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Candidacy Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to admission to candidacy for the Ph.D. degree, a student is&lt;br /&gt;
required to pass the candidacy examination.  This exam consists of two&lt;br /&gt;
parts: a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;research progress report&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; and an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;oral examination&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
based primarily upon the content of the report.  A student who fails&lt;br /&gt;
to pass the candidacy exam according to the timetable and procedures&lt;br /&gt;
described below will &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;not&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; be permitted to register in any&lt;br /&gt;
subsequent terms, except for the purpose of completing work toward the&lt;br /&gt;
M.S. degree, and then only with the permission of the option&lt;br /&gt;
representative and the research advisor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The research progress report required for admission to candidacy should&lt;br /&gt;
be submitted to the faculty before the end of the second term of&lt;br /&gt;
the second year in residence.  The report is to be based upon the&lt;br /&gt;
Ph.D. research project and is expected to exhibit a professional&lt;br /&gt;
quality of exposition.  As a guide, the report should outline the&lt;br /&gt;
research problem, the progress of the student at the time of writing,&lt;br /&gt;
and the areas proposed for future study.  It is also important that&lt;br /&gt;
the report provide clear evidence of the student's understanding of&lt;br /&gt;
the motivation for the research problem and its relevance to the&lt;br /&gt;
general research area, as well as an appreciation of relevant&lt;br /&gt;
techniques and methodology.  The student should strive for a precise&lt;br /&gt;
and concise format.  Normally, the text itself should not exceed 20&lt;br /&gt;
pages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The research progress report will be approved based upon the&lt;br /&gt;
recommendation of an oral examination committee; the committee will&lt;br /&gt;
consist of no less than three faculty members, including the research&lt;br /&gt;
advisor and at least one additional member of the CDS faculty.  The&lt;br /&gt;
choice of the oral exam committee will be made by the student and his&lt;br /&gt;
or her research advisor, and must be approved by the Option&lt;br /&gt;
Representative.  It is the responsibility of the student to obtain&lt;br /&gt;
approval from each proposed committee member for the time and date of&lt;br /&gt;
the oral exam.  The list of the recommended exam committee members&lt;br /&gt;
must be submitted at the same time as the research progress report,&lt;br /&gt;
and the exam is normally scheduled within one month of submitting the&lt;br /&gt;
report.  The exam committee may require revision of the report, and&lt;br /&gt;
possibly a reexamination.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See the [[#Procedures for Advancement to Candidacy|candidacy proceedures section]] below for more details on the procedure for&lt;br /&gt;
advancement to candidacy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Appointment of Thesis Review Committee ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a student passes the second-year candidacy exam, a faculty&lt;br /&gt;
committee known as the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;thesis review committee&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; should be&lt;br /&gt;
established to review periodically the student's progress.  This&lt;br /&gt;
committee will serve not only as overseers of research progress during&lt;br /&gt;
the student's Ph.D. residency, but will also contribute to the&lt;br /&gt;
intellectual development of the student through sustained interaction.&lt;br /&gt;
Each student should endeavor to form the committee as soon as possible&lt;br /&gt;
after passing the candidacy exam, but no later than one month prior to&lt;br /&gt;
the beginning of the third year in residence.  This committee should&lt;br /&gt;
meet with the student before fall registration each year, either as a&lt;br /&gt;
group or individually, to review progress, suggest improvements in&lt;br /&gt;
research etc.  It is the students responsibility to organize this committee and seek its periodic input.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Final Thesis and Oral Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a final step in the Ph.D. program, the student is required to&lt;br /&gt;
submit a satisfactory thesis and pass a final oral examination.  This&lt;br /&gt;
exam will be preceded by a seminar which will be open to the general&lt;br /&gt;
public.  The [[#Ph.D. Examination Procedures|PhD procedures section]] below describes the procedures in&lt;br /&gt;
detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CDS Preliminary Exam Procedures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Format and Content of the Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each student is required to take a subject oral qualifying examination&lt;br /&gt;
at the beginning of the third quarter in residence, the purpose of&lt;br /&gt;
which is to examine expertise in mathematics, control and dynamical&lt;br /&gt;
systems.  The exam covers the material taught in the first and second terms of CDS&lt;br /&gt;
classes (typically ACM 104, ACM 113, ACM/EE 116 or CDS 140, and CDS 110, 112 or 212).  Students may&lt;br /&gt;
petition the faculty to replace one of these areas with an outside&lt;br /&gt;
area.  Petitions are due no later than the last day of classes of the&lt;br /&gt;
term preceding the exam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two and one-half (2-1/2) hours are allotted to the exam.  During the&lt;br /&gt;
first 90 minutes you will be given a written copy of the exam&lt;br /&gt;
questions, and will have the opportunity to prepare your answers;&lt;br /&gt;
during the second 60 minutes you will answer the questions orally at&lt;br /&gt;
the direction of the committee.  While preparing your answers, you are&lt;br /&gt;
not allowed to consult references of any kind.  All information that&lt;br /&gt;
we do not expect you to know (or be able to derive) will be supplied&lt;br /&gt;
as part of the question.  You should strive to present your answers in&lt;br /&gt;
a concise and incisive manner.  Due to scheduling, we will not be able&lt;br /&gt;
to extend the answer period beyond 60 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To determine potential subject matter, you should feel free to discuss&lt;br /&gt;
relevant references, etc. with members of the faculty; however, do not&lt;br /&gt;
expect the questions to be derived from any specific reference.  Also,&lt;br /&gt;
do not expect (or ask for) information about the nature or topics of&lt;br /&gt;
the questions themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exam Scheduling ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Preliminary Exam will take place at the beginning of the third&lt;br /&gt;
term in residence.  All first-year CDS students will receive a&lt;br /&gt;
scheduling form at the end of second term, which must be filled out and&lt;br /&gt;
returned to the Option Administrator no later than the end of second term&lt;br /&gt;
(i.e., the last day of finals).  Petitions to replace one of the&lt;br /&gt;
standard subject areas with an outside subject area must be submitted&lt;br /&gt;
no later than the last day of classes of second term.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The schedule for exams will be available by the beginning of the first week&lt;br /&gt;
of classes in third term, and exams will normally be scheduled at the end of the first week or&lt;br /&gt;
beginning of the third week of the term.  The results of the exam&lt;br /&gt;
will be announced after all students have completed of the exam.  Upon&lt;br /&gt;
recommendation of the examining committee, students who fail the exam&lt;br /&gt;
will be given one additional opportunity to take the exam, typically&lt;br /&gt;
at the beginning of spring term.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Procedures for Advancement to Candidacy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Requirements for Candidacy ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be recommended for candidacy for the doctorate degree, the&lt;br /&gt;
applicant, in addition to demonstrating understanding and knowledge of&lt;br /&gt;
fundamentals at the first-year Preliminary Examination, must give&lt;br /&gt;
satisfactory evidence of ability to carry out research in his or her&lt;br /&gt;
primary field of interest.  Hence, the applicant must submit and have&lt;br /&gt;
approved a written Research Progress Report.  In most cases, approval&lt;br /&gt;
of the written report will be based on a satisfactory oral defense of&lt;br /&gt;
its contents.  CDS students are expected to take and complete the Candidacy Examination no later than the end of their third academic year at Caltech.&lt;br /&gt;
A student who fails to satisfy the requirements of the&lt;br /&gt;
Division for candidacy by the end of the third term of the third year&lt;br /&gt;
in residence at the California Institute of Technology will not be&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to register in a subsequent academic year except by special&lt;br /&gt;
permission of the Division.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Procedures for scheduling and taking the exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Select a tentative date (determined by the candidate and his or&lt;br /&gt;
her research advisor) and an examining committee of at least three&lt;br /&gt;
members.  Check with the CDS Option Adminstrator to avoid time/place conflicts.&lt;br /&gt;
Then check with members of your committee to see that the date is&lt;br /&gt;
satisfactory.  The committee must consist of at least two CDS faculty&lt;br /&gt;
members and must be approved by the Option Representative before the&lt;br /&gt;
exam is scheduled.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Obtain a ''Candidacy Form for the Degree of Doctor of&lt;br /&gt;
Philosophy'' from the CDS option administrator.  Enter your name, major, and minor&lt;br /&gt;
(if you choose to have one) at the top of the Candidacy Form.  If you&lt;br /&gt;
choose to pursue a minor, fill in Section II6; if you do not pursue a&lt;br /&gt;
minor, fill in Section II5 with the courses taken outside of CDS (see&lt;br /&gt;
below).  Get proper approval signatures and return the form to the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
Secretary.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Prepare four copies of your Research Progress Report and deliver a&lt;br /&gt;
copy to each of your committee members no later than ''two weeks'' prior&lt;br /&gt;
to your examination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This report should describe concisely the present state-of-the-art of&lt;br /&gt;
your research topic, your progress to date, your proposed research,&lt;br /&gt;
and the nature of the contribution which you expect to make in the&lt;br /&gt;
general problem area.  All of this should not exceed ''twenty pages'' (excluding bibliography and using a standard 11 point report format with at least 1 inch margins). &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;When the Research Progress Report is satisfactory, the members&lt;br /&gt;
of the examining committee will sign the Candidacy Form.  All forms&lt;br /&gt;
should be returned to the CDS option administrator &lt;br /&gt;
after the examination.  You must fill out information in&lt;br /&gt;
Section II, and take it to the Registrar's Office for signature, and&lt;br /&gt;
then to the Option Representative for completion of Section V.  Then&lt;br /&gt;
obtain the Division Chair's signature and take the form to the&lt;br /&gt;
Graduate Office for your file there.  You will be notified later by&lt;br /&gt;
the Dean of Graduate Studies that you have been admitted to Candidacy&lt;br /&gt;
for the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ph.D. Examination Procedures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final Ph.D. exam will consist of a defense of the candidate's&lt;br /&gt;
thesis research.  In addition to the formal exam, each candidate is&lt;br /&gt;
required to present a seminar (open to the public) on his or her work;&lt;br /&gt;
this seminar will be scheduled in the Caltech Calendar as a regular&lt;br /&gt;
CDS Seminar.  The exam and seminar must be held at least two weeks&lt;br /&gt;
before the degree is conferred.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Procedures for Processing Necessary Forms ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;At least ''three weeks'' prior to the exam date, obtain the&lt;br /&gt;
following forms from the Graduate Office:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Petition for Exam&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Application for Approval of Thesis&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The date of the Ph.D.  exam and the committee members will be&lt;br /&gt;
determined by you and your research advisor and must be approved by&lt;br /&gt;
the Option Representative.  Check with members of your committee for&lt;br /&gt;
agreement on the date and time of the exam.  Once a definite date and&lt;br /&gt;
committee are set, the CDS Secretary will send a confirming memo to&lt;br /&gt;
the committee members.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Fill out and sign the top portion of the ''Application for Approval of Thesis''.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Complete the first page of the ''Petition for Exam''; have the&lt;br /&gt;
Registrar complete and sign Part I of page 2.  Complete Part II of&lt;br /&gt;
page 2, obtain the Divisional Chair's signature, and deliver the&lt;br /&gt;
form to the Graduate Office.  The Petition will remain there until&lt;br /&gt;
just before your exam when you should return it to the CDS option administrator.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Procedures for Submitting the Ph.D. Thesis ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;''At least two weeks prior to your exam'', supply each member (four are&lt;br /&gt;
needed, one of whom can be a qualified Ph.D. from off-campus) of your&lt;br /&gt;
committee with a copy of your thesis.  The Petition and Approval of&lt;br /&gt;
Thesis forms will not be signed at the time of the exam unless the&lt;br /&gt;
thesis requires no changes.  If corrections or revisions are required,&lt;br /&gt;
it is your responsibility to:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;make the necessary corrections or revisions;&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;submit the revised thesis to members of your examining committee; and&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;secure committee signatures on the Petition of Approval of&lt;br /&gt;
  Thesis forms after the acceptance of the corrections or revisions.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Submit one copy of your thesis to the Graduate Office for&lt;br /&gt;
proofreading.  This should be done at the same time the thesis is&lt;br /&gt;
submitted to your committee members.  (If corrections or revisions are&lt;br /&gt;
required, the thesis must be proofread a second time.)  You will be&lt;br /&gt;
notified as soon as the proofreading is complete (usually a couple of&lt;br /&gt;
days).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;After the exam is passed in all respects and the committee has signed&lt;br /&gt;
both the Petition and Approval of Thesis forms, obtain the signature&lt;br /&gt;
of the Option Representative of your subject minor, if appropriate,&lt;br /&gt;
and return the form to the Graduate Office.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Submit ''two corrected copies'' of the thesis to the Graduate&lt;br /&gt;
Office: one copy must be on Perma-Life or Old Council Tree bond paper,&lt;br /&gt;
reproduced from the original; the other copy may be regular Xerox&lt;br /&gt;
paper (see Graphic Arts for further information).  Submit these copies&lt;br /&gt;
in a brown envelope labeled as follows: your name, Ph.D.; Control and&lt;br /&gt;
Dynamical Systems; year.  Also submit two extra title pages and two&lt;br /&gt;
extra abstracts.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assist you in preparing for your final Ph.D. Examination, you&lt;br /&gt;
should obtain the following publications from the Graduate Office:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Preparation of Doctoral Dissertations&amp;quot; and&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Ph.D. Examination Procedures&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Transferring into CDS from Another Option ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students wishing to switch into CDS from another option must do so&lt;br /&gt;
before the end of their second year of residence at Caltech.  Students&lt;br /&gt;
must satisfy all option course requirements and must pass the&lt;br /&gt;
candidacy exam in order to be officially admitted into the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
Ph.D. program.  In addition, the student is expected to take the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
qualifying exam no later than the first year of study after&lt;br /&gt;
transferring into the CDS option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The procedure for switching into CDS is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The student should submit a written request to the Option Representative to consider admission into the CDS option.  Under normal circumstances, this request must be received no later than  the admissions deadline for incoming graduate students (December 15).&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The Admissions Committee will consider applications for transfer using the same criteria as outside admission into the CDS program.  Transfer students will be notified of admission by the usual admissions response deadline (March 15). &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Transfer students who are admitted into CDS must accept or decline admission no later than the usual admissions deadline (April 15).  If admitted, the student may either transfer immediately or defer admission until the beginning of the academic year.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Financial aid for transfer students will be described in the letter of admission.  Aid is not usually available until the beginning of the next academic year.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The M.S. Program ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students will be admitted to the option who expect to pursue&lt;br /&gt;
the Ph.D. degree.  The master's degree may be awarded in exceptional&lt;br /&gt;
cases.  The awarding of this degree requires fulfilling the Institute&lt;br /&gt;
requirements for a master's degree, satisfying the engineering focus&lt;br /&gt;
requirements, and receiving a recommendation for awarding of the&lt;br /&gt;
degree from the counseling committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The M.S. program, unlike the Ph.D., is based primarily upon the&lt;br /&gt;
successful completion of coursework.  This coursework must include at&lt;br /&gt;
least 135 units in order to satisfy Institute requirements, with the&lt;br /&gt;
following core courses:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ACM/EE 116, CDS 140a, 201, 202 || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 36 units&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Additional Advanced Courses in CDS || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 36 units&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Engineering Electives (focus area) || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 27 units&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| General Electives || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 36 units&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The 36 units of general electives should include mathematics, science&lt;br /&gt;
and engineering subjects or research, but may be, with special&lt;br /&gt;
permission, humanities and social sciences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All M.S. students are required to submit candidacy forms to the&lt;br /&gt;
Institute for approval of the proposed course of study for the&lt;br /&gt;
M.S. degree.  The M.S. candidacy form must be submitted by midterm&lt;br /&gt;
(approximately mid-November) of the first term of the year when the&lt;br /&gt;
degree is expected.  These forms can be obtained at the Institute&lt;br /&gt;
Graduate Office.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Murray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Option_guidelines&amp;diff=349</id>
		<title>Option guidelines</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Option_guidelines&amp;diff=349"/>
		<updated>2014-09-18T03:40:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Murray: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{righttoc}}&lt;br /&gt;
This document describes the requirements for obtaining a degree in&lt;br /&gt;
Control and Dynamical Systems at Caltech.  It is intended to&lt;br /&gt;
complement the Caltech Catalog by giving additional information about&lt;br /&gt;
option regulations and standard procedures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three examinations which are required to obtain a Ph.D. in&lt;br /&gt;
CDS.  The first is the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Preliminary Exam&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, given in the first year&lt;br /&gt;
of study and intended to evaluate the student's expertise in&lt;br /&gt;
mathematics, control, and dynamical systems.  This exam is&lt;br /&gt;
administered at the beginning of the third term and may be retaken at the beginning of summer, if necessary.  The &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Candidacy Exam&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is taken no later than the third year and is used to evaluate a student's research abilities.&lt;br /&gt;
Upon passing this exam, the student is admitted to candidacy, the&lt;br /&gt;
first step in obtaining a PhD.  The final exam is the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Ph.D.&lt;br /&gt;
examination&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (or thesis defense) and is given after completion of&lt;br /&gt;
the Ph.D. dissertation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A rough outline of the typical schedule for the first two years of&lt;br /&gt;
study in CDS is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* Year One&lt;br /&gt;
** Complete CDS required courses + focus requirement (27 units total)&lt;br /&gt;
** Take and pass the CDS Preliminary Exam&lt;br /&gt;
** Find a research advisor&lt;br /&gt;
* Years Two and Three&lt;br /&gt;
** Complete additional coursework in CDS (45 units total)&lt;br /&gt;
** Take and pass the CDS Candidacy Exam&lt;br /&gt;
** Advance to Candidacy for the Ph.D.&lt;br /&gt;
Note that most students will begin doing research in the summer of&lt;br /&gt;
their first year in residency, in preparation for the Candidacy Exam.&lt;br /&gt;
It is therefore essential that students find a research advisor no&lt;br /&gt;
later than the end of third term and select an initial research&lt;br /&gt;
project to form the basis of the Candidacy Exam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The remainder of this document contains detailed descriptions of the&lt;br /&gt;
requirements and procedures for completing the Ph.D. program in CDS.&lt;br /&gt;
If you have any questions, you should consult your advisor or the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
Option Representative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Ph.D. Program ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Aims and Scope ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Control and Dynamical Systems (CDS) option is open to students&lt;br /&gt;
with an undergraduate degree in engineering, mathematics, or&lt;br /&gt;
science. The qualifications of each applicant will be considered&lt;br /&gt;
individually, and, after being enrolled, the student will arrange his&lt;br /&gt;
or her program in consultation with a member of the faculty. In some&lt;br /&gt;
cases the student may be required to make up undergraduate&lt;br /&gt;
deficiencies in engineering science courses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The CDS option emphasizes the interdisciplinary nature of modern&lt;br /&gt;
theory of dynamical systems and control. The curriculum is designed to&lt;br /&gt;
promote a broad knowledge of mathematical and experimental techniques&lt;br /&gt;
in dynamical systems theory and control. In addition to taking courses&lt;br /&gt;
in the CDS option, students must select a focus area (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Coursework ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon admission each student will be assigned an adviser in the option&lt;br /&gt;
and a committee of three members, chaired by the adviser, which will&lt;br /&gt;
approve the initial course of study by the student. Each prospective&lt;br /&gt;
Ph.D. student will meet with their advisor to evaluate the student's&lt;br /&gt;
background, relative to that expected at the Ph.D. level, in the areas&lt;br /&gt;
of mathematics, control, and dynamical systems.  The chief intention&lt;br /&gt;
of these consultations is to set up a course program for the first&lt;br /&gt;
year of study.  The adviser will be replaced by a research adviser&lt;br /&gt;
when the direction of specialization is determined, not later than the&lt;br /&gt;
beginning of the second year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following course requirements must be satisfied in order to obtain&lt;br /&gt;
a Ph.D.  in Control and Dynamical Systems:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Complete the following courses: ACM/CMS 104, ACM/CMS 113, ACM/CMS 116, CDS 140 and CDS 212.&lt;br /&gt;
# Complete an additional 45 units in CDS or other advanced courses in systems theory, dynamical systems, and/or applied mathematics.&lt;br /&gt;
# Complete the focus requirement, consisting of at least 27 units in a particular area outside of CDS. Courses taken to satisfy the focus must represent a coherent program of advanced study in the chosen area. Possible areas include biological systems, computer science, environmental science, fluid dynamics, information and communications, networking, robotics, and space systems. The program of study must be approved by the student’s counseling committee and the option representative.&lt;br /&gt;
# Prepare a Research Progress Report.&lt;br /&gt;
# Pass an oral examination on the major topic of the student’s research. The oral examination is normally taken no later than the end of the third year of graduate academic residence at the Institute.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The student's counseling committee will be the judge of the completion of&lt;br /&gt;
the focus requirement, necessary before the candidacy examination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Preliminary Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each student is required to take a preliminary examination&lt;br /&gt;
at the beginning of the third quarter in residence, the purpose of&lt;br /&gt;
which is to examine expertise in mathematics, control, and dynamical&lt;br /&gt;
systems.  The exam covers the material taught in the first and/or second terms of CDS&lt;br /&gt;
classes (typically ACM 104, ACM 113, ACM/EE 116 or CDS 140, and CDS 110, 112 or 212).  Students may&lt;br /&gt;
petition the faculty to replace one of these areas with an outside&lt;br /&gt;
area.  Petitions are due no later than the last day of classes of the&lt;br /&gt;
term preceding the exam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three types of decisions will be possible: ''pass'', ''conditional pass'', ''fail''.  A student with a ''pass'' or ''conditional pass'' is permitted to begin his or her Ph.D. research.  However, a student with a ''conditional pass'' will usually be required to satisfy some additional requirements, such as successful completion of specified coursework.  Students who fail the oral subject exam may be permitted to repeat the exam (or part of the exam)&lt;br /&gt;
once in the spring term, but this will occur only upon recommendation of the examination committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The format of the oral qualifying exam is described in the [[#CDS Qualifying Exam Procedures|qualifying exam section]] below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Research Advisor ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once students have passed the candidacy exam, they should begin to identify potential advisors for their research.  CDS students are encouraged to talk with faculty across Caltech who are working in areas of research related to their interests.  Students are responsible for finding a faculty member who agrees to supervise their research no later than the end of third term of the first year.  If a student is not able to identify a faculty member who is able to serve as they research advisor, he or she should contact the CDS option representative as soon as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Candidacy Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to admission to candidacy for the Ph.D. degree, a student is&lt;br /&gt;
required to pass the candidacy examination.  This exam consists of two&lt;br /&gt;
parts: a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;research progress report&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; and an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;oral examination&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
based primarily upon the content of the report.  A student who fails&lt;br /&gt;
to pass the candidacy exam according to the timetable and procedures&lt;br /&gt;
described below will &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;not&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; be permitted to register in any&lt;br /&gt;
subsequent terms, except for the purpose of completing work toward the&lt;br /&gt;
M.S. degree, and then only with the permission of the option&lt;br /&gt;
representative and the research advisor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The research progress report required for admission to candidacy should&lt;br /&gt;
be submitted to the faculty before the end of the second term of&lt;br /&gt;
the second year in residence.  The report is to be based upon the&lt;br /&gt;
Ph.D. research project and is expected to exhibit a professional&lt;br /&gt;
quality of exposition.  As a guide, the report should outline the&lt;br /&gt;
research problem, the progress of the student at the time of writing,&lt;br /&gt;
and the areas proposed for future study.  It is also important that&lt;br /&gt;
the report provide clear evidence of the student's understanding of&lt;br /&gt;
the motivation for the research problem and its relevance to the&lt;br /&gt;
general research area, as well as an appreciation of relevant&lt;br /&gt;
techniques and methodology.  The student should strive for a precise&lt;br /&gt;
and concise format.  Normally, the text itself should not exceed 20&lt;br /&gt;
pages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The research progress report will be approved based upon the&lt;br /&gt;
recommendation of an oral examination committee; the committee will&lt;br /&gt;
consist of no less than three faculty members, including the research&lt;br /&gt;
advisor and at least one additional member of the CDS faculty.  The&lt;br /&gt;
choice of the oral exam committee will be made by the student and his&lt;br /&gt;
or her research advisor, and must be approved by the Option&lt;br /&gt;
Representative.  It is the responsibility of the student to obtain&lt;br /&gt;
approval from each proposed committee member for the time and date of&lt;br /&gt;
the oral exam.  The list of the recommended exam committee members&lt;br /&gt;
must be submitted at the same time as the research progress report,&lt;br /&gt;
and the exam is normally scheduled within one month of submitting the&lt;br /&gt;
report.  The exam committee may require revision of the report, and&lt;br /&gt;
possibly a reexamination.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See the [[#Procedures for Advancement to Candidacy|candidacy proceedures section]] below for more details on the procedure for&lt;br /&gt;
advancement to candidacy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Appointment of Thesis Review Committee ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a student passes the second-year candidacy exam, a faculty&lt;br /&gt;
committee known as the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;thesis review committee&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; should be&lt;br /&gt;
established to review periodically the student's progress.  This&lt;br /&gt;
committee will serve not only as overseers of research progress during&lt;br /&gt;
the student's Ph.D. residency, but will also contribute to the&lt;br /&gt;
intellectual development of the student through sustained interaction.&lt;br /&gt;
Each student should endeavor to form the committee as soon as possible&lt;br /&gt;
after passing the candidacy exam, but no later than one month prior to&lt;br /&gt;
the beginning of the third year in residence.  This committee should&lt;br /&gt;
meet with the student before fall registration each year, either as a&lt;br /&gt;
group or individually, to review progress, suggest improvements in&lt;br /&gt;
research etc.  It is the students responsibility to organize this committee and seek its periodic input.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Final Thesis and Oral Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a final step in the Ph.D. program, the student is required to&lt;br /&gt;
submit a satisfactory thesis and pass a final oral examination.  This&lt;br /&gt;
exam will be preceded by a seminar which will be open to the general&lt;br /&gt;
public.  The [[#Ph.D. Examination Procedures|PhD procedures section]] below describes the procedures in&lt;br /&gt;
detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CDS Preliminary Exam Procedures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Format and Content of the Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each student is required to take a subject oral qualifying examination&lt;br /&gt;
at the beginning of the third quarter in residence, the purpose of&lt;br /&gt;
which is to examine expertise in mathematics, control and dynamical&lt;br /&gt;
systems.  The exam covers the material taught in the first and second terms of CDS&lt;br /&gt;
classes (typically ACM 104, ACM 113, ACM/EE 116 or CDS 140, and CDS 110, 112 or 212).  Students may&lt;br /&gt;
petition the faculty to replace one of these areas with an outside&lt;br /&gt;
area.  Petitions are due no later than the last day of classes of the&lt;br /&gt;
term preceding the exam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two and one-half (2-1/2) hours are allotted to the exam.  During the&lt;br /&gt;
first 90 minutes you will be given a written copy of the exam&lt;br /&gt;
questions, and will have the opportunity to prepare your answers;&lt;br /&gt;
during the second 60 minutes you will answer the questions orally at&lt;br /&gt;
the direction of the committee.  While preparing your answers, you are&lt;br /&gt;
not allowed to consult references of any kind.  All information that&lt;br /&gt;
we do not expect you to know (or be able to derive) will be supplied&lt;br /&gt;
as part of the question.  You should strive to present your answers in&lt;br /&gt;
a concise and incisive manner.  Due to scheduling, we will not be able&lt;br /&gt;
to extend the answer period beyond 60 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To determine potential subject matter, you should feel free to discuss&lt;br /&gt;
relevant references, etc. with members of the faculty; however, do not&lt;br /&gt;
expect the questions to be derived from any specific reference.  Also,&lt;br /&gt;
do not expect (or ask for) information about the nature or topics of&lt;br /&gt;
the questions themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exam Scheduling ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Preliminary Exam will take place at the beginning of the third&lt;br /&gt;
term in residence.  All first-year CDS students will receive a&lt;br /&gt;
scheduling form at the end of second term, which must be filled out and&lt;br /&gt;
returned to the Option Administrator no later than the end of second term&lt;br /&gt;
(i.e., the last day of finals).  Petitions to replace one of the&lt;br /&gt;
standard subject areas with an outside subject area must be submitted&lt;br /&gt;
no later than the last day of classes of second term.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The schedule for exams will be available by the beginning of the first week&lt;br /&gt;
of classes in third term, and exams will normally be scheduled at the end of the first week or&lt;br /&gt;
beginning of the third week of the term.  The results of the exam&lt;br /&gt;
will be announced after all students have completed of the exam.  Upon&lt;br /&gt;
recommendation of the examining committee, students who fail the exam&lt;br /&gt;
will be given one additional opportunity to take the exam, typically&lt;br /&gt;
at the beginning of spring term.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Procedures for Advancement to Candidacy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Requirements for Candidacy ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be recommended for candidacy for the doctorate degree, the&lt;br /&gt;
applicant, in addition to demonstrating understanding and knowledge of&lt;br /&gt;
fundamentals at the first-year Preliminary Examination, must give&lt;br /&gt;
satisfactory evidence of ability to carry out research in his or her&lt;br /&gt;
primary field of interest.  Hence, the applicant must submit and have&lt;br /&gt;
approved a written Research Progress Report.  In most cases, approval&lt;br /&gt;
of the written report will be based on a satisfactory oral defense of&lt;br /&gt;
its contents.  CDS students are expected to take and complete the Candidacy Examination no later than the end of their third academic year at Caltech.&lt;br /&gt;
A student who fails to satisfy the requirements of the&lt;br /&gt;
Division for candidacy by the end of the third term of the third year&lt;br /&gt;
in residence at the California Institute of Technology will not be&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to register in a subsequent academic year except by special&lt;br /&gt;
permission of the Division.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Procedures for scheduling and taking the exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Select a tentative date (determined by the candidate and his or&lt;br /&gt;
her research advisor) and an examining committee of at least three&lt;br /&gt;
members.  Check with the CDS Option Adminstrator to avoid time/place conflicts.&lt;br /&gt;
Then check with members of your committee to see that the date is&lt;br /&gt;
satisfactory.  The committee must consist of at least two CDS faculty&lt;br /&gt;
members and must be approved by the Option Representative before the&lt;br /&gt;
exam is scheduled.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Obtain a ''Candidacy Form for the Degree of Doctor of&lt;br /&gt;
Philosophy'' from the CDS option administrator.  Enter your name, major, and minor&lt;br /&gt;
(if you choose to have one) at the top of the Candidacy Form.  If you&lt;br /&gt;
choose to pursue a minor, fill in Section II6; if you do not pursue a&lt;br /&gt;
minor, fill in Section II5 with the courses taken outside of CDS (see&lt;br /&gt;
below).  Get proper approval signatures and return the form to the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
Secretary.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Prepare four copies of your Research Progress Report and deliver a&lt;br /&gt;
copy to each of your committee members no later than ''two weeks'' prior&lt;br /&gt;
to your examination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This report should describe concisely the present state-of-the-art of&lt;br /&gt;
your research topic, your progress to date, your proposed research,&lt;br /&gt;
and the nature of the contribution which you expect to make in the&lt;br /&gt;
general problem area.  All of this should not exceed ''twenty pages'' (excluding bibliography and using a standard 11 point report format with at least 1 inch margins). &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;When the Research Progress Report is satisfactory, the members&lt;br /&gt;
of the examining committee will sign the Candidacy Form.  All forms&lt;br /&gt;
should be returned to the CDS option administrator &lt;br /&gt;
after the examination.  You must fill out information in&lt;br /&gt;
Section II, and take it to the Registrar's Office for signature, and&lt;br /&gt;
then to the Option Representative for completion of Section V.  Then&lt;br /&gt;
obtain the Division Chair's signature and take the form to the&lt;br /&gt;
Graduate Office for your file there.  You will be notified later by&lt;br /&gt;
the Dean of Graduate Studies that you have been admitted to Candidacy&lt;br /&gt;
for the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ph.D. Examination Procedures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final Ph.D. exam will consist of a defense of the candidate's&lt;br /&gt;
thesis research.  In addition to the formal exam, each candidate is&lt;br /&gt;
required to present a seminar (open to the public) on his or her work;&lt;br /&gt;
this seminar will be scheduled in the Caltech Calendar as a regular&lt;br /&gt;
CDS Seminar.  The exam and seminar must be held at least two weeks&lt;br /&gt;
before the degree is conferred.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Procedures for Processing Necessary Forms ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;At least ''three weeks'' prior to the exam date, obtain the&lt;br /&gt;
following forms from the Graduate Office:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Petition for Exam&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Application for Approval of Thesis&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The date of the Ph.D.  exam and the committee members will be&lt;br /&gt;
determined by you and your research advisor and must be approved by&lt;br /&gt;
the Option Representative.  Check with members of your committee for&lt;br /&gt;
agreement on the date and time of the exam.  Once a definite date and&lt;br /&gt;
committee are set, the CDS Secretary will send a confirming memo to&lt;br /&gt;
the committee members.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Fill out and sign the top portion of the ''Application for Approval of Thesis''.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Complete the first page of the ''Petition for Exam''; have the&lt;br /&gt;
Registrar complete and sign Part I of page 2.  Complete Part II of&lt;br /&gt;
page 2, obtain the Divisional Chair's signature, and deliver the&lt;br /&gt;
form to the Graduate Office.  The Petition will remain there until&lt;br /&gt;
just before your exam when you should return it to the CDS option administrator.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Procedures for Submitting the Ph.D. Thesis ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;''At least two weeks prior to your exam'', supply each member (four are&lt;br /&gt;
needed, one of whom can be a qualified Ph.D. from off-campus) of your&lt;br /&gt;
committee with a copy of your thesis.  The Petition and Approval of&lt;br /&gt;
Thesis forms will not be signed at the time of the exam unless the&lt;br /&gt;
thesis requires no changes.  If corrections or revisions are required,&lt;br /&gt;
it is your responsibility to:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;make the necessary corrections or revisions;&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;submit the revised thesis to members of your examining committee; and&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;secure committee signatures on the Petition of Approval of&lt;br /&gt;
  Thesis forms after the acceptance of the corrections or revisions.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Submit one copy of your thesis to the Graduate Office for&lt;br /&gt;
proofreading.  This should be done at the same time the thesis is&lt;br /&gt;
submitted to your committee members.  (If corrections or revisions are&lt;br /&gt;
required, the thesis must be proofread a second time.)  You will be&lt;br /&gt;
notified as soon as the proofreading is complete (usually a couple of&lt;br /&gt;
days).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;After the exam is passed in all respects and the committee has signed&lt;br /&gt;
both the Petition and Approval of Thesis forms, obtain the signature&lt;br /&gt;
of the Option Representative of your subject minor, if appropriate,&lt;br /&gt;
and return the form to the Graduate Office.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Submit ''two corrected copies'' of the thesis to the Graduate&lt;br /&gt;
Office: one copy must be on Perma-Life or Old Council Tree bond paper,&lt;br /&gt;
reproduced from the original; the other copy may be regular Xerox&lt;br /&gt;
paper (see Graphic Arts for further information).  Submit these copies&lt;br /&gt;
in a brown envelope labeled as follows: your name, Ph.D.; Control and&lt;br /&gt;
Dynamical Systems; year.  Also submit two extra title pages and two&lt;br /&gt;
extra abstracts.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assist you in preparing for your final Ph.D. Examination, you&lt;br /&gt;
should obtain the following publications from the Graduate Office:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Preparation of Doctoral Dissertations&amp;quot; and&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Ph.D. Examination Procedures&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Transferring into CDS from Another Option ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students wishing to switch into CDS from another option must do so&lt;br /&gt;
before the end of their second year of residence at Caltech.  Students&lt;br /&gt;
must satisfy all option course requirements and must pass the&lt;br /&gt;
candidacy exam in order to be officially admitted into the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
Ph.D. program.  In addition, the student is expected to take the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
qualifying exam no later than the first year of study after&lt;br /&gt;
transferring into the CDS option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The procedure for switching into CDS is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The student should submit a written request to the Option Representative to consider admission into the CDS option.  Under normal circumstances, this request must be received no later than  the admissions deadline for incoming graduate students (December 15).&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The Admissions Committee will consider applications for transfer using the same criteria as outside admission into the CDS program.  Transfer students will be notified of admission by the usual admissions response deadline (March 15). &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Transfer students who are admitted into CDS must accept or decline admission no later than the usual admissions deadline (April 15).  If admitted, the student may either transfer immediately or defer admission until the beginning of the academic year.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Financial aid for transfer students will be described in the letter of admission.  Aid is not usually available until the beginning of the next academic year.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The M.S. Program ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students will be admitted to the option who expect to pursue&lt;br /&gt;
the Ph.D. degree.  The master's degree may be awarded in exceptional&lt;br /&gt;
cases.  The awarding of this degree requires fulfilling the Institute&lt;br /&gt;
requirements for a master's degree, satisfying the engineering focus&lt;br /&gt;
requirements, and receiving a recommendation for awarding of the&lt;br /&gt;
degree from the counseling committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The M.S. program, unlike the Ph.D., is based primarily upon the&lt;br /&gt;
successful completion of coursework.  This coursework must include at&lt;br /&gt;
least 135 units in order to satisfy Institute requirements, with the&lt;br /&gt;
following core courses:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ACM/EE 116, CDS 140a, 201, 202 || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 36 units&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Additional Advanced Courses in CDS || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 36 units&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Engineering Electives (focus area) || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 27 units&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| General Electives || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 36 units&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The 36 units of general electives should include mathematics, science&lt;br /&gt;
and engineering subjects or research, but may be, with special&lt;br /&gt;
permission, humanities and social sciences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All M.S. students are required to submit candidacy forms to the&lt;br /&gt;
Institute for approval of the proposed course of study for the&lt;br /&gt;
M.S. degree.  The M.S. candidacy form must be submitted by midterm&lt;br /&gt;
(approximately mid-November) of the first term of the year when the&lt;br /&gt;
degree is expected.  These forms can be obtained at the Institute&lt;br /&gt;
Graduate Office.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Murray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Option_guidelines&amp;diff=322</id>
		<title>Option guidelines</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Option_guidelines&amp;diff=322"/>
		<updated>2013-05-30T15:17:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Murray: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{righttoc}}&lt;br /&gt;
This document describes the requirements for obtaining a degree in&lt;br /&gt;
Control and Dynamical Systems at Caltech.  It is intended to&lt;br /&gt;
complement the Caltech Catalog by giving additional information about&lt;br /&gt;
option regulations and standard procedures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three examinations which are required to obtain a Ph.D. in&lt;br /&gt;
CDS.  The first is the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Qualifying Exam&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, given in the first year&lt;br /&gt;
of study and intended to evaluate the student's expertise in&lt;br /&gt;
mathematics, control, and dynamical systems.  This exam is&lt;br /&gt;
administered at the beginning of the second term and may be retaken in&lt;br /&gt;
the third term of necessary.  The &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Candidacy Exam&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is given in the&lt;br /&gt;
second year and is used to evaluate a student's research abilities.&lt;br /&gt;
Upon passing this exam, the student is admitted to candidacy, the&lt;br /&gt;
first step in obtaining a PhD.  The final exam is the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Ph.D.&lt;br /&gt;
examination&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (or thesis defense) and is given after completion of&lt;br /&gt;
the Ph.D. dissertation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A rough outline of the typical schedule for the first two years of&lt;br /&gt;
study in CDS is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* Year One&lt;br /&gt;
** Complete CDS required courses + focus requirement&lt;br /&gt;
** Take and pass the CDS Qualifying Exam&lt;br /&gt;
** Find a research advisor&lt;br /&gt;
* Year Two&lt;br /&gt;
** Complete additional coursework in CDS (45 units total)&lt;br /&gt;
** Take and pass the CDS Candidacy Exam&lt;br /&gt;
** Advance to Candidacy for the Ph.D.&lt;br /&gt;
Note that most students will begin doing research in the summer of&lt;br /&gt;
their first year in residency, in preparation for the Candidacy Exam.&lt;br /&gt;
It is therefore essential that students find a research advisor no&lt;br /&gt;
later than the end of third term and select an initial research&lt;br /&gt;
project to form the basis of the Candidacy Exam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The remainder of this document contains detailed descriptions of the&lt;br /&gt;
requirements and procedures for completing the Ph.D. program in CDS.&lt;br /&gt;
If you have any questions, you should consult your advisor or the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
Option Representative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Ph.D. Program ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Aims and Scope ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Control and Dynamical Systems (CDS) option is open to students&lt;br /&gt;
with an undergraduate degree in engineering, mathematics, or&lt;br /&gt;
science. The qualifications of each applicant will be considered&lt;br /&gt;
individually, and, after being enrolled, the student will arrange his&lt;br /&gt;
or her program in consultation with a member of the faculty. In some&lt;br /&gt;
cases the student may be required to make up undergraduate&lt;br /&gt;
deficiencies in engineering science courses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The CDS option emphasizes the interdisciplinary nature of modern&lt;br /&gt;
theory of dynamical systems and control. The curriculum is designed to&lt;br /&gt;
promote a broad knowledge of mathematical and experimental techniques&lt;br /&gt;
in dynamical systems theory and control. In addition to taking courses&lt;br /&gt;
in the CDS option, students must select a focus area (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Coursework ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon admission each student will be assigned an adviser in the option&lt;br /&gt;
and a committee of three members, chaired by the adviser, which will&lt;br /&gt;
approve the initial course of study by the student. Each prospective&lt;br /&gt;
Ph.D. student will meet with their advisor to evaluate the student's&lt;br /&gt;
background, relative to that expected at the Ph.D. level, in the areas&lt;br /&gt;
of mathematics, control, and dynamical systems.  The chief intention&lt;br /&gt;
of these consultations is to set up a course program for the first&lt;br /&gt;
year of study.  The adviser will be replaced by a research adviser&lt;br /&gt;
when the direction of specialization is determined, not later than the&lt;br /&gt;
beginning of the second year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following course requirements must be satisfied in order to obtain&lt;br /&gt;
a Ph.D.  in Control and Dynamical Systems:&lt;br /&gt;
* Complete the following required courses: AM/EE 116, CDS 140a, CDS 201, CDS 202 or ACM 113;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Complete the focus requirement, consisting of at least 27 units in a particular area outside of CDS. Courses taken to satisfy the focus must represent a coherent program of advanced study in the chosen area. Possible areas include computer science, fluid mechanics, robotics, networking, biology, economics, information theory, circuit theory or other similar areas.  The program of study must be approved by the option representative on behalf of the CDS faculty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Complete an additional 45 units in CDS or other advanced courses in dynamical systems and/or mathematics;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The student's counseling committee will be the judge of the completion of&lt;br /&gt;
the focus requirement, necessary before the candidacy examination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Oral Qualifying Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each student is required to take a subject oral qualifying examination&lt;br /&gt;
at the beginning of the second quarter in residence, the purpose of&lt;br /&gt;
which is to examine expertise in mathematics, control, and dynamical&lt;br /&gt;
systems.  The exam covers the material taught in the first term of CDS&lt;br /&gt;
classes (typically ACM/EE 116, CDS 201 and CDS 110a/212).  Students may&lt;br /&gt;
petition the faculty to replace one of these areas with an outside&lt;br /&gt;
area.  Petitions are due no later than the last day of classes of the&lt;br /&gt;
term preceding the exam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three types of decisions will be possible: ''pass'', ''conditional pass'', ''fail''.  A student with a ''pass'' or ''conditional pass'' is permitted to begin his or her Ph.D. research.  However, a student with a ''conditional pass'' will usually be required to satisfy some additional requirements, such as successful completion of specified coursework.  Students who fail the oral subject exam may be permitted to repeat the exam (or part of the exam)&lt;br /&gt;
once in the spring term, but this will occur only upon recommendation of the examination committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The format of the oral qualifying exam is described in the [[#CDS Qualifying Exam Procedures|qualifying exam section]] below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Research Advisor ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once students have passed the candidacy exam, they should begin to identify potential advisors for their research.  CDS students are encouraged to talk with faculty across Caltech who are working in areas of research related to their interests.  Students are responsible for finding a faculty member who agrees to supervise their research no later than the end of third term of the first year.  If a student is not able to identify a faculty member who is able to serve as they research advisor, he or she should contact the CDS option representative as soon as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Candidacy Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to admission to candidacy for the Ph.D. degree, a student is&lt;br /&gt;
required to pass the candidacy examination.  This exam consists of two&lt;br /&gt;
parts: a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;research progress report&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; and an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;oral examination&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
based primarily upon the content of the report.  A student who fails&lt;br /&gt;
to pass the candidacy exam according to the timetable and procedures&lt;br /&gt;
described below will &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;not&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; be permitted to register in any&lt;br /&gt;
subsequent terms, except for the purpose of completing work toward the&lt;br /&gt;
M.S. degree, and then only with the permission of the option&lt;br /&gt;
representative and the research advisor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The research progress report required for admission to candidacy should&lt;br /&gt;
be submitted to the faculty before the end of the second term of&lt;br /&gt;
the second year in residence.  The report is to be based upon the&lt;br /&gt;
Ph.D. research project and is expected to exhibit a professional&lt;br /&gt;
quality of exposition.  As a guide, the report should outline the&lt;br /&gt;
research problem, the progress of the student at the time of writing,&lt;br /&gt;
and the areas proposed for future study.  It is also important that&lt;br /&gt;
the report provide clear evidence of the student's understanding of&lt;br /&gt;
the motivation for the research problem and its relevance to the&lt;br /&gt;
general research area, as well as an appreciation of relevant&lt;br /&gt;
techniques and methodology.  The student should strive for a precise&lt;br /&gt;
and concise format.  Normally, the text itself should not exceed 20&lt;br /&gt;
pages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The research progress report will be approved based upon the&lt;br /&gt;
recommendation of an oral examination committee; the committee will&lt;br /&gt;
consist of no less than three faculty members, including the research&lt;br /&gt;
advisor and at least one additional member of the CDS faculty.  The&lt;br /&gt;
choice of the oral exam committee will be made by the student and his&lt;br /&gt;
or her research advisor, and must be approved by the Option&lt;br /&gt;
Representative.  It is the responsibility of the student to obtain&lt;br /&gt;
approval from each proposed committee member for the time and date of&lt;br /&gt;
the oral exam.  The list of the recommended exam committee members&lt;br /&gt;
must be submitted at the same time as the research progress report,&lt;br /&gt;
and the exam is normally scheduled within one month of submitting the&lt;br /&gt;
report.  The exam committee may require revision of the report, and&lt;br /&gt;
possibly a reexamination.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See the [[#Procedures for Advancement to Candidacy|candidacy proceedures section]] below for more details on the procedure for&lt;br /&gt;
advancement to candidacy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Appointment of Thesis Review Committee ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a student passes the second-year candidacy exam, a faculty&lt;br /&gt;
committee known as the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;thesis review committee&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; should be&lt;br /&gt;
established to review periodically the student's progress.  This&lt;br /&gt;
committee will serve not only as overseers of research progress during&lt;br /&gt;
the student's Ph.D. residency, but will also contribute to the&lt;br /&gt;
intellectual development of the student through sustained interaction.&lt;br /&gt;
Each student should endeavor to form the committee as soon as possible&lt;br /&gt;
after passing the candidacy exam, but no later than one month prior to&lt;br /&gt;
the beginning of the third year in residence.  This committee should&lt;br /&gt;
meet with the student before fall registration each year, either as a&lt;br /&gt;
group or individually, to review progress, suggest improvements in&lt;br /&gt;
research etc.  It is the students responsibility to organize this committee and seek its periodic input.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Final Thesis and Oral Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a final step in the Ph.D. program, the student is required to&lt;br /&gt;
submit a satisfactory thesis and pass a final oral examination.  This&lt;br /&gt;
exam will be preceded by a seminar which will be open to the general&lt;br /&gt;
public.  The [[#Ph.D. Examination Procedures|PhD procedures section]] below describes the procedures in&lt;br /&gt;
detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CDS Qualifying Exam Procedures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Format and Content of the Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each student is required to take a subject oral qualifying examination&lt;br /&gt;
at the beginning of the second quarter in residence, the purpose of&lt;br /&gt;
which is to examine expertise in mathematics, control and dynamical&lt;br /&gt;
systems.  The exam covers the material taught in the first term of CDS&lt;br /&gt;
classes (typically ACM/EE 116, CDS 201 and CDS 110/212).  Students may&lt;br /&gt;
petition the faculty to replace one of these areas with an outside&lt;br /&gt;
area.  Petitions are due no later than the last day of classes of the&lt;br /&gt;
term preceding the exam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two and one-half (2-1/2) hours are allotted to the exam.  During the&lt;br /&gt;
first 90 minutes you will be given a written copy of the exam&lt;br /&gt;
questions, and will have the opportunity to prepare your answers;&lt;br /&gt;
during the second 60 minutes you will answer the questions orally at&lt;br /&gt;
the direction of the committee.  While preparing your answers, you are&lt;br /&gt;
not allowed to consult references of any kind.  All information that&lt;br /&gt;
we do not expect you to know (or be able to derive) will be supplied&lt;br /&gt;
as part of the question.  You should strive to present your answers in&lt;br /&gt;
a concise and incisive manner.  Due to scheduling, we will not be able&lt;br /&gt;
to extend the answer period beyond 60 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To determine potential subject matter, you should feel free to discuss&lt;br /&gt;
relevant references, etc. with members of the faculty; however, do not&lt;br /&gt;
expect the questions to be derived from any specific reference.  Also,&lt;br /&gt;
do not expect (or ask for) information about the nature or topics of&lt;br /&gt;
the questions themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exam Scheduling ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Qualifying Exam will take place at the beginning of the second&lt;br /&gt;
term in residence.  All first-year CDS students will receive a&lt;br /&gt;
scheduling form at the end of first term, which must be filled out and&lt;br /&gt;
returned to the Option Administrator no later than the end of first term&lt;br /&gt;
(i.e., the last day of finals).  Petitions to replace one of the&lt;br /&gt;
standard subject areas with an outside subject area must be submitted&lt;br /&gt;
no later than the last day of classes of first term.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The schedule for exams will be available by the beginning of the first week&lt;br /&gt;
of classes in second term, and exams will normally be scheduled at the end of the first week or&lt;br /&gt;
beginning of the second week of the term.  The results of the exam&lt;br /&gt;
will be announced after all students have completed of the exam.  Upon&lt;br /&gt;
recommendation of the examining committee, students who fail the exam&lt;br /&gt;
will be given one additional opportunity to take the exam, typically&lt;br /&gt;
at the beginning of spring term.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Procedures for Advancement to Candidacy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Requirements for Candidacy ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be recommended for candidacy for the doctorate degree, the&lt;br /&gt;
applicant, in addition to demonstrating understanding and knowledge of&lt;br /&gt;
fundamentals at the first-year Qualifying Examination, must give&lt;br /&gt;
satisfactory evidence of ability to carry out research in his or her&lt;br /&gt;
primary field of interest.  Hence, the applicant must submit and have&lt;br /&gt;
approved a written Research Progress Report.  In most cases, approval&lt;br /&gt;
of the written report will be based on a satisfactory oral defense of&lt;br /&gt;
its contents.  CDS students are expected to take and complete the Candidacy Examination by the end of their second academic year at Caltech.&lt;br /&gt;
A student who fails to satisfy the requirements of the&lt;br /&gt;
Division for candidacy by the end of the third term of the third year&lt;br /&gt;
in residence at the California Institute of Technology will not be&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to register in a subsequent academic year except by special&lt;br /&gt;
permission of the Division.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Procedures for scheduling and taking the exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Select a tentative date (determined by the candidate and his or&lt;br /&gt;
her research advisor) and an examining committee of at least three&lt;br /&gt;
members.  Check with the CDS Option Adminstrator to avoid time/place conflicts.&lt;br /&gt;
Then check with members of your committee to see that the date is&lt;br /&gt;
satisfactory.  The committee must consist of at least two CDS faculty&lt;br /&gt;
members and must be approved by the Option Representative before the&lt;br /&gt;
exam is scheduled.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Obtain a ''Candidacy Form for the Degree of Doctor of&lt;br /&gt;
Philosophy'' from the CDS option administrator.  Enter your name, major, and minor&lt;br /&gt;
(if you choose to have one) at the top of the Candidacy Form.  If you&lt;br /&gt;
choose to pursue a minor, fill in Section II6; if you do not pursue a&lt;br /&gt;
minor, fill in Section II5 with the courses taken outside of CDS (see&lt;br /&gt;
below).  Get proper approval signatures and return the form to the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
Secretary.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Prepare four copies of your Research Progress Report and deliver a&lt;br /&gt;
copy to each of your committee members no later than ''two weeks'' prior&lt;br /&gt;
to your examination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This report should describe concisely the present state-of-the-art of&lt;br /&gt;
your research topic, your progress to date, your proposed research,&lt;br /&gt;
and the nature of the contribution which you expect to make in the&lt;br /&gt;
general problem area.  All of this should not exceed ''twenty pages'' (excluding bibliography and using a standard 11 point report format with at least 1 inch margins). &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;When the Research Progress Report is satisfactory, the members&lt;br /&gt;
of the examining committee will sign the Candidacy Form.  All forms&lt;br /&gt;
should be returned to the CDS option administrator &lt;br /&gt;
after the examination.  You must fill out information in&lt;br /&gt;
Section II, and take it to the Registrar's Office for signature, and&lt;br /&gt;
then to the Option Representative for completion of Section V.  Then&lt;br /&gt;
obtain the Division Chair's signature and take the form to the&lt;br /&gt;
Graduate Office for your file there.  You will be notified later by&lt;br /&gt;
the Dean of Graduate Studies that you have been admitted to Candidacy&lt;br /&gt;
for the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ph.D. Examination Procedures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final Ph.D. exam will consist of a defense of the candidate's&lt;br /&gt;
thesis research.  In addition to the formal exam, each candidate is&lt;br /&gt;
required to present a seminar (open to the public) on his or her work;&lt;br /&gt;
this seminar will be scheduled in the Caltech Calendar as a regular&lt;br /&gt;
CDS Seminar.  The exam and seminar must be held at least two weeks&lt;br /&gt;
before the degree is conferred.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Procedures for Processing Necessary Forms ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;At least ''three weeks'' prior to the exam date, obtain the&lt;br /&gt;
following forms from the Graduate Office:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Petition for Exam&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Application for Approval of Thesis&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The date of the Ph.D.  exam and the committee members will be&lt;br /&gt;
determined by you and your research advisor and must be approved by&lt;br /&gt;
the Option Representative.  Check with members of your committee for&lt;br /&gt;
agreement on the date and time of the exam.  Once a definite date and&lt;br /&gt;
committee are set, the CDS Secretary will send a confirming memo to&lt;br /&gt;
the committee members.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Fill out and sign the top portion of the ''Application for Approval of Thesis''.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Complete the first page of the ''Petition for Exam''; have the&lt;br /&gt;
Registrar complete and sign Part I of page 2.  Complete Part II of&lt;br /&gt;
page 2, obtain the Divisional Chair's signature, and deliver the&lt;br /&gt;
form to the Graduate Office.  The Petition will remain there until&lt;br /&gt;
just before your exam when you should return it to the CDS option administrator.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Procedures for Submitting the Ph.D. Thesis ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;''At least two weeks prior to your exam'', supply each member (four are&lt;br /&gt;
needed, one of whom can be a qualified Ph.D. from off-campus) of your&lt;br /&gt;
committee with a copy of your thesis.  The Petition and Approval of&lt;br /&gt;
Thesis forms will not be signed at the time of the exam unless the&lt;br /&gt;
thesis requires no changes.  If corrections or revisions are required,&lt;br /&gt;
it is your responsibility to:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;make the necessary corrections or revisions;&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;submit the revised thesis to members of your examining committee; and&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;secure committee signatures on the Petition of Approval of&lt;br /&gt;
  Thesis forms after the acceptance of the corrections or revisions.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Submit one copy of your thesis to the Graduate Office for&lt;br /&gt;
proofreading.  This should be done at the same time the thesis is&lt;br /&gt;
submitted to your committee members.  (If corrections or revisions are&lt;br /&gt;
required, the thesis must be proofread a second time.)  You will be&lt;br /&gt;
notified as soon as the proofreading is complete (usually a couple of&lt;br /&gt;
days).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;After the exam is passed in all respects and the committee has signed&lt;br /&gt;
both the Petition and Approval of Thesis forms, obtain the signature&lt;br /&gt;
of the Option Representative of your subject minor, if appropriate,&lt;br /&gt;
and return the form to the Graduate Office.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Submit ''two corrected copies'' of the thesis to the Graduate&lt;br /&gt;
Office: one copy must be on Perma-Life or Old Council Tree bond paper,&lt;br /&gt;
reproduced from the original; the other copy may be regular Xerox&lt;br /&gt;
paper (see Graphic Arts for further information).  Submit these copies&lt;br /&gt;
in a brown envelope labeled as follows: your name, Ph.D.; Control and&lt;br /&gt;
Dynamical Systems; year.  Also submit two extra title pages and two&lt;br /&gt;
extra abstracts.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assist you in preparing for your final Ph.D. Examination, you&lt;br /&gt;
should obtain the following publications from the Graduate Office:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Preparation of Doctoral Dissertations&amp;quot; and&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Ph.D. Examination Procedures&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Transferring into CDS from Another Option ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students wishing to switch into CDS from another option must do so&lt;br /&gt;
before the end of their second year of residence at Caltech.  Students&lt;br /&gt;
must satisfy all option course requirements and must pass the&lt;br /&gt;
candidacy exam in order to be officially admitted into the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
Ph.D. program.  In addition, the student is expected to take the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
qualifying exam no later than the first year of study after&lt;br /&gt;
transferring into the CDS option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The procedure for switching into CDS is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The student should submit a written request to the Option Representative to consider admission into the CDS option.  Under normal circumstances, this request must be received no later than  the admissions deadline for incoming graduate students (December 15).&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The Admissions Committee will consider applications for transfer using the same criteria as outside admission into the CDS program.  Transfer students will be notified of admission by the usual admissions response deadline (March 15). &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Transfer students who are admitted into CDS must accept or decline admission no later than the usual admissions deadline (April 15).  If admitted, the student may either transfer immediately or defer admission until the beginning of the academic year.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Financial aid for transfer students will be described in the letter of admission.  Aid is not usually available until the beginning of the next academic year.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The M.S. Program ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students will be admitted to the option who expect to pursue&lt;br /&gt;
the Ph.D. degree.  The master's degree may be awarded in exceptional&lt;br /&gt;
cases.  The awarding of this degree requires fulfilling the Institute&lt;br /&gt;
requirements for a master's degree, satisfying the engineering focus&lt;br /&gt;
requirements, and receiving a recommendation for awarding of the&lt;br /&gt;
degree from the counseling committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The M.S. program, unlike the Ph.D., is based primarily upon the&lt;br /&gt;
successful completion of coursework.  This coursework must include at&lt;br /&gt;
least 135 units in order to satisfy Institute requirements, with the&lt;br /&gt;
following core courses:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ACM/EE 116, CDS 140a, 201, 202 || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 36 units&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Additional Advanced Courses in CDS || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 36 units&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Engineering Electives (focus area) || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 27 units&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| General Electives || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 36 units&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The 36 units of general electives should include mathematics, science&lt;br /&gt;
and engineering subjects or research, but may be, with special&lt;br /&gt;
permission, humanities and social sciences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All M.S. students are required to submit candidacy forms to the&lt;br /&gt;
Institute for approval of the proposed course of study for the&lt;br /&gt;
M.S. degree.  The M.S. candidacy form must be submitted by midterm&lt;br /&gt;
(approximately mid-November) of the first term of the year when the&lt;br /&gt;
degree is expected.  These forms can be obtained at the Institute&lt;br /&gt;
Graduate Office.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Murray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=E-mail_forwarding&amp;diff=321</id>
		<title>E-mail forwarding</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=E-mail_forwarding&amp;diff=321"/>
		<updated>2012-11-02T19:48:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Murray: Redirected page to How to maintain your CDS e-mail and web page after you leave Caltech&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[How to maintain your CDS e-mail and web page after you leave Caltech]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Murray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=How_to_maintain_your_CDS_e-mail_and_web_page_after_you_leave_Caltech&amp;diff=320</id>
		<title>How to maintain your CDS e-mail and web page after you leave Caltech</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=How_to_maintain_your_CDS_e-mail_and_web_page_after_you_leave_Caltech&amp;diff=320"/>
		<updated>2012-11-02T19:47:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Murray: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Your CDS account access is tied to your IMSS (access.caltech) account.  When you leave Caltech, this access is turned off and you will lose access to the CDS machines (including web server, e-mail server, compute server and storage).  IMSS normally culls account 6-12 months after you leave Caltech and you should receive an e-mail from IMSS indicating that your account in going away.  If you would like to maintain any files stored on the CDS cluster, you have move them to another server before your IMSS account expires.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you wish, we can forward your e-mail and redirect web pages to a new location.  If you want to have this forwarding information set up, please send the following information to help@cds.caltech.edu, cc'd to your graduate advisor (so that he or she knows about the request):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your CDS login ID (eg, 'user' if your CDS e-mail is user@cds.caltech.edu)&lt;br /&gt;
* The e-mail address to forward mail sent to user@cds.caltech.edu&lt;br /&gt;
* The URL to redirect requests sent to http://www.cds.caltech.edu/~user&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have any questions, please send e-mail to Richard Murray (or the current option representative, if you are reading this in the far future).&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Murray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=How_to_maintain_your_CDS_e-mail_and_web_page_after_you_leave_Caltech&amp;diff=319</id>
		<title>How to maintain your CDS e-mail and web page after you leave Caltech</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=How_to_maintain_your_CDS_e-mail_and_web_page_after_you_leave_Caltech&amp;diff=319"/>
		<updated>2012-11-02T19:47:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Murray: Created page with &amp;quot;Your CDS account access is tied to your IMSS (access.caltech) account.  When you leave Caltech, this access is turned off and you will lose access to the CDS machines (including ...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Your CDS account access is tied to your IMSS (access.caltech) account.  When you leave Caltech, this access is turned off and you will lose access to the CDS machines (including web server, e-mail server, compute server and storage).  IMSS normally culls account 6-12 months after you leave Caltech and you should receive an e-mail from IMSS indicating that your account in going away.  If you would like to maintain any files stored on the CDS cluster, you have move them to another server before your IMSS account expires.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you wish, we can forward your e-mail and redirect web pages to a new location.  If you want to have this forwarding information set up, please send the following information to help@cds.caltech.edu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your CDS login ID (eg, 'user' if your CDS e-mail is user@cds.caltech.edu)&lt;br /&gt;
* The e-mail address to forward mail sent to user@cds.caltech.edu&lt;br /&gt;
* The URL to redirect requests sent to http://www.cds.caltech.edu/~user&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have any questions, please send e-mail to Richard Murray (or the current option representative, if you are reading this in the far future).&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Murray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Help&amp;diff=318</id>
		<title>Help</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Help&amp;diff=318"/>
		<updated>2012-11-02T19:42:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Murray: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{righttoc}}&lt;br /&gt;
This page contains information about the CDS cluster and other shared CDS computing resources.  In addition to the CDS infrastructure, we also make use of services provided by the CMS department and local computing by individual research groups.  We also have access to campus computing resources provided by CACR and IMSS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have questions about any CDS computing resources, send e-mail to help@cds.caltech.edu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CDS wiki ===&lt;br /&gt;
CDS runs a MediaWiki installation that can be used for hosting course homepages, project documentation and other information.  Note that all information the CDS wiki is publicly accessible, though editing access requires an IMSS account.&lt;br /&gt;
* Creating/editing pages: log in to the wiki by clicking on the &amp;quot;Log in&amp;quot; link in the upper right corner and using your IMSS username and password&lt;br /&gt;
* Tracking edits: if you add your e-mail address to your account (via the [[Special:Preferences|my preferences]] link), you can click on the &amp;quot;watch&amp;quot; tab to get e-mail when any changes are made to a given page&lt;br /&gt;
* Protected pages: some web pages, like this one and the main page, are protected and require sysop privileges.  Send e-mail to Richard if you need to change something on one of these pages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CDS online services (e-mail, web, subversion) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CDS maintains a set of servers that provide e-mail, web and subversion services.  These servers are run by IMSS and provide the following functions:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[CDS web pages|Web pages]] - Apache web server, with ability to install custom software (mediawiki, wordpress, drupal, etc)&lt;br /&gt;
* [[CDS e-mail|E-mail]] - IMAP and SMTP for cds.caltech.edu e-mail addresses (note: webmail is not currently supported)&lt;br /&gt;
* [[CDS subversion server|Subversion]] - web-based access to user-level subversion repositories, including directory-based access control&lt;br /&gt;
* [[CDS mailing lists|Mailing lists]] - Mailman-based mailing list software (including cds-mailer and cds-all)&lt;br /&gt;
All CDS students, postdocs, faculty and staff have accounts on the CDS server and can make use of these resources.  More information on specific services is provided through the links above; requests for help should be sent to [mailto:help@cds.caltech.edu help@cds.caltech.edu].  '''Note:''' The CDS web and e-mail servers are not intended for general purpose computing; use the CDS computing resources described below or individual workstations and laptops.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[How to maintain your CDS e-mail and web page after you leave Caltech]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CDS compute server(s) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most computing in CDS is done on individual workstations.  For larger computing tasks, CDS maintains an 8-core compute server with 5T filer (with tape backup).  The current compute server is nessa.cds.caltech.edu and is accessible to anyone with a CDS account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CMS computing ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many CDS students make use of workstations and other services supported by the Department of Computing and Mathematical Science (CMS).  These services are managed separately from the services above.  CMS provides e-mail, mailing list, and web services for all CDS students and postdocs. For security reasons, CMS does not currently support apache-based subversion access nor some types of web customizations.  For help with your (CMS) workstation or CMS computing, send e-mail to help@cms.caltech.edu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[CDS printers]] - information about accessing CDS printers in Steele and Annenberg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Caltech computing resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.imss.caltech.edu IMSS] - e-mail, web server, VPN (free to all Caltech users)&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.cacr.caltech.edu CACR] - high performance computing (fee-based)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Murray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Help&amp;diff=317</id>
		<title>Help</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Help&amp;diff=317"/>
		<updated>2012-11-02T19:42:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Murray: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{righttoc}}&lt;br /&gt;
This page contains information about the CDS cluster and other shared CDS computing resources.  In addition to the CDS infrastructure, we also make use of services provided by the CMS department and local computing by individual research groups.  We also have access to campus computing resources provided by CACR and IMSS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have questions about any CDS computing resources, send e-mail to help@cds.caltech.edu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CDS wiki ===&lt;br /&gt;
CDS runs a MediaWiki installation that can be used for hosting course homepages, project documentation and other information.  Note that all information the CDS wiki is publicly accessible, though editing access requires an IMSS account.&lt;br /&gt;
* Creating/editing pages: log in to the wiki by clicking on the &amp;quot;Log in&amp;quot; link in the upper right corner and using your IMSS username and password&lt;br /&gt;
* Tracking edits: if you add your e-mail address to your account (via the [[Special:Preferences|my preferences]] link), you can click on the &amp;quot;watch&amp;quot; tab to get e-mail when any changes are made to a given page&lt;br /&gt;
* Protected pages: some web pages, like this one and the main page, are protected and require sysop privileges.  Send e-mail to Richard if you need to change something on one of these pages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CDS online services (e-mail, web, subversion) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CDS maintains a set of servers that provide e-mail, web and subversion services.  These servers are run by IMSS and provide the following functions:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[CDS web pages|Web pages]] - Apache web server, with ability to install custom software (mediawiki, wordpress, drupal, etc)&lt;br /&gt;
* [[CDS e-mail|E-mail]] - IMAP and SMTP for cds.caltech.edu e-mail addresses (note: webmail is not currently supported)&lt;br /&gt;
* [[CDS subversion server|Subversion]] - web-based access to user-level subversion repositories, including directory-based access control&lt;br /&gt;
* [[CDS mailing lists|Mailing lists]] - Mailman-based mailing list software (including cds-mailer and cds-all)&lt;br /&gt;
All CDS students, postdocs, faculty and staff have accounts on the CDS server and can make use of these resources.  More information on specific services is provided through the links above; requests for help should be sent to [mailto:help@cds.caltech.edu help@cds.caltech.edu].  '''Note:''' The CDS web and e-mail servers are not intended for general purpose computing; use the CDS computing resources described below or individual workstations and laptops.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CDS compute server(s) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most computing in CDS is done on individual workstations.  For larger computing tasks, CDS maintains an 8-core compute server with 5T filer (with tape backup).  The current compute server is nessa.cds.caltech.edu and is accessible to anyone with a CDS account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[How to maintain your CDS e-mail and web page after you leave Caltech]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CMS computing ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many CDS students make use of workstations and other services supported by the Department of Computing and Mathematical Science (CMS).  These services are managed separately from the services above.  CMS provides e-mail, mailing list, and web services for all CDS students and postdocs. For security reasons, CMS does not currently support apache-based subversion access nor some types of web customizations.  For help with your (CMS) workstation or CMS computing, send e-mail to help@cms.caltech.edu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[CDS printers]] - information about accessing CDS printers in Steele and Annenberg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Caltech computing resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.imss.caltech.edu IMSS] - e-mail, web server, VPN (free to all Caltech users)&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.cacr.caltech.edu CACR] - high performance computing (fee-based)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Murray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=CDS_orientation&amp;diff=309</id>
		<title>CDS orientation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=CDS_orientation&amp;diff=309"/>
		<updated>2012-09-24T00:44:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Murray: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Notes for CDS orientation with first year students&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol type=&amp;quot;I&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Introductions&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Overview of the PhD program&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol type=&amp;quot;A&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Year 1: courses + qualifying exam + choose an advisor; summer research &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Year 2: courses + candidacy exam (research based) &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Years 3-5: research + thesis defense &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Overview of courses&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol type=&amp;quot;A&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; First year courses: give main tracks + dependencies &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Advanced and intermittent courses &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; The focus requirement: 27 units outside of CDS/math &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Funding&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol type=&amp;quot;A&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; General principle: all CDS students receive same stipend, independent of source of funds &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; First year fellowships (internal or external): no specific teaching or project responsibilities &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; GTA funding: 12 hours/week + GRA augment &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; After first year, funding is handled through your advisor (contact option rep if there are any issues)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; If you are eligible for external fellowships (NSF, NDSEG, etc), please apply!  These help us give opportunities to additional students to be part of CDS.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;    &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Honor system&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Additional procedures and activities&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol type=&amp;quot;A&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; English language requirement &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Teaching assistantship: not required for CDS, though some faculty expect this.  Typically no additional funding while TAing &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; CDS department activities:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; CDS tea: Wednesday, 3 pm &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; CDS seminars: cds-mailer announcments &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; cds-all, cds-mailer: should get set up automatically &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Also OK to ask faculty about attending their group meetings&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Computer accounts: IMSS, CMS, CDS &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; CDS laptops: yours to keep; updates are responsibility of your research advisor &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Annenberg facilities, keys, safety training (if not covered in CMS orientation) &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Questions? &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Murray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=CDS_orientation&amp;diff=308</id>
		<title>CDS orientation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=CDS_orientation&amp;diff=308"/>
		<updated>2012-09-24T00:42:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Murray: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Notes for CDS orientation with first year students&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol type=&amp;quot;I&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Introductions&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Overview of the PhD program&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol type=&amp;quot;A&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Year 1: courses + qualifying exam + choose an advisor; summer research &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Year 2: courses + candidacy exam (research based) &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Years 3-5: research + thesis defense &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Overview of courses&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol type=&amp;quot;A&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; First year courses: give main tracks + dependencies &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Advanced and intermittent courses &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; The focus requirement: 27 units outside of CDS/math &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Funding&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol type=&amp;quot;A&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; General principle: all CDS students receive same stipend, independent of source of funds &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; First year fellowships (internal or external): no specific teaching or project responsibilities &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; GTA funding: 12 hours/week + GRA augment &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; After first year, funding is handled through your advisor (contact option rep if there are any issues)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; If you are eligible for external fellowships (NSF, NDSEG, etc), please apply!  These help us give opportunities to additional students to be part of CDS.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;    &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Honor system&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Additional procedures and activities&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol type=&amp;quot;A&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; English language requirement &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Teaching assistantship: not required for CDS, though some faculty expect this.  Typically no additional funding while TAing &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; CDS department activities:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; CDS tea: Wednesday, 3 pm &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; CDS seminars: cds-mailer announcments &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; cds-all, cds-mailer: should get set up automatically &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Computer accounts: IMSS, CMS, CDS &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; CDS laptops, CMS desktops &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Annenberg facilities, keys, safety training (if not covered in CMS orientation) &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Questions? &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Murray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=CDS_orientation&amp;diff=307</id>
		<title>CDS orientation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=CDS_orientation&amp;diff=307"/>
		<updated>2012-09-24T00:42:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Murray: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Notes for CDS orientation with first year students&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol type=&amp;quot;I&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Introductions&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Overview of the PhD program&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol type=&amp;quot;A&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Year 1: courses + qualifying exam + choose an advisor; summer research &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Year 2: courses + candidacy exam (research based) &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Years 3-5: research + thesis defense &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Overview of courses&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol type=&amp;quot;A&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; First year courses: give main tracks + dependencies &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Advanced and intermittent courses &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; The focus requirement: 27 units outside of CDS/math &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Funding&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol type=&amp;quot;A&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; General principle: all CDS students receive same stipend, independent of source of funds &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; First year fellowships (internal or external): no specific teaching or project responsibilities &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; GTA funding: 12 hours/week + GRA augment &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; After first year, funding is handled through your advisor (contact option rep if there are any issues)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; If you are eligible for external fellowships (NSF, NDSEG, etc), please apply!  These help us enroll more students.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;    &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Honor system&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Additional procedures and activities&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol type=&amp;quot;A&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; English language requirement &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Teaching assistantship: not required for CDS, though some faculty expect this.  Typically no additional funding while TAing &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; CDS department activities:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; CDS tea: Wednesday, 3 pm &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; CDS seminars: cds-mailer announcments &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; cds-all, cds-mailer: should get set up automatically &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Computer accounts: IMSS, CMS, CDS &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; CDS laptops, CMS desktops &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Annenberg facilities, keys, safety training (if not covered in CMS orientation) &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Questions? &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Murray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Option_guidelines&amp;diff=305</id>
		<title>Option guidelines</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Option_guidelines&amp;diff=305"/>
		<updated>2012-06-15T23:54:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Murray: /* Procedures for scheduling and taking the exam */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{righttoc}}&lt;br /&gt;
This document describes the requirements for obtaining a degree in&lt;br /&gt;
Control and Dynamical Systems at Caltech.  It is intended to&lt;br /&gt;
complement the Caltech Catalog by giving additional information about&lt;br /&gt;
option regulations and standard procedures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three examinations which are required to obtain a Ph.D. in&lt;br /&gt;
CDS.  The first is the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Qualifying Exam&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, given in the first year&lt;br /&gt;
of study and intended to evaluate the student's expertise in&lt;br /&gt;
mathematics, control, and dynamical systems.  This exam is&lt;br /&gt;
administered at the beginning of the second term and may be retaken in&lt;br /&gt;
the third term of necessary.  The &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Candidacy Exam&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is given in the&lt;br /&gt;
second year and is used to evaluate a student's research abilities.&lt;br /&gt;
Upon passing this exam, the student is admitted to candidacy, the&lt;br /&gt;
first step in obtaining a PhD.  The final exam is the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Ph.D.&lt;br /&gt;
examination&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (or thesis defense) and is given after complication of&lt;br /&gt;
the Ph.D. dissertation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A rough outline of the typical schedule for the first two years of&lt;br /&gt;
study in CDS is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* Year One&lt;br /&gt;
** Complete CDS required courses (101, 102, 112, 140) + focus requirement&lt;br /&gt;
** Take and pass the CDS Qualifying Exam&lt;br /&gt;
** Find a research advisor&lt;br /&gt;
* Year Two&lt;br /&gt;
** Complete additional coursework in CDS (45 units total)&lt;br /&gt;
** Take and pass the CDS Candidacy Exam&lt;br /&gt;
** Advance to Candidacy for the Ph.D.&lt;br /&gt;
Note that most students will begin doing research in the summer of&lt;br /&gt;
their first year in residency, in preparation for the Candidacy Exam.&lt;br /&gt;
It is therefore essential that students find a research advisor no&lt;br /&gt;
later than the end of third term and select an initial research&lt;br /&gt;
project to form the basis of the Candidacy Exam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The remainder of this document contains detailed descriptions of the&lt;br /&gt;
requirements and procedures for completing the Ph.D. program in CDS.&lt;br /&gt;
If you have any questions, you should consult your advisor or the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
Option Representative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Ph.D. Program ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Aims and Scope ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Control and Dynamical Systems (CDS) option is open to students&lt;br /&gt;
with an undergraduate degree in engineering, mathematics, or&lt;br /&gt;
science. The qualifications of each applicant will be considered&lt;br /&gt;
individually, and, after being enrolled, the student will arrange his&lt;br /&gt;
or her program in consultation with a member of the faculty. In some&lt;br /&gt;
cases the student may be required to make up undergraduate&lt;br /&gt;
deficiencies in engineering science courses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The CDS option emphasizes the interdisciplinary nature of modern&lt;br /&gt;
theory of dynamical systems and control. The curriculum is designed to&lt;br /&gt;
promote a broad knowledge of mathematical and experimental techniques&lt;br /&gt;
in dynamical systems theory and control. In addition to taking courses&lt;br /&gt;
in the CDS option, students must select a focus area (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Coursework ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon admission each student will be assigned an adviser in the option&lt;br /&gt;
and a committee of three members, chaired by the adviser, which will&lt;br /&gt;
approve the initial course of study by the student. Each prospective&lt;br /&gt;
Ph.D. student will meet with their advisor to evaluate the student's&lt;br /&gt;
background, relative to that expected at the Ph.D. level, in the areas&lt;br /&gt;
of mathematics, control, and dynamical systems.  The chief intention&lt;br /&gt;
of these consultations is to set up a course program for the first&lt;br /&gt;
year of study.  The adviser will be replaced by a research adviser&lt;br /&gt;
when the direction of specialization is determined, not later than the&lt;br /&gt;
beginning of the second year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following course requirements must be satisfied in order to obtain&lt;br /&gt;
a Ph.D.  in Control and Dynamical Systems:&lt;br /&gt;
* Complete the following required courses: AM/EE 116, CDS 140, CDS 201, CDS 202;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Complete the focus requirement, consisting of at least 27 units in a particular area outside of CDS. Courses taken to satisfy the focus must represent a coherent program of advanced study in the chosen area. Possible areas include computer science, fluid mechanics, robotics, networking, biology, economics, information theory, circuit theory or other similar areas.  The program of study must be approved by the option representative on behalf of the CDS faculty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Complete an additional 45 units in CDS or other advanced courses in dynamical systems and/or mathematics;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The student's counseling committee committee will be the judge of the completion of&lt;br /&gt;
the focus requirement, necessary before the candidacy examination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Oral Qualifying Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each student is required to take a subject oral qualifying examination&lt;br /&gt;
at the beginning of the second quarter in residence, the purpose of&lt;br /&gt;
which is to examine expertise in mathematics, control, and dynamical&lt;br /&gt;
systems.  The exam covers the material taught in the first term of CDS&lt;br /&gt;
classes (typically ACM/EE 116, CDS 201 and CDS 110a/212).  Students may&lt;br /&gt;
petition the faculty to replace one of these areas with an outside&lt;br /&gt;
area.  Petitions are due no later than the last day of classes of the&lt;br /&gt;
term preceding the exam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three types of decisions will be possible: ''pass'', ''conditional pass'', ''fail''.  A student with a ''pass'' or ''conditional pass'' is permitted to begin his or her Ph.D. research.  However, a student with a ''conditional pass'' will usually be required to satisfy some additional requirements, such as successful completion of specified coursework.  Students who fail the oral subject exam may be permitted to repeat the exam (or part of the exam)&lt;br /&gt;
once in the spring term, but this will occur only upon recommendation of the examination committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The format of the oral qualifying exam is described in the [[#CDS Qualifying Exam Procedures|qualifying exam section]] below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Research Advisor ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once students have passed the candidacy exam, they should begin to identify potential advisors for their research.  CDS students are encouraged to talk with faculty across Caltech who are working in areas of research related to their interests.  Students are responsible for finding a faculty member who agrees to supervise their research no later than the end of third term of the first year.  If a student is not able to identify a faculty member who is able to serve as they research advisor, he or she should contact the CDS option representative as soon as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Candidacy Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to admission to candidacy for the Ph.D. degree, a student is&lt;br /&gt;
required to pass the candidacy examination.  This exam consists of two&lt;br /&gt;
parts: a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;research progress report&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; and an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;oral examination&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
based primarily upon the content of the report.  A student who fails&lt;br /&gt;
to pass the candidacy exam according to the timetable and procedures&lt;br /&gt;
described below will &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;not&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; be permitted to register in any&lt;br /&gt;
subsequent terms, except for the purpose of completing work toward the&lt;br /&gt;
M.S. degree, and then only with the permission of the option&lt;br /&gt;
representative and the research advisor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The research progress report required for admission to candidacy should&lt;br /&gt;
be submitted to the faculty before the end of the second term of&lt;br /&gt;
the second year in residence.  The report is to be based upon the&lt;br /&gt;
Ph.D. research project and is expected to exhibit a professional&lt;br /&gt;
quality of exposition.  As a guide, the report should outline the&lt;br /&gt;
research problem, the progress of the student at the time of writing,&lt;br /&gt;
and the areas proposed for future study.  It is also important that&lt;br /&gt;
the report provide clear evidence of the student's understanding of&lt;br /&gt;
the motivation for the research problem and its relevance to the&lt;br /&gt;
general research area, as well as an appreciation of relevant&lt;br /&gt;
techniques and methodology.  The student should strive for a precise&lt;br /&gt;
and concise format.  Normally, the text itself should not exceed 20&lt;br /&gt;
pages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The research progress report will be approved based upon the&lt;br /&gt;
recommendation of an oral examination committee; the committee will&lt;br /&gt;
consist of no less than three faculty members, including the research&lt;br /&gt;
advisor and at least one additional member of the CDS faculty.  The&lt;br /&gt;
choice of the oral exam committee will be made by the student and his&lt;br /&gt;
or her research advisor, and must be approved by the Option&lt;br /&gt;
Representative.  It is the responsibility of the student to obtain&lt;br /&gt;
approval from each proposed committee member for the time and date of&lt;br /&gt;
the oral exam.  The list of the recommended exam committee members&lt;br /&gt;
must be submitted at the same time as the research progress report,&lt;br /&gt;
and the exam is normally scheduled within one month of submitting the&lt;br /&gt;
report.  The exam committee may require revision of the report, and&lt;br /&gt;
possibly a reexamination.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See the [[#Procedures for Advancement to Candidacy|candidacy proceedures section]] below for more details on the procedure for&lt;br /&gt;
advancement to candidacy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Appointment of Thesis Review Committee ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a student passes the second-year candidacy exam, a faculty&lt;br /&gt;
committee known as the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;thesis review committee&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; should be&lt;br /&gt;
established to review periodically the student's progress.  This&lt;br /&gt;
committee will serve not only as overseers of research progress during&lt;br /&gt;
the student's Ph.D. residency, but will also contribute to the&lt;br /&gt;
intellectual development of the student through sustained interaction.&lt;br /&gt;
Each student should endeavor to form the committee as soon as possible&lt;br /&gt;
after passing the candidacy exam, but no later than one month prior to&lt;br /&gt;
the beginning of the third year in residence.  This committee should&lt;br /&gt;
meet with the student before fall registration each year, either as a&lt;br /&gt;
group or individually, to review progress, suggest improvements in&lt;br /&gt;
research etc.  It is the students responsibility to organize this committee and seek its periodic input.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Final Thesis and Oral Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a final step in the Ph.D. program, the student is required to&lt;br /&gt;
submit a satisfactory thesis and pass a final oral examination.  This&lt;br /&gt;
exam will be preceded by a seminar which will be open to the general&lt;br /&gt;
public.  The [[#Ph.D. Examination Procedures|PhD procedures section]] below describes the procedures in&lt;br /&gt;
detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CDS Qualifying Exam Procedures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Format and Content of the Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each student is required to take a subject oral qualifying examination&lt;br /&gt;
at the beginning of the second quarter in residence, the purpose of&lt;br /&gt;
which is to examine expertise in mathematics, control and dynamical&lt;br /&gt;
systems.  The exam covers the material taught in the first term of CDS&lt;br /&gt;
classes (typically ACM/EE 116, CDS 201 and CDS 110/212).  Students may&lt;br /&gt;
petition the faculty to replace one of these areas with an outside&lt;br /&gt;
area.  Petitions are due no later than the last day of classes of the&lt;br /&gt;
term preceding the exam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two and one-half (2-1/2) hours are allotted to the exam.  During the&lt;br /&gt;
first 90 minutes you will be given a written copy of the exam&lt;br /&gt;
questions, and will have the opportunity to prepare your answers;&lt;br /&gt;
during the second 60 minutes you will answer the questions orally at&lt;br /&gt;
the direction of the committee.  While preparing your answers, you are&lt;br /&gt;
not allowed to consult references of any kind.  All information that&lt;br /&gt;
we do not expect you to know (or be able to derive) will be supplied&lt;br /&gt;
as part of the question.  You should strive to present your answers in&lt;br /&gt;
a concise and incisive manner.  Due to scheduling, we will not be able&lt;br /&gt;
to extend the answer period beyond 60 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To determine potential subject matter, you should feel free to discuss&lt;br /&gt;
relevant references, etc. with members of the faculty; however, do not&lt;br /&gt;
expect the questions to be derived from any specific reference.  Also,&lt;br /&gt;
do not expect (or ask for) information about the nature or topics of&lt;br /&gt;
the questions themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exam Scheduling ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Qualifying Exam will take place at the beginning of the second&lt;br /&gt;
term in residence.  All first-year CDS students will receive a&lt;br /&gt;
scheduling form at the end of first term, which must be filled out and&lt;br /&gt;
returned to the Option Administrator no later than the end of first term&lt;br /&gt;
(i.e., the last day of finals).  Petitions to replace one of the&lt;br /&gt;
standard subject areas with an outside subject area must be submitted&lt;br /&gt;
no later than the last day of classes of first term.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The schedule for exams will be available by the beginning of the first week&lt;br /&gt;
of classes in second term, and exams will normally be scheduled at the end of the first week or&lt;br /&gt;
beginning of the second week of the term.  The results of the exam&lt;br /&gt;
will be announced after all students have completed of the exam.  Upon&lt;br /&gt;
recommendation of the examining committee, students who fail the exam&lt;br /&gt;
will be given one additional opportunity to take the exam, typically&lt;br /&gt;
at the beginning of spring term.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Procedures for Advancement to Candidacy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Requirements for Candidacy ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be recommended for candidacy for the doctorate degree, the&lt;br /&gt;
applicant, in addition to demonstrating understanding and knowledge of&lt;br /&gt;
fundamentals at the first-year Qualifying Examination, must give&lt;br /&gt;
satisfactory evidence of ability to carry out research in his or her&lt;br /&gt;
primary field of interest.  Hence, the applicant must submit and have&lt;br /&gt;
approved a written Research Progress Report.  In most cases, approval&lt;br /&gt;
of the written report will be based on a satisfactory oral defense of&lt;br /&gt;
its contents.  CDS students are expected to take and complete the Candidacy Examination by the end of their second academic year at Caltech.&lt;br /&gt;
A student who fails to satisfy the requirements of the&lt;br /&gt;
Division for candidacy by the end of the third term of the third year&lt;br /&gt;
in residence at the California Institute of Technology will not be&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to register in a subsequent academic year except by special&lt;br /&gt;
permission of the Division.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Procedures for scheduling and taking the exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Select a tentative date (determined by the candidate and his or&lt;br /&gt;
her research advisor) and an examining committee of at least three&lt;br /&gt;
members.  Check with the CDS Option Adminstrator to avoid time/place conflicts.&lt;br /&gt;
Then check with members of your committee to see that the date is&lt;br /&gt;
satisfactory.  The committee must consist of at least two CDS faculty&lt;br /&gt;
members and must be approved by the Option Representative before the&lt;br /&gt;
exam is scheduled.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Obtain a ''Candidacy Form for the Degree of Doctor of&lt;br /&gt;
Philosophy'' from the CDS option administrator.  Enter your name, major, and minor&lt;br /&gt;
(if you choose to have one) at the top of the Candidacy Form.  If you&lt;br /&gt;
choose to pursue a minor, fill in Section II6; if you do not pursue a&lt;br /&gt;
minor, fill in Section II5 with the courses taken outside of CDS (see&lt;br /&gt;
below).  Get proper approval signatures and return the form to the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
Secretary.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Prepare four copies of your Research Progress Report and deliver a&lt;br /&gt;
copy to each of your committee members no later than ''two weeks'' prior&lt;br /&gt;
to your examination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This report should describe concisely the present state-of-the-art of&lt;br /&gt;
your research topic, your progress to date, your proposed research,&lt;br /&gt;
and the nature of the contribution which you expect to make in the&lt;br /&gt;
general problem area.  All of this should not exceed ''twenty pages'' (excluding bibliography and using a standard 11 point report format with at least 1 inch margins). &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;When the Research Progress Report is satisfactory, the members&lt;br /&gt;
of the examining committee will sign the Candidacy Form.  All forms&lt;br /&gt;
should be returned to the CDS option administrator &lt;br /&gt;
after the examination.  You must fill out information in&lt;br /&gt;
Section II, and take it to the Registrar's Office for signature, and&lt;br /&gt;
then to the Option Representative for completion of Section V.  Then&lt;br /&gt;
obtain the Division Chair's signature and take the form to the&lt;br /&gt;
Graduate Office for your file there.  You will be notified later by&lt;br /&gt;
the Dean of Graduate Studies that you have been admitted to Candidacy&lt;br /&gt;
for the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ph.D. Examination Procedures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final Ph.D. exam will consist of a defense of the candidate's&lt;br /&gt;
thesis research.  In addition to the formal exam, each candidate is&lt;br /&gt;
required to present a seminar (open to the public) on his or her work;&lt;br /&gt;
this seminar will be scheduled in the Caltech Calendar as a regular&lt;br /&gt;
CDS Seminar.  The exam and seminar must be held at least two weeks&lt;br /&gt;
before the degree is conferred.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Procedures for Processing Necessary Forms ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;At least ''three weeks'' prior to the exam date, obtain the&lt;br /&gt;
following forms from the Graduate Office:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Petition for Exam&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Application for Approval of Thesis&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The date of the Ph.D.  exam and the committee members will be&lt;br /&gt;
determined by you and your research advisor and must be approved by&lt;br /&gt;
the Option Representative.  Check with members of your committee for&lt;br /&gt;
agreement on the date and time of the exam.  Once a definite date and&lt;br /&gt;
committee are set, the CDS Secretary will send a confirming memo to&lt;br /&gt;
the committee members.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Fill out and sign the top portion of the ''Application for Approval of Thesis''.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Complete the first page of the ''Petition for Exam''; have the&lt;br /&gt;
Registrar complete and sign Part I of page 2.  Complete Part II of&lt;br /&gt;
page 2, obtain the Divisional Chair's signature, and deliver the&lt;br /&gt;
form to the Graduate Office.  The Petition will remain there until&lt;br /&gt;
just before your exam when you should return it to the CDS option administrator.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Procedures for Submitting the Ph.D. Thesis ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;''At least two weeks prior to your exam'', supply each member (four are&lt;br /&gt;
needed, one of whom can be a qualified Ph.D. from off-campus) of your&lt;br /&gt;
committee with a copy of your thesis.  The Petition and Approval of&lt;br /&gt;
Thesis forms will not be signed at the time of the exam unless the&lt;br /&gt;
thesis requires no changes.  If corrections or revisions are required,&lt;br /&gt;
it is your responsibility to:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;make the necessary corrections or revisions;&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;submit the revised thesis to members of your examining committee; and&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;secure committee signatures on the Petition of Approval of&lt;br /&gt;
  Thesis forms after the acceptance of the corrections or revisions.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Submit one copy of your thesis to the Graduate Office for&lt;br /&gt;
proofreading.  This should be done at the same time the thesis is&lt;br /&gt;
submitted to your committee members.  (If corrections or revisions are&lt;br /&gt;
required, the thesis must be proofread a second time.)  You will be&lt;br /&gt;
notified as soon as the proofreading is complete (usually a couple of&lt;br /&gt;
days).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;After the exam is passed in all respects and the committee has signed&lt;br /&gt;
both the Petition and Approval of Thesis forms, obtain the signature&lt;br /&gt;
of the Option Representative of your subject minor, if appropriate,&lt;br /&gt;
and return the form to the Graduate Office.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Submit ''two corrected copies'' of the thesis to the Graduate&lt;br /&gt;
Office: one copy must be on Perma-Life or Old Council Tree bond paper,&lt;br /&gt;
reproduced from the original; the other copy may be regular Xerox&lt;br /&gt;
paper (see Graphic Arts for further information).  Submit these copies&lt;br /&gt;
in a brown envelope labeled as follows: your name, Ph.D.; Control and&lt;br /&gt;
Dynamical Systems; year.  Also submit two extra title pages and two&lt;br /&gt;
extra abstracts.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assist you in preparing for your final Ph.D. Examination, you&lt;br /&gt;
should obtain the following publications from the Graduate Office:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Preparation of Doctoral Dissertations&amp;quot; and&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Ph.D. Examination Procedures&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Transferring into CDS from Another Option ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students wishing to switch into CDS from another option must do so&lt;br /&gt;
before the end of their second year of residence at Caltech.  Students&lt;br /&gt;
must satisfy all option course requirements and must pass the&lt;br /&gt;
candidacy exam in order to be officially admitted into the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
Ph.D. program.  In addition, the student is expected to take the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
qualifying exam no later than the first year of study after&lt;br /&gt;
transferring into the CDS option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The procedure for switching into CDS is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The student should submit a written request to the Option Representative to consider admission into the CDS option.  Under normal circumstances, this request must be received no later than  the admissions deadline for incoming graduate students (December 15).&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The Admissions Committee will consider applications for transfer using the same criteria as outside admission into the CDS program.  Transfer students will be notified of admission by the usual admissions response deadline (March 15). &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Transfer students who are admitted into CDS must accept or decline admission no later than the usual admissions deadline (April 15).  If admitted, the student may either transfer immediately or defer admission until the beginning of the academic year.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Financial aid for transfer students will be described in the letter of admission.  Aid is not usually available until the beginning of the next academic year.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The M.S. Program ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students will be admitted to the option who expect to pursue&lt;br /&gt;
the Ph.D. degree.  The master's degree may be awarded in exceptional&lt;br /&gt;
cases.  The awarding of this degree requires fulfilling the Institute&lt;br /&gt;
requirements for a master's degree, satisfying the engineering focus&lt;br /&gt;
requirements, and receiving a recommendation for awarding of the&lt;br /&gt;
degree from the counseling committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The M.S. program, unlike the Ph.D., is based primarily upon the&lt;br /&gt;
successful completion of coursework.  This coursework must include at&lt;br /&gt;
least 135 units in order to satisfy Institute requirements, with the&lt;br /&gt;
following core courses:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ACM/EE 116, CDS 140a, 201, 202 || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 36 units&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Additional Advanced Courses in CDS || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 36 units&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Engineering Electives (focus area) || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 27 units&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| General Electives || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 36 units&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The 36 units of general electives should include mathematics, science&lt;br /&gt;
and engineering subjects or research, but may be, with special&lt;br /&gt;
permission, humanities and social sciences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All M.S. students are required to submit candidacy forms to the&lt;br /&gt;
Institute for approval of the proposed course of study for the&lt;br /&gt;
M.S. degree.  The M.S. candidacy form must be submitted by midterm&lt;br /&gt;
(approximately mid-November) of the first term of the year when the&lt;br /&gt;
degree is expected.  These forms can be obtained at the Institute&lt;br /&gt;
Graduate Office.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Murray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Option_guidelines&amp;diff=304</id>
		<title>Option guidelines</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Option_guidelines&amp;diff=304"/>
		<updated>2012-06-15T23:54:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Murray: /* Procedures for scheduling and taking the exam */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{righttoc}}&lt;br /&gt;
This document describes the requirements for obtaining a degree in&lt;br /&gt;
Control and Dynamical Systems at Caltech.  It is intended to&lt;br /&gt;
complement the Caltech Catalog by giving additional information about&lt;br /&gt;
option regulations and standard procedures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three examinations which are required to obtain a Ph.D. in&lt;br /&gt;
CDS.  The first is the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Qualifying Exam&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, given in the first year&lt;br /&gt;
of study and intended to evaluate the student's expertise in&lt;br /&gt;
mathematics, control, and dynamical systems.  This exam is&lt;br /&gt;
administered at the beginning of the second term and may be retaken in&lt;br /&gt;
the third term of necessary.  The &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Candidacy Exam&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is given in the&lt;br /&gt;
second year and is used to evaluate a student's research abilities.&lt;br /&gt;
Upon passing this exam, the student is admitted to candidacy, the&lt;br /&gt;
first step in obtaining a PhD.  The final exam is the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Ph.D.&lt;br /&gt;
examination&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (or thesis defense) and is given after complication of&lt;br /&gt;
the Ph.D. dissertation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A rough outline of the typical schedule for the first two years of&lt;br /&gt;
study in CDS is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* Year One&lt;br /&gt;
** Complete CDS required courses (101, 102, 112, 140) + focus requirement&lt;br /&gt;
** Take and pass the CDS Qualifying Exam&lt;br /&gt;
** Find a research advisor&lt;br /&gt;
* Year Two&lt;br /&gt;
** Complete additional coursework in CDS (45 units total)&lt;br /&gt;
** Take and pass the CDS Candidacy Exam&lt;br /&gt;
** Advance to Candidacy for the Ph.D.&lt;br /&gt;
Note that most students will begin doing research in the summer of&lt;br /&gt;
their first year in residency, in preparation for the Candidacy Exam.&lt;br /&gt;
It is therefore essential that students find a research advisor no&lt;br /&gt;
later than the end of third term and select an initial research&lt;br /&gt;
project to form the basis of the Candidacy Exam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The remainder of this document contains detailed descriptions of the&lt;br /&gt;
requirements and procedures for completing the Ph.D. program in CDS.&lt;br /&gt;
If you have any questions, you should consult your advisor or the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
Option Representative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Ph.D. Program ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Aims and Scope ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Control and Dynamical Systems (CDS) option is open to students&lt;br /&gt;
with an undergraduate degree in engineering, mathematics, or&lt;br /&gt;
science. The qualifications of each applicant will be considered&lt;br /&gt;
individually, and, after being enrolled, the student will arrange his&lt;br /&gt;
or her program in consultation with a member of the faculty. In some&lt;br /&gt;
cases the student may be required to make up undergraduate&lt;br /&gt;
deficiencies in engineering science courses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The CDS option emphasizes the interdisciplinary nature of modern&lt;br /&gt;
theory of dynamical systems and control. The curriculum is designed to&lt;br /&gt;
promote a broad knowledge of mathematical and experimental techniques&lt;br /&gt;
in dynamical systems theory and control. In addition to taking courses&lt;br /&gt;
in the CDS option, students must select a focus area (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Coursework ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon admission each student will be assigned an adviser in the option&lt;br /&gt;
and a committee of three members, chaired by the adviser, which will&lt;br /&gt;
approve the initial course of study by the student. Each prospective&lt;br /&gt;
Ph.D. student will meet with their advisor to evaluate the student's&lt;br /&gt;
background, relative to that expected at the Ph.D. level, in the areas&lt;br /&gt;
of mathematics, control, and dynamical systems.  The chief intention&lt;br /&gt;
of these consultations is to set up a course program for the first&lt;br /&gt;
year of study.  The adviser will be replaced by a research adviser&lt;br /&gt;
when the direction of specialization is determined, not later than the&lt;br /&gt;
beginning of the second year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following course requirements must be satisfied in order to obtain&lt;br /&gt;
a Ph.D.  in Control and Dynamical Systems:&lt;br /&gt;
* Complete the following required courses: AM/EE 116, CDS 140, CDS 201, CDS 202;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Complete the focus requirement, consisting of at least 27 units in a particular area outside of CDS. Courses taken to satisfy the focus must represent a coherent program of advanced study in the chosen area. Possible areas include computer science, fluid mechanics, robotics, networking, biology, economics, information theory, circuit theory or other similar areas.  The program of study must be approved by the option representative on behalf of the CDS faculty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Complete an additional 45 units in CDS or other advanced courses in dynamical systems and/or mathematics;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The student's counseling committee committee will be the judge of the completion of&lt;br /&gt;
the focus requirement, necessary before the candidacy examination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Oral Qualifying Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each student is required to take a subject oral qualifying examination&lt;br /&gt;
at the beginning of the second quarter in residence, the purpose of&lt;br /&gt;
which is to examine expertise in mathematics, control, and dynamical&lt;br /&gt;
systems.  The exam covers the material taught in the first term of CDS&lt;br /&gt;
classes (typically ACM/EE 116, CDS 201 and CDS 110a/212).  Students may&lt;br /&gt;
petition the faculty to replace one of these areas with an outside&lt;br /&gt;
area.  Petitions are due no later than the last day of classes of the&lt;br /&gt;
term preceding the exam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three types of decisions will be possible: ''pass'', ''conditional pass'', ''fail''.  A student with a ''pass'' or ''conditional pass'' is permitted to begin his or her Ph.D. research.  However, a student with a ''conditional pass'' will usually be required to satisfy some additional requirements, such as successful completion of specified coursework.  Students who fail the oral subject exam may be permitted to repeat the exam (or part of the exam)&lt;br /&gt;
once in the spring term, but this will occur only upon recommendation of the examination committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The format of the oral qualifying exam is described in the [[#CDS Qualifying Exam Procedures|qualifying exam section]] below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Research Advisor ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once students have passed the candidacy exam, they should begin to identify potential advisors for their research.  CDS students are encouraged to talk with faculty across Caltech who are working in areas of research related to their interests.  Students are responsible for finding a faculty member who agrees to supervise their research no later than the end of third term of the first year.  If a student is not able to identify a faculty member who is able to serve as they research advisor, he or she should contact the CDS option representative as soon as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Candidacy Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to admission to candidacy for the Ph.D. degree, a student is&lt;br /&gt;
required to pass the candidacy examination.  This exam consists of two&lt;br /&gt;
parts: a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;research progress report&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; and an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;oral examination&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
based primarily upon the content of the report.  A student who fails&lt;br /&gt;
to pass the candidacy exam according to the timetable and procedures&lt;br /&gt;
described below will &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;not&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; be permitted to register in any&lt;br /&gt;
subsequent terms, except for the purpose of completing work toward the&lt;br /&gt;
M.S. degree, and then only with the permission of the option&lt;br /&gt;
representative and the research advisor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The research progress report required for admission to candidacy should&lt;br /&gt;
be submitted to the faculty before the end of the second term of&lt;br /&gt;
the second year in residence.  The report is to be based upon the&lt;br /&gt;
Ph.D. research project and is expected to exhibit a professional&lt;br /&gt;
quality of exposition.  As a guide, the report should outline the&lt;br /&gt;
research problem, the progress of the student at the time of writing,&lt;br /&gt;
and the areas proposed for future study.  It is also important that&lt;br /&gt;
the report provide clear evidence of the student's understanding of&lt;br /&gt;
the motivation for the research problem and its relevance to the&lt;br /&gt;
general research area, as well as an appreciation of relevant&lt;br /&gt;
techniques and methodology.  The student should strive for a precise&lt;br /&gt;
and concise format.  Normally, the text itself should not exceed 20&lt;br /&gt;
pages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The research progress report will be approved based upon the&lt;br /&gt;
recommendation of an oral examination committee; the committee will&lt;br /&gt;
consist of no less than three faculty members, including the research&lt;br /&gt;
advisor and at least one additional member of the CDS faculty.  The&lt;br /&gt;
choice of the oral exam committee will be made by the student and his&lt;br /&gt;
or her research advisor, and must be approved by the Option&lt;br /&gt;
Representative.  It is the responsibility of the student to obtain&lt;br /&gt;
approval from each proposed committee member for the time and date of&lt;br /&gt;
the oral exam.  The list of the recommended exam committee members&lt;br /&gt;
must be submitted at the same time as the research progress report,&lt;br /&gt;
and the exam is normally scheduled within one month of submitting the&lt;br /&gt;
report.  The exam committee may require revision of the report, and&lt;br /&gt;
possibly a reexamination.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See the [[#Procedures for Advancement to Candidacy|candidacy proceedures section]] below for more details on the procedure for&lt;br /&gt;
advancement to candidacy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Appointment of Thesis Review Committee ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a student passes the second-year candidacy exam, a faculty&lt;br /&gt;
committee known as the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;thesis review committee&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; should be&lt;br /&gt;
established to review periodically the student's progress.  This&lt;br /&gt;
committee will serve not only as overseers of research progress during&lt;br /&gt;
the student's Ph.D. residency, but will also contribute to the&lt;br /&gt;
intellectual development of the student through sustained interaction.&lt;br /&gt;
Each student should endeavor to form the committee as soon as possible&lt;br /&gt;
after passing the candidacy exam, but no later than one month prior to&lt;br /&gt;
the beginning of the third year in residence.  This committee should&lt;br /&gt;
meet with the student before fall registration each year, either as a&lt;br /&gt;
group or individually, to review progress, suggest improvements in&lt;br /&gt;
research etc.  It is the students responsibility to organize this committee and seek its periodic input.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Final Thesis and Oral Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a final step in the Ph.D. program, the student is required to&lt;br /&gt;
submit a satisfactory thesis and pass a final oral examination.  This&lt;br /&gt;
exam will be preceded by a seminar which will be open to the general&lt;br /&gt;
public.  The [[#Ph.D. Examination Procedures|PhD procedures section]] below describes the procedures in&lt;br /&gt;
detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CDS Qualifying Exam Procedures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Format and Content of the Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each student is required to take a subject oral qualifying examination&lt;br /&gt;
at the beginning of the second quarter in residence, the purpose of&lt;br /&gt;
which is to examine expertise in mathematics, control and dynamical&lt;br /&gt;
systems.  The exam covers the material taught in the first term of CDS&lt;br /&gt;
classes (typically ACM/EE 116, CDS 201 and CDS 110/212).  Students may&lt;br /&gt;
petition the faculty to replace one of these areas with an outside&lt;br /&gt;
area.  Petitions are due no later than the last day of classes of the&lt;br /&gt;
term preceding the exam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two and one-half (2-1/2) hours are allotted to the exam.  During the&lt;br /&gt;
first 90 minutes you will be given a written copy of the exam&lt;br /&gt;
questions, and will have the opportunity to prepare your answers;&lt;br /&gt;
during the second 60 minutes you will answer the questions orally at&lt;br /&gt;
the direction of the committee.  While preparing your answers, you are&lt;br /&gt;
not allowed to consult references of any kind.  All information that&lt;br /&gt;
we do not expect you to know (or be able to derive) will be supplied&lt;br /&gt;
as part of the question.  You should strive to present your answers in&lt;br /&gt;
a concise and incisive manner.  Due to scheduling, we will not be able&lt;br /&gt;
to extend the answer period beyond 60 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To determine potential subject matter, you should feel free to discuss&lt;br /&gt;
relevant references, etc. with members of the faculty; however, do not&lt;br /&gt;
expect the questions to be derived from any specific reference.  Also,&lt;br /&gt;
do not expect (or ask for) information about the nature or topics of&lt;br /&gt;
the questions themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exam Scheduling ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Qualifying Exam will take place at the beginning of the second&lt;br /&gt;
term in residence.  All first-year CDS students will receive a&lt;br /&gt;
scheduling form at the end of first term, which must be filled out and&lt;br /&gt;
returned to the Option Administrator no later than the end of first term&lt;br /&gt;
(i.e., the last day of finals).  Petitions to replace one of the&lt;br /&gt;
standard subject areas with an outside subject area must be submitted&lt;br /&gt;
no later than the last day of classes of first term.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The schedule for exams will be available by the beginning of the first week&lt;br /&gt;
of classes in second term, and exams will normally be scheduled at the end of the first week or&lt;br /&gt;
beginning of the second week of the term.  The results of the exam&lt;br /&gt;
will be announced after all students have completed of the exam.  Upon&lt;br /&gt;
recommendation of the examining committee, students who fail the exam&lt;br /&gt;
will be given one additional opportunity to take the exam, typically&lt;br /&gt;
at the beginning of spring term.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Procedures for Advancement to Candidacy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Requirements for Candidacy ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be recommended for candidacy for the doctorate degree, the&lt;br /&gt;
applicant, in addition to demonstrating understanding and knowledge of&lt;br /&gt;
fundamentals at the first-year Qualifying Examination, must give&lt;br /&gt;
satisfactory evidence of ability to carry out research in his or her&lt;br /&gt;
primary field of interest.  Hence, the applicant must submit and have&lt;br /&gt;
approved a written Research Progress Report.  In most cases, approval&lt;br /&gt;
of the written report will be based on a satisfactory oral defense of&lt;br /&gt;
its contents.  CDS students are expected to take and complete the Candidacy Examination by the end of their second academic year at Caltech.&lt;br /&gt;
A student who fails to satisfy the requirements of the&lt;br /&gt;
Division for candidacy by the end of the third term of the third year&lt;br /&gt;
in residence at the California Institute of Technology will not be&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to register in a subsequent academic year except by special&lt;br /&gt;
permission of the Division.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Procedures for scheduling and taking the exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Select a tentative date (determined by the candidate and his or&lt;br /&gt;
her research advisor) and an examining committee of at least three&lt;br /&gt;
members.  Check with the CDS Option Adminstrator to avoid time/place conflicts.&lt;br /&gt;
Then check with members of your committee to see that the date is&lt;br /&gt;
satisfactory.  The committee must consist of at least two CDS faculty&lt;br /&gt;
members and must be approved by the Option Representative before the&lt;br /&gt;
exam is scheduled.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Obtain a ''Candidacy Form for the Degree of Doctor of&lt;br /&gt;
Philosophy'' from the CDS option administrator.  Enter your name, major, and minor&lt;br /&gt;
(if you choose to have one) at the top of the Candidacy Form.  If you&lt;br /&gt;
choose to pursue a minor, fill in Section II6; if you do not pursue a&lt;br /&gt;
minor, fill in Section II5 with the courses taken outside of CDS (see&lt;br /&gt;
below).  Get proper approval signatures and return the form to the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
Secretary.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Prepare four copies of your Research Progress Report and deliver a&lt;br /&gt;
copy to each of your committee members no later than {\em two weeks} prior&lt;br /&gt;
to your examination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This report should describe concisely the present state-of-the-art of&lt;br /&gt;
your research topic, your progress to date, your proposed research,&lt;br /&gt;
and the nature of the contribution which you expect to make in the&lt;br /&gt;
general problem area.  All of this should not exceed ''twenty pages'' (excluding bibliography and using a standard 11 point report format with at least 1 inch margins). &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;When the Research Progress Report is satisfactory, the members&lt;br /&gt;
of the examining committee will sign the Candidacy Form.  All forms&lt;br /&gt;
should be returned to the CDS option administrator &lt;br /&gt;
after the examination.  You must fill out information in&lt;br /&gt;
Section II, and take it to the Registrar's Office for signature, and&lt;br /&gt;
then to the Option Representative for completion of Section V.  Then&lt;br /&gt;
obtain the Division Chair's signature and take the form to the&lt;br /&gt;
Graduate Office for your file there.  You will be notified later by&lt;br /&gt;
the Dean of Graduate Studies that you have been admitted to Candidacy&lt;br /&gt;
for the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ph.D. Examination Procedures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final Ph.D. exam will consist of a defense of the candidate's&lt;br /&gt;
thesis research.  In addition to the formal exam, each candidate is&lt;br /&gt;
required to present a seminar (open to the public) on his or her work;&lt;br /&gt;
this seminar will be scheduled in the Caltech Calendar as a regular&lt;br /&gt;
CDS Seminar.  The exam and seminar must be held at least two weeks&lt;br /&gt;
before the degree is conferred.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Procedures for Processing Necessary Forms ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;At least ''three weeks'' prior to the exam date, obtain the&lt;br /&gt;
following forms from the Graduate Office:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Petition for Exam&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Application for Approval of Thesis&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The date of the Ph.D.  exam and the committee members will be&lt;br /&gt;
determined by you and your research advisor and must be approved by&lt;br /&gt;
the Option Representative.  Check with members of your committee for&lt;br /&gt;
agreement on the date and time of the exam.  Once a definite date and&lt;br /&gt;
committee are set, the CDS Secretary will send a confirming memo to&lt;br /&gt;
the committee members.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Fill out and sign the top portion of the ''Application for Approval of Thesis''.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Complete the first page of the ''Petition for Exam''; have the&lt;br /&gt;
Registrar complete and sign Part I of page 2.  Complete Part II of&lt;br /&gt;
page 2, obtain the Divisional Chair's signature, and deliver the&lt;br /&gt;
form to the Graduate Office.  The Petition will remain there until&lt;br /&gt;
just before your exam when you should return it to the CDS option administrator.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Procedures for Submitting the Ph.D. Thesis ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;''At least two weeks prior to your exam'', supply each member (four are&lt;br /&gt;
needed, one of whom can be a qualified Ph.D. from off-campus) of your&lt;br /&gt;
committee with a copy of your thesis.  The Petition and Approval of&lt;br /&gt;
Thesis forms will not be signed at the time of the exam unless the&lt;br /&gt;
thesis requires no changes.  If corrections or revisions are required,&lt;br /&gt;
it is your responsibility to:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;make the necessary corrections or revisions;&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;submit the revised thesis to members of your examining committee; and&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;secure committee signatures on the Petition of Approval of&lt;br /&gt;
  Thesis forms after the acceptance of the corrections or revisions.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Submit one copy of your thesis to the Graduate Office for&lt;br /&gt;
proofreading.  This should be done at the same time the thesis is&lt;br /&gt;
submitted to your committee members.  (If corrections or revisions are&lt;br /&gt;
required, the thesis must be proofread a second time.)  You will be&lt;br /&gt;
notified as soon as the proofreading is complete (usually a couple of&lt;br /&gt;
days).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;After the exam is passed in all respects and the committee has signed&lt;br /&gt;
both the Petition and Approval of Thesis forms, obtain the signature&lt;br /&gt;
of the Option Representative of your subject minor, if appropriate,&lt;br /&gt;
and return the form to the Graduate Office.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Submit ''two corrected copies'' of the thesis to the Graduate&lt;br /&gt;
Office: one copy must be on Perma-Life or Old Council Tree bond paper,&lt;br /&gt;
reproduced from the original; the other copy may be regular Xerox&lt;br /&gt;
paper (see Graphic Arts for further information).  Submit these copies&lt;br /&gt;
in a brown envelope labeled as follows: your name, Ph.D.; Control and&lt;br /&gt;
Dynamical Systems; year.  Also submit two extra title pages and two&lt;br /&gt;
extra abstracts.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assist you in preparing for your final Ph.D. Examination, you&lt;br /&gt;
should obtain the following publications from the Graduate Office:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Preparation of Doctoral Dissertations&amp;quot; and&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Ph.D. Examination Procedures&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Transferring into CDS from Another Option ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students wishing to switch into CDS from another option must do so&lt;br /&gt;
before the end of their second year of residence at Caltech.  Students&lt;br /&gt;
must satisfy all option course requirements and must pass the&lt;br /&gt;
candidacy exam in order to be officially admitted into the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
Ph.D. program.  In addition, the student is expected to take the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
qualifying exam no later than the first year of study after&lt;br /&gt;
transferring into the CDS option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The procedure for switching into CDS is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The student should submit a written request to the Option Representative to consider admission into the CDS option.  Under normal circumstances, this request must be received no later than  the admissions deadline for incoming graduate students (December 15).&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The Admissions Committee will consider applications for transfer using the same criteria as outside admission into the CDS program.  Transfer students will be notified of admission by the usual admissions response deadline (March 15). &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Transfer students who are admitted into CDS must accept or decline admission no later than the usual admissions deadline (April 15).  If admitted, the student may either transfer immediately or defer admission until the beginning of the academic year.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Financial aid for transfer students will be described in the letter of admission.  Aid is not usually available until the beginning of the next academic year.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The M.S. Program ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students will be admitted to the option who expect to pursue&lt;br /&gt;
the Ph.D. degree.  The master's degree may be awarded in exceptional&lt;br /&gt;
cases.  The awarding of this degree requires fulfilling the Institute&lt;br /&gt;
requirements for a master's degree, satisfying the engineering focus&lt;br /&gt;
requirements, and receiving a recommendation for awarding of the&lt;br /&gt;
degree from the counseling committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The M.S. program, unlike the Ph.D., is based primarily upon the&lt;br /&gt;
successful completion of coursework.  This coursework must include at&lt;br /&gt;
least 135 units in order to satisfy Institute requirements, with the&lt;br /&gt;
following core courses:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ACM/EE 116, CDS 140a, 201, 202 || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 36 units&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Additional Advanced Courses in CDS || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 36 units&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Engineering Electives (focus area) || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 27 units&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| General Electives || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 36 units&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The 36 units of general electives should include mathematics, science&lt;br /&gt;
and engineering subjects or research, but may be, with special&lt;br /&gt;
permission, humanities and social sciences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All M.S. students are required to submit candidacy forms to the&lt;br /&gt;
Institute for approval of the proposed course of study for the&lt;br /&gt;
M.S. degree.  The M.S. candidacy form must be submitted by midterm&lt;br /&gt;
(approximately mid-November) of the first term of the year when the&lt;br /&gt;
degree is expected.  These forms can be obtained at the Institute&lt;br /&gt;
Graduate Office.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Murray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Marsden_Memorial_Program&amp;diff=267</id>
		<title>Marsden Memorial Program</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Marsden_Memorial_Program&amp;diff=267"/>
		<updated>2012-06-03T16:28:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Murray: Created page with &amp;quot;This is a page for putting information about the Fields Institute [http://www.fields.utoronto.ca/programs/scientific/12-13/Marsden/ Focus Program on Geometry, Mechanics and Dynam...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This is a page for putting information about the Fields Institute [http://www.fields.utoronto.ca/programs/scientific/12-13/Marsden/ Focus Program on Geometry, Mechanics and Dynamics: The Legacy of Jerry Marsden].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Murray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Computing&amp;diff=202</id>
		<title>Computing</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Computing&amp;diff=202"/>
		<updated>2011-10-05T19:25:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Murray: Redirected page to Help&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[Help]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Murray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=CDS_212_Fall_2011&amp;diff=199</id>
		<title>CDS 212 Fall 2011</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=CDS_212_Fall_2011&amp;diff=199"/>
		<updated>2011-09-28T05:57:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Murray: /* Announcements */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| width=100%&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=2 align=center |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;font color='blue' size='+2'&amp;gt;Feedback Control Theory&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www. http://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php/CDS_212_Fall_2011]&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=top&lt;br /&gt;
| width=50% |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Instructor'''&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://cds-web1.cds.caltech.edu/~doyle2/wiki/index.php?title=Main_Page John Doyle], doyle@cds.caltech.edu&lt;br /&gt;
* Lectures: Tu/Th, 2:30-4 pm, 314 Annenberg&lt;br /&gt;
| width=50% |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Teaching Assistants'''&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.cds.caltech.edu/~nali/ Na (Lina) Li], nali@cds.caltech.edu&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Course Description ===&lt;br /&gt;
Introduction to modern feedback control theory with emphasis on the role of feedback in overall system analysis and design. Examples drawn from throughout engineering and science. Open versus closed loop control. State-space methods, time and frequency domain, stability and stabilization, realization theory. Time-varying and nonlinear models. Uncertainty and robustness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Announcements ===&lt;br /&gt;
* 27 Sep 2011: Notes from Lecture 1: [http://www.cds.caltech.edu/~nali/pub/CDS212/week_1/Lecture1BioBodePlusPlus.pptx Lecture1BioBodePlusPlus.pptx]; [http://www.cds.caltech.edu/~nali/pub/CDS212/week_1/Lecture1Extras.pptx Lecture1Extras.pptx] &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; Paper to read: [http://www.cds.caltech.edu/~nali/pub/CDS212/week_1/CorrectedScienceGlycolyticOscOnlineFinal.pdf Glycolytic Oscillations and Limits on Robust Efficiency](Supporting materials can be founded [http://www.sciencemag.org/content/suppl/2011/07/06/333.6039.187.DC1.html here]); [http://www.cds.caltech.edu/~nali/pub/CDS212/week_1/OnlineFinalPNASSackler.pdf Architecture, constraints, and behavior]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 22 Sep 2011: created homepage; [http://www.cds.caltech.edu/~murray/wiki/index.php/CDS_212_Fall_2010 2010 home page]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Textbook ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two primary texts for the course (available via the online bookstore) are&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=top&lt;br /&gt;
| align=right | &amp;amp;nbsp;[DFT]&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
| J. Doyle, B. Francis and A. Tannenbaum, ''Feedback Control Theory'', Dover, 2009 (originally published by Macmillan, 1992).  Available online at http://www.control.utoronto.ca/people/profs/francis/dft.html.&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=top&lt;br /&gt;
| align=right | &amp;amp;nbsp;[DP]&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
| G. Dullerud and F. Paganini, ''A Course in Robust Control Theory'', Springer, 2000.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following additional texts may be useful for some students:&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=top&lt;br /&gt;
| align=right | &amp;amp;nbsp;[FBS]&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
| K. J. Astrom and R. M. Murray, ''Feedback Systems: An Introduction for Scientists and Engineers'', Princeton University Press, 2008.  Available online at http://www.cds.caltech.edu/~murray/amwiki.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Lecture Schedule ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| width=100% border=1 cellspacing=0 cellpadding=5&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Week'''&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Date'''&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Trunk'''&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Reading'''&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Homework'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=top&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
| 27&amp;amp;nbsp;Sep&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 29 Sep&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Norms for signals and systems&lt;br /&gt;
| {{DFT}}&amp;amp;nbsp;Ch&amp;amp;nbsp;1,&amp;amp;nbsp;2&amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; DP Ch 3&lt;br /&gt;
| [http://www.cds.caltech.edu/~nali/pub/CDS212/homework_1.pdf HW1]&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=top&lt;br /&gt;
| 2&lt;br /&gt;
| 4 Oct &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 6 Oct&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Feedback, stability and performance&lt;br /&gt;
| {{DFT}} Ch 3 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; ({{FBS}}&amp;amp;nbsp;9.1-9.3) &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; ({{FBS}}&amp;amp;nbsp;11.1-11.2)&lt;br /&gt;
| [[CDS 212, Homework 2, Fall 2011|HW 2]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=top&lt;br /&gt;
| 3&lt;br /&gt;
| 11&amp;amp;nbsp;Oct &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 13 Oct&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Uncertainty and robustness&lt;br /&gt;
| {{DFT}} Ch 4 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; ({{FBS}}&amp;amp;nbsp;12.1&amp;amp;#8209;12.3)&lt;br /&gt;
| [[CDS 212, Homework 3, Fall 2011|HW 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=top &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | 4&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | 18 Oct &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 20 Oct&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | &lt;br /&gt;
*Fundamental limits&lt;br /&gt;
*Realization theory, controllability, observability&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | {{DFT}} Ch 6 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; ({{FBS}}&amp;amp;nbsp;11.4,&amp;amp;nbsp;12.4),&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; DP Ch 2, 4&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | [[CDS 212, Homework 4, Fall 2011|HW 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=top&lt;br /&gt;
| 5&lt;br /&gt;
| 25 Oct &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 27 Oct&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Lyapunov equation and stability conditions&lt;br /&gt;
* LMIs&lt;br /&gt;
| DP Ch 4 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; [http://www.stanford.edu/~boyd/lmibook/lmibook.pdf LMIs] Ch 2 &lt;br /&gt;
| [[CDS 212, Homework 5, Fall 2011|HW 5]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=top&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | 6&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | 1 Nov &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3 Nov&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
* KYP lemma&lt;br /&gt;
* Model reduction&lt;br /&gt;
|  style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | DP Ch 4,7 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; [http://www.sciencedirect.com/science?_ob=ArticleURL&amp;amp;_udi=B6V4X-3VTSW0Y-2&amp;amp;_user=10&amp;amp;_coverDate=06%2F03%2F1996&amp;amp;_rdoc=1&amp;amp;_fmt=high&amp;amp;_orig=search&amp;amp;_origin=search&amp;amp;_sort=d&amp;amp;_docanchor=&amp;amp;view=c&amp;amp;_acct=C000050221&amp;amp;_version=1&amp;amp;_urlVersion=0&amp;amp;_userid=10&amp;amp;md5=7cadd4d3ff3995a6e887e15c1a57b578&amp;amp;searchtype=a  KYP]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | [[CDS 212, Homework 6, Fall 2011|HW 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=top&lt;br /&gt;
| 7&lt;br /&gt;
| 8 Nov &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 10 Nov&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Uncertain systems&lt;br /&gt;
* MIMO robust control, Convex optimization&lt;br /&gt;
| DP Ch 8 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; [http://www.cds.caltech.edu/~sojoudi/SpinSatellite.pdf MIMO] &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; [http://www.cds.caltech.edu/~sojoudi/MITBoydCvxOpt.pdf CvxOpt1]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[http://www.cds.caltech.edu/~sojoudi/MITBoydintro.pdf CvxOpt2]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[CDS 212, Homework 7, Fall 2010|HW 7]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=top&lt;br /&gt;
| 8&lt;br /&gt;
| 15 Nov &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 17 Nov&lt;br /&gt;
| rowspan=2 style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | &lt;br /&gt;
* Stability of nonlinear systems&lt;br /&gt;
* Sum-of-squares&lt;br /&gt;
| rowspan=2 style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | {{FBS}}&amp;amp;nbsp;Ch 4&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[http://www.cds.caltech.edu/~utopcu/VerInCtrl/lecture-4.pdf SOS]&lt;br /&gt;
| rowspan=2 style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | [[CDS 212, Homework 8, Fall 2010|HW 8]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=top&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | 9&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | 22&amp;amp;nbsp;Nov&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=top&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | 10&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | 29 Nov &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1 Dec&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | &lt;br /&gt;
* Links with information theory and statistical mechanics&lt;br /&gt;
| rowspan=2 style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | &lt;br /&gt;
| rowspan=2 style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | [[CDS 212, Homework 9, Fall 2010|HW 9]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Grading ===&lt;br /&gt;
The ﬁnal grade will be based on homework and a ﬁnal exam:&lt;br /&gt;
* Homework (75%) - There will be 9 one-week problem sets, due each Thursday by 5pm in the TA's mailbox on the third floor of Annenberg. Each student may hand in at most one homework late (no more than 5 days).&lt;br /&gt;
* Final exam (25%) - The ﬁnal will be handed out the last day of class and is due back at the end of ﬁnals week.  Open book, time limit to be decided (likely N hours over a 4-8N hour period). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The lowest homework score you receive will be dropped in computing your homework average.  In addition, if your score on the ﬁnal is higher than the weighted average of your homework and ﬁnal, your ﬁnal will be used to determine your course grade.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Collaboration Policy ===&lt;br /&gt;
Collaboration on homework assignments is encouraged. You may  consult outside reference materials, other students, the TA, or the instructor.  Use of solutions from previous years in the course is not allowed.  All solutions that are handed should reﬂect your understanding of the subject matter at the time of writing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No collaboration is allowed on the ﬁnal exam. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Additional References (Optional)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Courses]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Murray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=CDS_212_Fall_2011&amp;diff=183</id>
		<title>CDS 212 Fall 2011</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=CDS_212_Fall_2011&amp;diff=183"/>
		<updated>2011-09-23T02:57:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Murray: /* Lecture Schedule */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| width=100%&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=2 align=center |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;font color='blue' size='+2'&amp;gt;Feedback Control Theory&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=top&lt;br /&gt;
| width=50% |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Instructor'''&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://cds-web1.cds.caltech.edu/~doyle2/wiki/index.php?title=Main_Page John Doyle], doyle@cds.caltech.edu&lt;br /&gt;
* Lectures: Tu/Th, 2:30-4 pm, 314 Annenberg&lt;br /&gt;
| width=50% |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Teaching Assistants'''&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.cds.caltech.edu/~nali/ Na (Lina) Li], nali@cds.caltech.edu&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Course Description ===&lt;br /&gt;
Introduction to modern feedback control theory with emphasis on the role of feedback in overall system analysis and design. Examples drawn from throughout engineering and science. Open versus closed loop control. State-space methods, time and frequency domain, stability and stabilization, realization theory. Time-varying and nonlinear models. Uncertainty and robustness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Announcements ===&lt;br /&gt;
* 22 Sep 2011: created homepage; [http://www.cds.caltech.edu/~murray/wiki/index.php/CDS_212_Fall_2010 2010 home page]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Textbook ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two primary texts for the course (available via the online bookstore) are&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=top&lt;br /&gt;
| align=right | &amp;amp;nbsp;[DFT]&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
| J. Doyle, B. Francis and A. Tannenbaum, ''Feedback Control Theory'', Dover, 2009 (originally published by Macmillan, 1992).  Available online at http://www.control.utoronto.ca/people/profs/francis/dft.html.&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=top&lt;br /&gt;
| align=right | &amp;amp;nbsp;[DP]&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
| G. Dullerud and F. Paganini, ''A Course in Robust Control Theory'', Springer, 2000.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following additional texts may be useful for some students:&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=top&lt;br /&gt;
| align=right | &amp;amp;nbsp;[FBS]&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
| K. J. Astrom and R. M. Murray, ''Feedback Systems: An Introduction for Scientists and Engineers'', Princeton University Press, 2008.  Available online at http://www.cds.caltech.edu/~murray/amwiki.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Lecture Schedule ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| width=100% border=1 cellspacing=0 cellpadding=5&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Week'''&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Date'''&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Trunk'''&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Reading'''&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Homework'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=top&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
| 27&amp;amp;nbsp;Sep&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 29 Sep&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Norms for signals and systems&lt;br /&gt;
| {{DFT}}&amp;amp;nbsp;Ch&amp;amp;nbsp;1,&amp;amp;nbsp;2&amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; DP Ch 3&lt;br /&gt;
| [[CDS 212, Homework 1, Fall 2011|HW 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=top&lt;br /&gt;
| 2&lt;br /&gt;
| 4 Oct &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 6 Oct&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Feedback, stability and performance&lt;br /&gt;
| {{DFT}} Ch 3 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; ({{FBS}}&amp;amp;nbsp;9.1-9.3) &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; ({{FBS}}&amp;amp;nbsp;11.1-11.2)&lt;br /&gt;
| [[CDS 212, Homework 2, Fall 2011|HW 2]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=top&lt;br /&gt;
| 3&lt;br /&gt;
| 11&amp;amp;nbsp;Oct &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 13 Oct&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Uncertainty and robustness&lt;br /&gt;
| {{DFT}} Ch 4 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; ({{FBS}}&amp;amp;nbsp;12.1&amp;amp;#8209;12.3)&lt;br /&gt;
| [[CDS 212, Homework 3, Fall 2011|HW 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=top &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | 4&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | 18 Oct &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 20 Oct&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | &lt;br /&gt;
*Fundamental limits&lt;br /&gt;
*Realization theory, controllability, observability&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | {{DFT}} Ch 6 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; ({{FBS}}&amp;amp;nbsp;11.4,&amp;amp;nbsp;12.4),&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; DP Ch 2, 4&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | [[CDS 212, Homework 4, Fall 2011|HW 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=top&lt;br /&gt;
| 5&lt;br /&gt;
| 25 Oct &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 27 Oct&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Lyapunov equation and stability conditions&lt;br /&gt;
* LMIs&lt;br /&gt;
| DP Ch 4 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; [http://www.stanford.edu/~boyd/lmibook/lmibook.pdf LMIs] Ch 2 &lt;br /&gt;
| [[CDS 212, Homework 5, Fall 2011|HW 5]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=top&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | 6&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | 1 Nov &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3 Nov&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
* KYP lemma&lt;br /&gt;
* Model reduction&lt;br /&gt;
|  style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | DP Ch 4,7 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; [http://www.sciencedirect.com/science?_ob=ArticleURL&amp;amp;_udi=B6V4X-3VTSW0Y-2&amp;amp;_user=10&amp;amp;_coverDate=06%2F03%2F1996&amp;amp;_rdoc=1&amp;amp;_fmt=high&amp;amp;_orig=search&amp;amp;_origin=search&amp;amp;_sort=d&amp;amp;_docanchor=&amp;amp;view=c&amp;amp;_acct=C000050221&amp;amp;_version=1&amp;amp;_urlVersion=0&amp;amp;_userid=10&amp;amp;md5=7cadd4d3ff3995a6e887e15c1a57b578&amp;amp;searchtype=a  KYP]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | [[CDS 212, Homework 6, Fall 2011|HW 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=top&lt;br /&gt;
| 7&lt;br /&gt;
| 8 Nov &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 10 Nov&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Uncertain systems&lt;br /&gt;
* MIMO robust control, Convex optimization&lt;br /&gt;
| DP Ch 8 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; [http://www.cds.caltech.edu/~sojoudi/SpinSatellite.pdf MIMO] &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; [http://www.cds.caltech.edu/~sojoudi/MITBoydCvxOpt.pdf CvxOpt1]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[http://www.cds.caltech.edu/~sojoudi/MITBoydintro.pdf CvxOpt2]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[CDS 212, Homework 7, Fall 2010|HW 7]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=top&lt;br /&gt;
| 8&lt;br /&gt;
| 15 Nov &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 17 Nov&lt;br /&gt;
| rowspan=2 style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | &lt;br /&gt;
* Stability of nonlinear systems&lt;br /&gt;
* Sum-of-squares&lt;br /&gt;
| rowspan=2 style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | {{FBS}}&amp;amp;nbsp;Ch 4&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[http://www.cds.caltech.edu/~utopcu/VerInCtrl/lecture-4.pdf SOS]&lt;br /&gt;
| rowspan=2 style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | [[CDS 212, Homework 8, Fall 2010|HW 8]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=top&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | 9&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | 22&amp;amp;nbsp;Nov&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=top&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | 10&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | 29 Nov &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1 Dec&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | &lt;br /&gt;
* Links with information theory and statistical mechanics&lt;br /&gt;
| rowspan=2 style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | &lt;br /&gt;
| rowspan=2 style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | [[CDS 212, Homework 9, Fall 2010|HW 9]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Grading ===&lt;br /&gt;
The ﬁnal grade will be based on homework and a ﬁnal exam:&lt;br /&gt;
* Homework (75%) - There will be 9 one-week problem sets, due each Thursday by 5pm in the TA's mailbox on the third floor of Annenberg. Each student may hand in at most one homework late (no more than 5 days).&lt;br /&gt;
* Final exam (25%) - The ﬁnal will be handed out the last day of class and is due back at the end of ﬁnals week.  Open book, time limit to be decided (likely N hours over a 4-8N hour period). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The lowest homework score you receive will be dropped in computing your homework average.  In addition, if your score on the ﬁnal is higher than the weighted average of your homework and ﬁnal, your ﬁnal will be used to determine your course grade.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Collaboration Policy ===&lt;br /&gt;
Collaboration on homework assignments is encouraged. You may  consult outside reference materials, other students, the TA, or the instructor.  Use of solutions from previous years in the course is not allowed.  All solutions that are handed should reﬂect your understanding of the subject matter at the time of writing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No collaboration is allowed on the ﬁnal exam. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Additional References (Optional)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Courses]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Murray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=CDS_212_Fall_2011&amp;diff=182</id>
		<title>CDS 212 Fall 2011</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=CDS_212_Fall_2011&amp;diff=182"/>
		<updated>2011-09-23T02:56:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Murray: Created page with &amp;quot;{| width=100% |- | colspan=2 align=center | &amp;lt;font color='blue' size='+2'&amp;gt;Feedback Control Theory&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;__NOTOC__ |- valign=top | width=50% | '''Instructor''' * [http://cds-web1.c...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| width=100%&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=2 align=center |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;font color='blue' size='+2'&amp;gt;Feedback Control Theory&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=top&lt;br /&gt;
| width=50% |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Instructor'''&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://cds-web1.cds.caltech.edu/~doyle2/wiki/index.php?title=Main_Page John Doyle], doyle@cds.caltech.edu&lt;br /&gt;
* Lectures: Tu/Th, 2:30-4 pm, 314 Annenberg&lt;br /&gt;
| width=50% |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Teaching Assistants'''&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.cds.caltech.edu/~nali/ Na (Lina) Li], nali@cds.caltech.edu&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Course Description ===&lt;br /&gt;
Introduction to modern feedback control theory with emphasis on the role of feedback in overall system analysis and design. Examples drawn from throughout engineering and science. Open versus closed loop control. State-space methods, time and frequency domain, stability and stabilization, realization theory. Time-varying and nonlinear models. Uncertainty and robustness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Announcements ===&lt;br /&gt;
* 22 Sep 2011: created homepage; [http://www.cds.caltech.edu/~murray/wiki/index.php/CDS_212_Fall_2010 2010 home page]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Textbook ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two primary texts for the course (available via the online bookstore) are&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=top&lt;br /&gt;
| align=right | &amp;amp;nbsp;[DFT]&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
| J. Doyle, B. Francis and A. Tannenbaum, ''Feedback Control Theory'', Dover, 2009 (originally published by Macmillan, 1992).  Available online at http://www.control.utoronto.ca/people/profs/francis/dft.html.&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=top&lt;br /&gt;
| align=right | &amp;amp;nbsp;[DP]&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
| G. Dullerud and F. Paganini, ''A Course in Robust Control Theory'', Springer, 2000.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following additional texts may be useful for some students:&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=top&lt;br /&gt;
| align=right | &amp;amp;nbsp;[FBS]&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
| K. J. Astrom and R. M. Murray, ''Feedback Systems: An Introduction for Scientists and Engineers'', Princeton University Press, 2008.  Available online at http://www.cds.caltech.edu/~murray/amwiki.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Lecture Schedule ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| width=100% border=1 cellspacing=0 cellpadding=5&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Week'''&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Date'''&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Trunk'''&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Reading'''&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Homework'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=top&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
| 27&amp;amp;nbsp;Sep&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 29 Sep&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Norms for signals and systems&lt;br /&gt;
| {{DFT}}&amp;amp;nbsp;Ch&amp;amp;nbsp;1,&amp;amp;nbsp;2&amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; DP Ch 3&lt;br /&gt;
| [[CDS 212, Homework 1, Fall 2011|HW 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=top&lt;br /&gt;
| 2&lt;br /&gt;
| 4 Oct &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 6 Oct&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Feedback, stability and performance&lt;br /&gt;
| {{DFT}} Ch 3 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; ({{FBS}}&amp;amp;nbsp;9.1-9.3) &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; ({{FBS}}&amp;amp;nbsp;11.1-11.2)&lt;br /&gt;
| [[CDS 212, Homework 2, Fall 2011|HW 2]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=top&lt;br /&gt;
| 3&lt;br /&gt;
| 11&amp;amp;nbsp;Oct &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 13 Oct&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Uncertainty and robustness&lt;br /&gt;
| {{DFT}} Ch 4 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; ({{FBS}}&amp;amp;nbsp;12.1&amp;amp;#8209;12.3)&lt;br /&gt;
| [[CDS 212, Homework 3, Fall 2011|HW 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=top &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | 4&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | 18 Oct &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 20 Oct&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | &lt;br /&gt;
*Fundamental limits&lt;br /&gt;
*Realization theory, controllability, observability&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | {{DFT}} Ch 6 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; ({{FBS}}&amp;amp;nbsp;11.4,&amp;amp;nbsp;12.4),&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; DP Ch 2, 4&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | [[CDS 212, Homework 4, Fall 2011|HW 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=top&lt;br /&gt;
| 5&lt;br /&gt;
| 25 Oct &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 27 Oct&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Lyapunov equation and stability conditions&lt;br /&gt;
* LMIs&lt;br /&gt;
| DP Ch 4 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; [http://www.stanford.edu/~boyd/lmibook/lmibook.pdf LMIs] Ch 2 &lt;br /&gt;
| [[CDS 212, Homework 5, Fall 2011|HW 5]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=top&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | 6&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | 1 Nov &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3 Nov&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
* KYP lemma&lt;br /&gt;
* Model reduction&lt;br /&gt;
|  style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | DP Ch 4,7 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; [http://www.sciencedirect.com/science?_ob=ArticleURL&amp;amp;_udi=B6V4X-3VTSW0Y-2&amp;amp;_user=10&amp;amp;_coverDate=06%2F03%2F1996&amp;amp;_rdoc=1&amp;amp;_fmt=high&amp;amp;_orig=search&amp;amp;_origin=search&amp;amp;_sort=d&amp;amp;_docanchor=&amp;amp;view=c&amp;amp;_acct=C000050221&amp;amp;_version=1&amp;amp;_urlVersion=0&amp;amp;_userid=10&amp;amp;md5=7cadd4d3ff3995a6e887e15c1a57b578&amp;amp;searchtype=a  KYP]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | [[CDS 212, Homework 6, Fall 2011|HW 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=top&lt;br /&gt;
| 7&lt;br /&gt;
| 8 Nov &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 10 Nov&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
* Uncertain systems&lt;br /&gt;
* MIMO robust control, Convex optimization&lt;br /&gt;
| DP Ch 8 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; [http://www.cds.caltech.edu/~sojoudi/SpinSatellite.pdf MIMO] &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; [http://www.cds.caltech.edu/~sojoudi/MITBoydCvxOpt.pdf CvxOpt1]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[http://www.cds.caltech.edu/~sojoudi/MITBoydintro.pdf CvxOpt2]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[CDS 212, Homework 7, Fall 2010|HW 7]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=top&lt;br /&gt;
| 8&lt;br /&gt;
| 15 Nov &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 17 Nov&lt;br /&gt;
| rowspan=2 style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | &lt;br /&gt;
* Stability of nonlinear systems&lt;br /&gt;
* Sum-of-squares&lt;br /&gt;
| rowspan=2 style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | {{FBS}}&amp;amp;nbsp;Ch 4&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[http://www.cds.caltech.edu/~utopcu/VerInCtrl/lecture-4.pdf SOS]&lt;br /&gt;
| rowspan=2 style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | [[CDS 212, Homework 8, Fall 2010|HW 8]]&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=top&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | 9&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | 22&amp;amp;nbsp;Nov&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=top&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | 10&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | 29 Nov &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1 Dec&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | Links with information theory and statistical mechanics&lt;br /&gt;
| rowspan=2 style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | &lt;br /&gt;
| rowspan=2 style=&amp;quot;border-bottom:3px solid gray;&amp;quot; | [[CDS 212, Homework 9, Fall 2010|HW 9]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Grading ===&lt;br /&gt;
The ﬁnal grade will be based on homework and a ﬁnal exam:&lt;br /&gt;
* Homework (75%) - There will be 9 one-week problem sets, due each Thursday by 5pm in the TA's mailbox on the third floor of Annenberg. Each student may hand in at most one homework late (no more than 5 days).&lt;br /&gt;
* Final exam (25%) - The ﬁnal will be handed out the last day of class and is due back at the end of ﬁnals week.  Open book, time limit to be decided (likely N hours over a 4-8N hour period). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The lowest homework score you receive will be dropped in computing your homework average.  In addition, if your score on the ﬁnal is higher than the weighted average of your homework and ﬁnal, your ﬁnal will be used to determine your course grade.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Collaboration Policy ===&lt;br /&gt;
Collaboration on homework assignments is encouraged. You may  consult outside reference materials, other students, the TA, or the instructor.  Use of solutions from previous years in the course is not allowed.  All solutions that are handed should reﬂect your understanding of the subject matter at the time of writing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No collaboration is allowed on the ﬁnal exam. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Additional References (Optional)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Courses]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Murray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Template:FBS&amp;diff=181</id>
		<title>Template:FBS</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Template:FBS&amp;diff=181"/>
		<updated>2011-09-23T02:51:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Murray: Created page with &amp;quot;FBS}}}&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[http:www.cds.caltech.edu/~murray/amwiki|{{{1|FBS}}}]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Murray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Template:DFT&amp;diff=180</id>
		<title>Template:DFT</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Template:DFT&amp;diff=180"/>
		<updated>2011-09-23T02:51:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Murray: Created page with &amp;quot;DFT}}}&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[http:www.control.utoronto.ca/people/profs/francis/dft.html|{{{1|DFT}}}]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Murray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=CDS_orientation&amp;diff=179</id>
		<title>CDS orientation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=CDS_orientation&amp;diff=179"/>
		<updated>2011-09-19T04:33:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Murray: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Notes for CDS orientation with first year students&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol type=&amp;quot;I&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Introductions&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Overview of the PhD program&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol type=&amp;quot;A&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Year 1: courses + qualifying exam + choose an advisor; summer research &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Year 2: courses + candidacy exam (research based) &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Years 3-5: research + thesis defense &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Overview of courses&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol type=&amp;quot;A&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; First year courses: give main tracks + dependencies &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Advanced and intermittent courses &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; The focus requirement: 27 units outside of CDS/math &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Funding&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol type=&amp;quot;A&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; General principle: all CDS students receive same stipend, independent of source of funds &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; First year fellowships (internal or external): no specific teaching or project responsibilities &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; GTA funding: 12 hours/week + GRA augment &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; After first year, funding is handled through your advisor (contact option rep if there are any issues)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;    &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Honor system&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Additional procedures and activities&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol type=&amp;quot;A&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; English language requirement &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Teaching assistantship: not required for CDS, though some faculty expect this.  Typically no additional funding while TAing &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; CDS department activities:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; CDS tea: Wednesday, 3 pm &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; CDS seminars: cds-mailer announcments &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; cds-all, cds-mailer: should get set up automatically &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Computer accounts: IMSS, CMS, CDS &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; CDS laptops, CMS desktops &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Annenberg facilities, keys, safety training (if not covered in CMS orientation) &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Questions? &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Murray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=CDS_orientation&amp;diff=178</id>
		<title>CDS orientation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=CDS_orientation&amp;diff=178"/>
		<updated>2011-09-19T04:29:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Murray: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Notes for CDS orientation with first year students&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol type=&amp;quot;I&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Introductions&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Overview of the PhD program&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol type=&amp;quot;A&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Year 1: courses + qualifying exam + choose an advisor; summer research &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Year 2: courses + candidacy exam (research based) &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Years 3-5: research + thesis defense &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Overview of courses&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol type=&amp;quot;A&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; First year courses: give main tracks + dependencies &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Advanced and intermittent courses &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; The focus requirement: 27 units outside of CDS/math &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Funding&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol type=&amp;quot;A&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; GTA funding: 12 hours/week + GRA augment &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; After first year, funding is handled through your advisor (contact option rep if there are any issues)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;    &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Honor system&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Additional procedures and activities&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol type=&amp;quot;A&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; English language requirement &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; CDS department activities:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; CDS tea: Wednesday, 3 pm &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; CDS seminars: cds-mailer announcments &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; cds-all, cds-mailer: should get set up automatically &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Computer accounts: IMSS, CMS, CDS &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; CDS laptops, CMS desktops &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Annenberg facilities, keys, safety training (if not covered in CMS orientation) &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Questions? &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Murray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=CDS_orientation&amp;diff=177</id>
		<title>CDS orientation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=CDS_orientation&amp;diff=177"/>
		<updated>2011-09-19T03:07:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Murray: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Notes for CDS orientation with first year students&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol type=&amp;quot;I&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Introductions&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Overview of the PhD program&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol type=&amp;quot;A&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Year 1: courses + qualifying exam + choose an advisor; summer research &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Year 2: courses + candidacy exam (research based) &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Years 3-5: research + thesis defense &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Overview of courses&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol type=&amp;quot;A&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; First year courses: give main tracks + dependencies &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Advanced and intermittent courses &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; The focus requirement: 27 units outside of CDS/math &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Funding&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol type=&amp;quot;A&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; GTA funding: 12 hours/week + GRA augment &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; After first year, funding is up to your advisor ({{implies}} you better have one -:) &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;    &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Honor system&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Additional procedures and activities&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol type=&amp;quot;A&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; English language requirement &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; CDS department activities:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; CDS tea: Wednesday, 3 pm &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; CDS seminars: cds-mailer announcments &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; cds-all, cds-mailer: should get set up automatically &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Computer accounts: CDS, CMS, IMSS &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; CDS laptops + CMS desktops &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Annenberg facilities &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Keys &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Safety orientation &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Questions &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Murray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=CDS_orientation&amp;diff=176</id>
		<title>CDS orientation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=CDS_orientation&amp;diff=176"/>
		<updated>2011-09-19T03:07:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Murray: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Notes for CDS orientation with first year students&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol type=&amp;quot;I&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Introductions&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Overview of the PhD program&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol type=&amp;quot;A&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Year 1: courses + qualifying exam + choose an advisor; summer research &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Year 2: courses + candidacy exam (research based) &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Years 3-5: research + thesis defense &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Overview of courses&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol type=&amp;quot;A&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; First year courses: give main tracks + dependencies &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Advanced and intermittent courses &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; The focus requirement: 27 units outside of CDS/math &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Funding&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol type=&amp;quot;A&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; GTA funding: 12 hours/week + GRA augment &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; After first year, funding is up to your advisor ({{implies}} you better have one -:) &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;    &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Honor system&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Additional procedures and activities&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol type=&amp;quot;A&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; English language requirement &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; CDS department activities:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; CDS tea: Wednesday, 3 pm &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; CDS seminars: cds-mailer announcments &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; cds-mailer: should get set up automatically &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Computer accounts: CDS, CMS, IMSS &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; CDS laptops + CMS desktops &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Annenberg facilities &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Keys &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Safety orientation &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Questions &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Murray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=CDS_orientation&amp;diff=175</id>
		<title>CDS orientation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=CDS_orientation&amp;diff=175"/>
		<updated>2011-09-19T02:00:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Murray: Created page with &amp;quot;Notes for CDS orientation with first year students &amp;lt;ol type=&amp;quot;I&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Introductions &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Overview of the PhD program &amp;lt;ol type=&amp;quot;A&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Year 1: courses + qualifying exam + choose a...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Notes for CDS orientation with first year students&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol type=&amp;quot;I&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Introductions&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Overview of the PhD program&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol type=&amp;quot;A&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Year 1: courses + qualifying exam + choose an advisor; summer research &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Year 2: courses + candidacy exam (research based) &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Years 3-5: research + thesis defense &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Overview of courses&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol type=&amp;quot;A&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; First year courses: give main tracks + dependencies &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Advanced and intermittent courses &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; The focus requirement: 27 units outside of CDS/math &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Funding&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol type=&amp;quot;A&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; GTA funding: 12 hours/week + GRA augment &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; After first year, funding is up to your advisor ({{implies}} you better have one -:) &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;    &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Honor system&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Additional procedures and activities&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol type=&amp;quot;A&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; English language requirement &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; CDS department activities:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; CDS tea: Wednesday, 3 pm &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; CDS seminars: cds-mailer announcments &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; cds-mailer: should get set up automatically &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Computer accounts: CDS, CMS, IMSS &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Annenberg facilities &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Keys &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Safety orientation &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt; Questions &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Murray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Webmail&amp;diff=174</id>
		<title>Webmail</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Webmail&amp;diff=174"/>
		<updated>2011-07-30T21:00:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Murray: Created page with &amp;quot;Web mail is no longer supported on the CDS cluster.  See the CDS e-mail page for information on accessing your e-mail from the server.  If you would like to read e-mail sent ...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Web mail is no longer supported on the CDS cluster.  See the [[CDS e-mail]] page for information on accessing your e-mail from the server.  If you would like to read e-mail sent to your CDS account on the web, you should [[CDS e-mail#Forwarding your mail|forward your mail]] to your IMSS account (user@caltech.edu).&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Murray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=PhD_thesis_formatting&amp;diff=173</id>
		<title>PhD thesis formatting</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=PhD_thesis_formatting&amp;diff=173"/>
		<updated>2011-07-24T01:05:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Murray: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page contains some links that may be helpful in preparing your thesis&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.gradoffice.caltech.edu/documents/32-phd-thesisregulations.pdf Graduate office regulations] (2008)&lt;br /&gt;
* LaTeX style files&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://www.mast.queensu.ca/~andrew/software/TeX/tar-files/citthesis.tgz citthesis,tgz] - Andrew Lewis style files (1999; gzipped tar file)&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://www.work.caltech.edu/ling/tips/cit_thesis.html Ling Li thesis tips] (2002; web page with linked files)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Murray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=PhD_thesis_formatting&amp;diff=172</id>
		<title>PhD thesis formatting</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=PhD_thesis_formatting&amp;diff=172"/>
		<updated>2011-07-24T01:03:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Murray: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page contains some links that may be helpful in preparing your thesis&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.gradoffice.caltech.edu/documents/32-phd-thesisregulations.pdf Graduate office regulations] (2008)&lt;br /&gt;
* LaTeX style files&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://www.mast.queensu.ca/~andrew/software/TeX/tar-files/citthesis.tgz citthesis,tgz] - Andrew Lewis style files (1999; gzipped tar file)&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://www.cds.caltech.edu/ling/tips/cit_thesis.html Ling Li thesis tips] (2002; web page with linked files)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Murray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=PhD_thesis_formatting&amp;diff=171</id>
		<title>PhD thesis formatting</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=PhD_thesis_formatting&amp;diff=171"/>
		<updated>2011-07-24T01:03:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Murray: Created page with &amp;quot;This page contains some links that may be helpful in preparing your thesis * [http://www.gradoffice.caltech.edu/documents/32-phd-thesisregulations.pdf Graduate office regulations...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page contains some links that may be helpful in preparing your thesis&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.gradoffice.caltech.edu/documents/32-phd-thesisregulations.pdf Graduate office regulations] (2008)&lt;br /&gt;
* LaTeX style files&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://www.mast.queensu.ca/~andrew/software/TeX/tar-files/citthesis.tgz Andrew Lewis style files (1999; gzipped tar file)&lt;br /&gt;
** [http://www.cds.caltech.edu/ling/tips/cit_thesis.html Ling Li thesis tips] (2002; web page with linked files)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Murray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=CDS_PhD_program&amp;diff=170</id>
		<title>CDS PhD program</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=CDS_PhD_program&amp;diff=170"/>
		<updated>2011-07-24T00:58:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Murray: /* Additional Information */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Caltech CDS offers an interdisciplinary Ph.D. program that provides rigorous training in mathematics, dynamics, and control, coupled with intensive study of application areas in science and engineering. The program offers a unique combination of analytical, computational, and experimental activities, and connects to diverse research across the Caltech campus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students in the CDS program are expected to have exceptional analytical capabilities, combined with solid domain knowledge in at least one application area. The first year curriculum strengthens mathematical capabilities through courses in linear operator theory and differential geometry, combined with a sequence of courses in dynamical systems and feedback control. All CDS students are additionally required to take graduate level courses in an application area relevant to their thesis research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students in CDS can work with any member of the Caltech faculty and are strongly encouraged to explore new areas of research where CDS principles and tools are relevant. Joint advising among multiple faculty is common. Several CDS courses are offered to help students explore new application domains and to bring together CDS students with faculty and students in Biology, Physics, Computer Science, Communications, Environmental Science, and other areas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are currently 25 graduate students enrolled in the program, along with approximately 10 postdocs and 6 visitors (long and short term). The program has graduated over 35 Ph.D. students since 1996, with about half in academia (including ETH, Georgia Tech, Maryland, Penn, Stanford and UIUC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Additional Information ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Office of Graduate Studies&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Option guidelines]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Murray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Control_and_Dynamical_Systems_(CDS)&amp;diff=169</id>
		<title>Control and Dynamical Systems (CDS)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Control_and_Dynamical_Systems_(CDS)&amp;diff=169"/>
		<updated>2011-07-23T17:23:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Murray: /* Announcements */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=== Welcome to CDS wiki! ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This wiki is for use by CDS researchers and contains information about various CDS resources, as well as web pages for courses, visits and other information that is useful to maintain in wiki format.  See the [[help|help page]] for more information on how to post information to this wiki (CDS users only).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| width=100%&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=top&lt;br /&gt;
| width=70% |&lt;br /&gt;
=== Announcements ===&lt;br /&gt;
* 23 Jul 2011: an [http://www.cds.caltech.edu/archive archive] of the old CDS site is now stored on the new server (just in case you need something)  --[[User:Murray|RMM]] 10:23, 23 July 2011 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
* 17 Jul 2011: Draft version of the [[option guidelines]] are now posted on the wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
* 11 Jul 2011: The [http://www.cds.caltech.edu CDS public information pages] are now using [http://www.drupal.org Drupal].  These pages are maintained by Richard and Anissa; send them e-mail if you need to update something.&lt;br /&gt;
* 10 Jun 2011: Congratulations to 6 new CDS PhD's: Javad Lavaei, Andy Lamperski, Ashley Moore, Marcos Nahmad, Shaunak Sen, Molei Tao&lt;br /&gt;
| width=5% |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
| width=25% |&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Quick Links ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[http:www.cds.caltech.edu/people|CDS office and phone listing]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[http:www.cds.caltech.edu/seminars|Upcoming CDS seminars]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[http:www.cds.caltech.edu/mailing_lists|CDS mailing lists]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help|CDS computing information]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Option guidelines|CDS option guidelines]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Murray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Control_and_Dynamical_Systems_(CDS)&amp;diff=168</id>
		<title>Control and Dynamical Systems (CDS)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Control_and_Dynamical_Systems_(CDS)&amp;diff=168"/>
		<updated>2011-07-23T17:21:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Murray: /* Quick Links */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=== Welcome to CDS wiki! ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This wiki is for use by CDS researchers and contains information about various CDS resources, as well as web pages for courses, visits and other information that is useful to maintain in wiki format.  See the [[help|help page]] for more information on how to post information to this wiki (CDS users only).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| width=100%&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=top&lt;br /&gt;
| width=70% |&lt;br /&gt;
=== Announcements ===&lt;br /&gt;
* 17 Jul 2011: Draft version of the [[option guidelines]] are now posted on the wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
* 11 Jul 2011: The [http://www.cds.caltech.edu CDS public information pages] are now using [http://www.drupal.org Drupal].  These pages are maintained by Richard and Anissa; send them e-mail if you need to update something.&lt;br /&gt;
* 10 Jun 2011: Congratulations to 6 new CDS PhD's: Javad Lavaei, Andy Lamperski, Ashley Moore, Marcos Nahmad, Shaunak Sen, Molei Tao&lt;br /&gt;
| width=5% |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
| width=25% |&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Quick Links ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[http:www.cds.caltech.edu/people|CDS office and phone listing]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[http:www.cds.caltech.edu/seminars|Upcoming CDS seminars]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[http:www.cds.caltech.edu/mailing_lists|CDS mailing lists]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help|CDS computing information]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Option guidelines|CDS option guidelines]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Murray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Control_and_Dynamical_Systems_(CDS)&amp;diff=167</id>
		<title>Control and Dynamical Systems (CDS)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Control_and_Dynamical_Systems_(CDS)&amp;diff=167"/>
		<updated>2011-07-23T17:21:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Murray: /* Quick Links */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=== Welcome to CDS wiki! ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This wiki is for use by CDS researchers and contains information about various CDS resources, as well as web pages for courses, visits and other information that is useful to maintain in wiki format.  See the [[help|help page]] for more information on how to post information to this wiki (CDS users only).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| width=100%&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=top&lt;br /&gt;
| width=70% |&lt;br /&gt;
=== Announcements ===&lt;br /&gt;
* 17 Jul 2011: Draft version of the [[option guidelines]] are now posted on the wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
* 11 Jul 2011: The [http://www.cds.caltech.edu CDS public information pages] are now using [http://www.drupal.org Drupal].  These pages are maintained by Richard and Anissa; send them e-mail if you need to update something.&lt;br /&gt;
* 10 Jun 2011: Congratulations to 6 new CDS PhD's: Javad Lavaei, Andy Lamperski, Ashley Moore, Marcos Nahmad, Shaunak Sen, Molei Tao&lt;br /&gt;
| width=5% |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
| width=25% |&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Quick Links ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[http:www.cds.caltech.edu/people|CDS office and phone listing]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[http:www.cds.caltech.edu/seminars|Upcoming CDS seminars]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[http:www.cds.caltech.edu/mailing_lists|CDS mailing lists]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help|CDS computing information]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[CDS option guidelines]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Murray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=CDS_graduate_minor&amp;diff=166</id>
		<title>CDS graduate minor</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=CDS_graduate_minor&amp;diff=166"/>
		<updated>2011-07-18T01:51:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Murray: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Control and Dynamical Systems (CDS) may be pursued as a minor concentration by graduate students who are taking degrees in science, mathematics, or engineering. The CDS minor is intended to supplement one of Caltech's normal graduate degrees and is designed for students who wish to broaden their knowledge beyond their normal major. Students completing the minor requirements below in CDS will have the phrase &amp;quot;minor in Control and Dynamical Systems&amp;quot; added to their transcript and their graduating degree materials.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A student majoring in another option at the Institute may elect a subject minor in control and dynamical systems. He or she must obtain approval from the CDS faculty of a course of study containing at least 54 units of advanced courses with a CDS listing.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Murray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=MediaWiki:Sidebar&amp;diff=165</id>
		<title>MediaWiki:Sidebar</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=MediaWiki:Sidebar&amp;diff=165"/>
		<updated>2011-07-18T01:40:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Murray: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;* navigation&lt;br /&gt;
** http:www.cds.caltech.edu|Public home&lt;br /&gt;
** mainpage|Wiki home&lt;br /&gt;
** http:www.cds.caltech.edu/people|People&lt;br /&gt;
** http:www.cds.caltech.edu/research|Research&lt;br /&gt;
** http:www.cds.caltech.edu/academics|Academics&lt;br /&gt;
** help|Computing Resources&lt;br /&gt;
** Option guidelines|Option Guidelines&lt;br /&gt;
* SEARCH&lt;br /&gt;
* TOOLBOX&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Murray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=MediaWiki:Sidebar&amp;diff=164</id>
		<title>MediaWiki:Sidebar</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=MediaWiki:Sidebar&amp;diff=164"/>
		<updated>2011-07-18T01:40:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Murray: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;* navigation&lt;br /&gt;
** mainpage|mainpage-description&lt;br /&gt;
** http:www.cds.caltech.edu/people|People&lt;br /&gt;
** http:www.cds.caltech.edu/research|Research&lt;br /&gt;
** http:www.cds.caltech.edu/academics|Academics&lt;br /&gt;
** help|Computing Resources&lt;br /&gt;
** Option guidelines|Option Guidelines&lt;br /&gt;
* SEARCH&lt;br /&gt;
* TOOLBOX&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Murray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Option_guidelines&amp;diff=163</id>
		<title>Option guidelines</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Option_guidelines&amp;diff=163"/>
		<updated>2011-07-18T01:39:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Murray: /* Transferring into CDS from Another Option */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{righttoc}}&lt;br /&gt;
This document describes the requirements for obtaining a degree in&lt;br /&gt;
Control and Dynamical Systems at Caltech.  It is intended to&lt;br /&gt;
complement the Caltech Catalog by giving additional information about&lt;br /&gt;
option regulations and standard procedures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three examinations which are required to obtain a Ph.D. in&lt;br /&gt;
CDS.  The first is the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Qualifying Exam&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, given in the first year&lt;br /&gt;
of study and intended to evaluate the student's expertise in&lt;br /&gt;
mathematics, control, and dynamical systems.  This exam is&lt;br /&gt;
administered at the beginning of the second term and may be retaken in&lt;br /&gt;
the third term of necessary.  The &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Candidacy Exam&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is given in the&lt;br /&gt;
second year and is used to evaluate a student's research abilities.&lt;br /&gt;
Upon passing this exam, the student is admitted to candidacy, the&lt;br /&gt;
first step in obtaining a PhD.  The final exam is the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Ph.D.&lt;br /&gt;
examination&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (or thesis defense) and is given after complication of&lt;br /&gt;
the Ph.D. dissertation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A rough outline of the typical schedule for the first two years of&lt;br /&gt;
study in CDS is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* Year One&lt;br /&gt;
** Complete CDS required courses (101, 102, 112, 140) + focus requirement&lt;br /&gt;
** Take and pass the CDS Qualifying Exam&lt;br /&gt;
** Find a research advisor&lt;br /&gt;
* Year Two&lt;br /&gt;
** Complete additional coursework in CDS (45 units total)&lt;br /&gt;
** Take and pass the CDS Candidacy Exam&lt;br /&gt;
** Advance to Candidacy for the Ph.D.&lt;br /&gt;
Note that most students will begin doing research in the summer of&lt;br /&gt;
their first year in residency, in preparation for the Candidacy Exam.&lt;br /&gt;
It is therefore essential that students find a research advisor no&lt;br /&gt;
later than the end of third term and select an initial research&lt;br /&gt;
project to form the basis of the Candidacy Exam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The remainder of this document contains detailed descriptions of the&lt;br /&gt;
requirements and procedures for completing the Ph.D. program in CDS.&lt;br /&gt;
If you have any questions, you should consult your advisor or the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
Option Representative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Ph.D. Program ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Aims and Scope ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Control and Dynamical Systems (CDS) option is open to students&lt;br /&gt;
with an undergraduate degree in engineering, mathematics, or&lt;br /&gt;
science. The qualifications of each applicant will be considered&lt;br /&gt;
individually, and, after being enrolled, the student will arrange his&lt;br /&gt;
or her program in consultation with a member of the faculty. In some&lt;br /&gt;
cases the student may be required to make up undergraduate&lt;br /&gt;
deficiencies in engineering science courses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The CDS option emphasizes the interdisciplinary nature of modern&lt;br /&gt;
theory of dynamical systems and control. The curriculum is designed to&lt;br /&gt;
promote a broad knowledge of mathematical and experimental techniques&lt;br /&gt;
in dynamical systems theory and control. In addition to taking courses&lt;br /&gt;
in the CDS option, students must select a focus area (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Coursework ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon admission each student will be assigned an adviser in the option&lt;br /&gt;
and a committee of three members, chaired by the adviser, which will&lt;br /&gt;
approve the initial course of study by the student. Each prospective&lt;br /&gt;
Ph.D. student will meet with their advisor to evaluate the student's&lt;br /&gt;
background, relative to that expected at the Ph.D. level, in the areas&lt;br /&gt;
of mathematics, control, and dynamical systems.  The chief intention&lt;br /&gt;
of these consultations is to set up a course program for the first&lt;br /&gt;
year of study.  The adviser will be replaced by a research adviser&lt;br /&gt;
when the direction of specialization is determined, not later than the&lt;br /&gt;
beginning of the second year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following course requirements must be satisfied in order to obtain&lt;br /&gt;
a Ph.D.  in Control and Dynamical Systems:&lt;br /&gt;
* Complete the following required courses: AM/EE 116, CDS 140, CDS 201, CDS 202;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Complete the focus requirement, consisting of at least 27 units in a particular area outside of CDS. Courses taken to satisfy the focus must represent a coherent program of advanced study in the chosen area. Possible areas include computer science, fluid mechanics, robotics, networking, biology, economics, information theory, circuit theory or other similar areas.  The program of study must be approved by the option representative on behalf of the CDS faculty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Complete an additional 45 units in CDS or other advanced courses in dynamical systems and/or mathematics;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The student's counseling committee committee will be the judge of the completion of&lt;br /&gt;
the focus requirement, necessary before the candidacy examination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Oral Qualifying Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each student is required to take a subject oral qualifying examination&lt;br /&gt;
at the beginning of the second quarter in residence, the purpose of&lt;br /&gt;
which is to examine expertise in mathematics, control, and dynamical&lt;br /&gt;
systems.  The exam covers the material taught in the first term of CDS&lt;br /&gt;
classes (typically ACM/EE 116, CDS 201 and CDS 110a/212).  Students may&lt;br /&gt;
petition the faculty to replace one of these areas with an outside&lt;br /&gt;
area.  Petitions are due no later than the last day of classes of the&lt;br /&gt;
term preceding the exam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three types of decisions will be possible: ''pass'', ''conditional pass'', ''fail''.  A student with a ''pass'' or ''conditional pass'' is permitted to begin his or her Ph.D. research.  However, a student with a ''conditional pass'' will usually be required to satisfy some additional requirements, such as successful completion of specified coursework.  Students who fail the oral subject exam may be permitted to repeat the exam (or part of the exam)&lt;br /&gt;
once in the spring term, but this will occur only upon recommendation of the examination committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The format of the oral qualifying exam is described in the [[#CDS Qualifying Exam Procedures|qualifying exam section]] below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Research Advisor ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once students have passed the candidacy exam, they should begin to identify potential advisors for their research.  CDS students are encouraged to talk with faculty across Caltech who are working in areas of research related to their interests.  Students are responsible for finding a faculty member who agrees to supervise their research no later than the end of third term of the first year.  If a student is not able to identify a faculty member who is able to serve as they research advisor, he or she should contact the CDS option representative as soon as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Candidacy Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to admission to candidacy for the Ph.D. degree, a student is&lt;br /&gt;
required to pass the candidacy examination.  This exam consists of two&lt;br /&gt;
parts: a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;research progress report&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; and an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;oral examination&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
based primarily upon the content of the report.  A student who fails&lt;br /&gt;
to pass the candidacy exam according to the timetable and procedures&lt;br /&gt;
described below will &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;not&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; be permitted to register in any&lt;br /&gt;
subsequent terms, except for the purpose of completing work toward the&lt;br /&gt;
M.S. degree, and then only with the permission of the option&lt;br /&gt;
representative and the research advisor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The research progress report required for admission to candidacy should&lt;br /&gt;
be submitted to the faculty before the end of the second term of&lt;br /&gt;
the second year in residence.  The report is to be based upon the&lt;br /&gt;
Ph.D. research project and is expected to exhibit a professional&lt;br /&gt;
quality of exposition.  As a guide, the report should outline the&lt;br /&gt;
research problem, the progress of the student at the time of writing,&lt;br /&gt;
and the areas proposed for future study.  It is also important that&lt;br /&gt;
the report provide clear evidence of the student's understanding of&lt;br /&gt;
the motivation for the research problem and its relevance to the&lt;br /&gt;
general research area, as well as an appreciation of relevant&lt;br /&gt;
techniques and methodology.  The student should strive for a precise&lt;br /&gt;
and concise format.  Normally, the text itself should not exceed 20&lt;br /&gt;
pages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The research progress report will be approved based upon the&lt;br /&gt;
recommendation of an oral examination committee; the committee will&lt;br /&gt;
consist of no less than three faculty members, including the research&lt;br /&gt;
advisor and at least one additional member of the CDS faculty.  The&lt;br /&gt;
choice of the oral exam committee will be made by the student and his&lt;br /&gt;
or her research advisor, and must be approved by the Option&lt;br /&gt;
Representative.  It is the responsibility of the student to obtain&lt;br /&gt;
approval from each proposed committee member for the time and date of&lt;br /&gt;
the oral exam.  The list of the recommended exam committee members&lt;br /&gt;
must be submitted at the same time as the research progress report,&lt;br /&gt;
and the exam is normally scheduled within one month of submitting the&lt;br /&gt;
report.  The exam committee may require revision of the report, and&lt;br /&gt;
possibly a reexamination.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See the [[#Procedures for Advancement to Candidacy|candidacy proceedures section]] below for more details on the procedure for&lt;br /&gt;
advancement to candidacy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Appointment of Thesis Review Committee ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a student passes the second-year candidacy exam, a faculty&lt;br /&gt;
committee known as the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;thesis review committee&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; should be&lt;br /&gt;
established to review periodically the student's progress.  This&lt;br /&gt;
committee will serve not only as overseers of research progress during&lt;br /&gt;
the student's Ph.D. residency, but will also contribute to the&lt;br /&gt;
intellectual development of the student through sustained interaction.&lt;br /&gt;
Each student should endeavor to form the committee as soon as possible&lt;br /&gt;
after passing the candidacy exam, but no later than one month prior to&lt;br /&gt;
the beginning of the third year in residence.  This committee should&lt;br /&gt;
meet with the student before fall registration each year, either as a&lt;br /&gt;
group or individually, to review progress, suggest improvements in&lt;br /&gt;
research etc.  It is the students responsibility to organize this committee and seek its periodic input.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Final Thesis and Oral Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a final step in the Ph.D. program, the student is required to&lt;br /&gt;
submit a satisfactory thesis and pass a final oral examination.  This&lt;br /&gt;
exam will be preceded by a seminar which will be open to the general&lt;br /&gt;
public.  The [[#Ph.D. Examination Procedures|PhD procedures section]] below describes the procedures in&lt;br /&gt;
detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CDS Qualifying Exam Procedures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Format and Content of the Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each student is required to take a subject oral qualifying examination&lt;br /&gt;
at the beginning of the second quarter in residence, the purpose of&lt;br /&gt;
which is to examine expertise in mathematics, control and dynamical&lt;br /&gt;
systems.  The exam covers the material taught in the first term of CDS&lt;br /&gt;
classes (typically ACM/EE 116, CDS 201 and CDS 110/212).  Students may&lt;br /&gt;
petition the faculty to replace one of these areas with an outside&lt;br /&gt;
area.  Petitions are due no later than the last day of classes of the&lt;br /&gt;
term preceding the exam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two and one-half (2-1/2) hours are allotted to the exam.  During the&lt;br /&gt;
first 90 minutes you will be given a written copy of the exam&lt;br /&gt;
questions, and will have the opportunity to prepare your answers;&lt;br /&gt;
during the second 60 minutes you will answer the questions orally at&lt;br /&gt;
the direction of the committee.  While preparing your answers, you are&lt;br /&gt;
not allowed to consult references of any kind.  All information that&lt;br /&gt;
we do not expect you to know (or be able to derive) will be supplied&lt;br /&gt;
as part of the question.  You should strive to present your answers in&lt;br /&gt;
a concise and incisive manner.  Due to scheduling, we will not be able&lt;br /&gt;
to extend the answer period beyond 60 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To determine potential subject matter, you should feel free to discuss&lt;br /&gt;
relevant references, etc. with members of the faculty; however, do not&lt;br /&gt;
expect the questions to be derived from any specific reference.  Also,&lt;br /&gt;
do not expect (or ask for) information about the nature or topics of&lt;br /&gt;
the questions themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exam Scheduling ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Qualifying Exam will take place at the beginning of the second&lt;br /&gt;
term in residence.  All first-year CDS students will receive a&lt;br /&gt;
scheduling form at the end of first term, which must be filled out and&lt;br /&gt;
returned to the Option Administrator no later than the end of first term&lt;br /&gt;
(i.e., the last day of finals).  Petitions to replace one of the&lt;br /&gt;
standard subject areas with an outside subject area must be submitted&lt;br /&gt;
no later than the last day of classes of first term.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The schedule for exams will be available by the beginning of the first week&lt;br /&gt;
of classes in second term, and exams will normally be scheduled at the end of the first week or&lt;br /&gt;
beginning of the second week of the term.  The results of the exam&lt;br /&gt;
will be announced after all students have completed of the exam.  Upon&lt;br /&gt;
recommendation of the examining committee, students who fail the exam&lt;br /&gt;
will be given one additional opportunity to take the exam, typically&lt;br /&gt;
at the beginning of spring term.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Procedures for Advancement to Candidacy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Requirements for Candidacy ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be recommended for candidacy for the doctorate degree, the&lt;br /&gt;
applicant, in addition to demonstrating understanding and knowledge of&lt;br /&gt;
fundamentals at the first-year Qualifying Examination, must give&lt;br /&gt;
satisfactory evidence of ability to carry out research in his or her&lt;br /&gt;
primary field of interest.  Hence, the applicant must submit and have&lt;br /&gt;
approved a written Research Progress Report.  In most cases, approval&lt;br /&gt;
of the written report will be based on a satisfactory oral defense of&lt;br /&gt;
its contents.  CDS students are expected to take and complete the Candidacy Examination by the end of their second academic year at Caltech.&lt;br /&gt;
A student who fails to satisfy the requirements of the&lt;br /&gt;
Division for candidacy by the end of the third term of the third year&lt;br /&gt;
in residence at the California Institute of Technology will not be&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to register in a subsequent academic year except by special&lt;br /&gt;
permission of the Division.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Procedures for scheduling and taking the exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Select a tentative date (determined by the candidate and his or&lt;br /&gt;
her research advisor) and an examining committee of at least three&lt;br /&gt;
members.  Check with the CDS Option Adminstrator to avoid time/place conflicts.&lt;br /&gt;
Then check with members of your committee to see that the date is&lt;br /&gt;
satisfactory.  The committee must consist of at least two CDS faculty&lt;br /&gt;
members and must be approved by the Option Representative before the&lt;br /&gt;
exam is scheduled.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Obtain a ''Candidacy Form for the Degree of Doctor of&lt;br /&gt;
Philosophy'' from the CDS option administrator.  Enter your name, major, and minor&lt;br /&gt;
(if you choose to have one) at the top of the Candidacy Form.  If you&lt;br /&gt;
choose to pursue a minor, fill in Section II6; if you do not pursue a&lt;br /&gt;
minor, fill in Section II5 with the courses taken outside of CDS (see&lt;br /&gt;
below).  Get proper approval signatures and return the form to the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
Secretary.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Prepare four copies of your Research Progress Report and deliver a&lt;br /&gt;
copy to each of your committee members no later than {\em two weeks} prior&lt;br /&gt;
to your examination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This report should describe concisely the present state-of-the-art of&lt;br /&gt;
your research topic, your progress to date, your proposed research,&lt;br /&gt;
and the nature of the contribution which you expect to make in the&lt;br /&gt;
general problem area.  All of this should not exceed {\em twenty pages,&lt;br /&gt;
double-spaced and typed}.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;When the Research Progress Report is satisfactory, the members&lt;br /&gt;
of the examining committee will sign the Candidacy Form.  All forms&lt;br /&gt;
should be returned to the CDS option administrator &lt;br /&gt;
after the examination.  You must fill out information in&lt;br /&gt;
Section II, and take it to the Registrar's Office for signature, and&lt;br /&gt;
then to the Option Representative for completion of Section V.  Then&lt;br /&gt;
obtain the Division Chair's signature and take the form to the&lt;br /&gt;
Graduate Office for your file there.  You will be notified later by&lt;br /&gt;
the Dean of Graduate Studies that you have been admitted to Candidacy&lt;br /&gt;
for the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ph.D. Examination Procedures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final Ph.D. exam will consist of a defense of the candidate's&lt;br /&gt;
thesis research.  In addition to the formal exam, each candidate is&lt;br /&gt;
required to present a seminar (open to the public) on his or her work;&lt;br /&gt;
this seminar will be scheduled in the Caltech Calendar as a regular&lt;br /&gt;
CDS Seminar.  The exam and seminar must be held at least two weeks&lt;br /&gt;
before the degree is conferred.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Procedures for Processing Necessary Forms ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;At least ''three weeks'' prior to the exam date, obtain the&lt;br /&gt;
following forms from the Graduate Office:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Petition for Exam&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Application for Approval of Thesis&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The date of the Ph.D.  exam and the committee members will be&lt;br /&gt;
determined by you and your research advisor and must be approved by&lt;br /&gt;
the Option Representative.  Check with members of your committee for&lt;br /&gt;
agreement on the date and time of the exam.  Once a definite date and&lt;br /&gt;
committee are set, the CDS Secretary will send a confirming memo to&lt;br /&gt;
the committee members.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Fill out and sign the top portion of the ''Application for Approval of Thesis''.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Complete the first page of the ''Petition for Exam''; have the&lt;br /&gt;
Registrar complete and sign Part I of page 2.  Complete Part II of&lt;br /&gt;
page 2, obtain the Divisional Chair's signature, and deliver the&lt;br /&gt;
form to the Graduate Office.  The Petition will remain there until&lt;br /&gt;
just before your exam when you should return it to the CDS option administrator.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Procedures for Submitting the Ph.D. Thesis ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;''At least two weeks prior to your exam'', supply each member (four are&lt;br /&gt;
needed, one of whom can be a qualified Ph.D. from off-campus) of your&lt;br /&gt;
committee with a copy of your thesis.  The Petition and Approval of&lt;br /&gt;
Thesis forms will not be signed at the time of the exam unless the&lt;br /&gt;
thesis requires no changes.  If corrections or revisions are required,&lt;br /&gt;
it is your responsibility to:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;make the necessary corrections or revisions;&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;submit the revised thesis to members of your examining committee; and&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;secure committee signatures on the Petition of Approval of&lt;br /&gt;
  Thesis forms after the acceptance of the corrections or revisions.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Submit one copy of your thesis to the Graduate Office for&lt;br /&gt;
proofreading.  This should be done at the same time the thesis is&lt;br /&gt;
submitted to your committee members.  (If corrections or revisions are&lt;br /&gt;
required, the thesis must be proofread a second time.)  You will be&lt;br /&gt;
notified as soon as the proofreading is complete (usually a couple of&lt;br /&gt;
days).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;After the exam is passed in all respects and the committee has signed&lt;br /&gt;
both the Petition and Approval of Thesis forms, obtain the signature&lt;br /&gt;
of the Option Representative of your subject minor, if appropriate,&lt;br /&gt;
and return the form to the Graduate Office.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Submit ''two corrected copies'' of the thesis to the Graduate&lt;br /&gt;
Office: one copy must be on Perma-Life or Old Council Tree bond paper,&lt;br /&gt;
reproduced from the original; the other copy may be regular Xerox&lt;br /&gt;
paper (see Graphic Arts for further information).  Submit these copies&lt;br /&gt;
in a brown envelope labeled as follows: your name, Ph.D.; Control and&lt;br /&gt;
Dynamical Systems; year.  Also submit two extra title pages and two&lt;br /&gt;
extra abstracts.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assist you in preparing for your final Ph.D. Examination, you&lt;br /&gt;
should obtain the following publications from the Graduate Office:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Preparation of Doctoral Dissertations&amp;quot; and&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Ph.D. Examination Procedures&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Transferring into CDS from Another Option ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students wishing to switch into CDS from another option must do so&lt;br /&gt;
before the end of their second year of residence at Caltech.  Students&lt;br /&gt;
must satisfy all option course requirements and must pass the&lt;br /&gt;
candidacy exam in order to be officially admitted into the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
Ph.D. program.  In addition, the student is expected to take the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
qualifying exam no later than the first year of study after&lt;br /&gt;
transferring into the CDS option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The procedure for switching into CDS is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The student should submit a written request to the Option Representative to consider admission into the CDS option.  Under normal circumstances, this request must be received no later than  the admissions deadline for incoming graduate students (December 15).&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The Admissions Committee will consider applications for transfer using the same criteria as outside admission into the CDS program.  Transfer students will be notified of admission by the usual admissions response deadline (March 15). &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Transfer students who are admitted into CDS must accept or decline admission no later than the usual admissions deadline (April 15).  If admitted, the student may either transfer immediately or defer admission until the beginning of the academic year.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Financial aid for transfer students will be described in the letter of admission.  Aid is not usually available until the beginning of the next academic year.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The M.S. Program ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students will be admitted to the option who expect to pursue&lt;br /&gt;
the Ph.D. degree.  The master's degree may be awarded in exceptional&lt;br /&gt;
cases.  The awarding of this degree requires fulfilling the Institute&lt;br /&gt;
requirements for a master's degree, satisfying the engineering focus&lt;br /&gt;
requirements, and receiving a recommendation for awarding of the&lt;br /&gt;
degree from the counseling committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The M.S. program, unlike the Ph.D., is based primarily upon the&lt;br /&gt;
successful completion of coursework.  This coursework must include at&lt;br /&gt;
least 135 units in order to satisfy Institute requirements, with the&lt;br /&gt;
following core courses:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ACM/EE 116, CDS 140a, 201, 202 || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 36 units&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Additional Advanced Courses in CDS || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 36 units&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Engineering Electives (focus area) || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 27 units&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| General Electives || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 36 units&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The 36 units of general electives should include mathematics, science&lt;br /&gt;
and engineering subjects or research, but may be, with special&lt;br /&gt;
permission, humanities and social sciences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All M.S. students are required to submit candidacy forms to the&lt;br /&gt;
Institute for approval of the proposed course of study for the&lt;br /&gt;
M.S. degree.  The M.S. candidacy form must be submitted by midterm&lt;br /&gt;
(approximately mid-November) of the first term of the year when the&lt;br /&gt;
degree is expected.  These forms can be obtained at the Institute&lt;br /&gt;
Graduate Office.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Murray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Option_guidelines&amp;diff=162</id>
		<title>Option guidelines</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Option_guidelines&amp;diff=162"/>
		<updated>2011-07-18T01:38:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Murray: /* Procedures for Processing Necessary Forms */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{righttoc}}&lt;br /&gt;
This document describes the requirements for obtaining a degree in&lt;br /&gt;
Control and Dynamical Systems at Caltech.  It is intended to&lt;br /&gt;
complement the Caltech Catalog by giving additional information about&lt;br /&gt;
option regulations and standard procedures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three examinations which are required to obtain a Ph.D. in&lt;br /&gt;
CDS.  The first is the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Qualifying Exam&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, given in the first year&lt;br /&gt;
of study and intended to evaluate the student's expertise in&lt;br /&gt;
mathematics, control, and dynamical systems.  This exam is&lt;br /&gt;
administered at the beginning of the second term and may be retaken in&lt;br /&gt;
the third term of necessary.  The &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Candidacy Exam&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is given in the&lt;br /&gt;
second year and is used to evaluate a student's research abilities.&lt;br /&gt;
Upon passing this exam, the student is admitted to candidacy, the&lt;br /&gt;
first step in obtaining a PhD.  The final exam is the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Ph.D.&lt;br /&gt;
examination&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (or thesis defense) and is given after complication of&lt;br /&gt;
the Ph.D. dissertation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A rough outline of the typical schedule for the first two years of&lt;br /&gt;
study in CDS is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* Year One&lt;br /&gt;
** Complete CDS required courses (101, 102, 112, 140) + focus requirement&lt;br /&gt;
** Take and pass the CDS Qualifying Exam&lt;br /&gt;
** Find a research advisor&lt;br /&gt;
* Year Two&lt;br /&gt;
** Complete additional coursework in CDS (45 units total)&lt;br /&gt;
** Take and pass the CDS Candidacy Exam&lt;br /&gt;
** Advance to Candidacy for the Ph.D.&lt;br /&gt;
Note that most students will begin doing research in the summer of&lt;br /&gt;
their first year in residency, in preparation for the Candidacy Exam.&lt;br /&gt;
It is therefore essential that students find a research advisor no&lt;br /&gt;
later than the end of third term and select an initial research&lt;br /&gt;
project to form the basis of the Candidacy Exam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The remainder of this document contains detailed descriptions of the&lt;br /&gt;
requirements and procedures for completing the Ph.D. program in CDS.&lt;br /&gt;
If you have any questions, you should consult your advisor or the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
Option Representative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Ph.D. Program ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Aims and Scope ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Control and Dynamical Systems (CDS) option is open to students&lt;br /&gt;
with an undergraduate degree in engineering, mathematics, or&lt;br /&gt;
science. The qualifications of each applicant will be considered&lt;br /&gt;
individually, and, after being enrolled, the student will arrange his&lt;br /&gt;
or her program in consultation with a member of the faculty. In some&lt;br /&gt;
cases the student may be required to make up undergraduate&lt;br /&gt;
deficiencies in engineering science courses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The CDS option emphasizes the interdisciplinary nature of modern&lt;br /&gt;
theory of dynamical systems and control. The curriculum is designed to&lt;br /&gt;
promote a broad knowledge of mathematical and experimental techniques&lt;br /&gt;
in dynamical systems theory and control. In addition to taking courses&lt;br /&gt;
in the CDS option, students must select a focus area (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Coursework ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon admission each student will be assigned an adviser in the option&lt;br /&gt;
and a committee of three members, chaired by the adviser, which will&lt;br /&gt;
approve the initial course of study by the student. Each prospective&lt;br /&gt;
Ph.D. student will meet with their advisor to evaluate the student's&lt;br /&gt;
background, relative to that expected at the Ph.D. level, in the areas&lt;br /&gt;
of mathematics, control, and dynamical systems.  The chief intention&lt;br /&gt;
of these consultations is to set up a course program for the first&lt;br /&gt;
year of study.  The adviser will be replaced by a research adviser&lt;br /&gt;
when the direction of specialization is determined, not later than the&lt;br /&gt;
beginning of the second year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following course requirements must be satisfied in order to obtain&lt;br /&gt;
a Ph.D.  in Control and Dynamical Systems:&lt;br /&gt;
* Complete the following required courses: AM/EE 116, CDS 140, CDS 201, CDS 202;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Complete the focus requirement, consisting of at least 27 units in a particular area outside of CDS. Courses taken to satisfy the focus must represent a coherent program of advanced study in the chosen area. Possible areas include computer science, fluid mechanics, robotics, networking, biology, economics, information theory, circuit theory or other similar areas.  The program of study must be approved by the option representative on behalf of the CDS faculty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Complete an additional 45 units in CDS or other advanced courses in dynamical systems and/or mathematics;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The student's counseling committee committee will be the judge of the completion of&lt;br /&gt;
the focus requirement, necessary before the candidacy examination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Oral Qualifying Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each student is required to take a subject oral qualifying examination&lt;br /&gt;
at the beginning of the second quarter in residence, the purpose of&lt;br /&gt;
which is to examine expertise in mathematics, control, and dynamical&lt;br /&gt;
systems.  The exam covers the material taught in the first term of CDS&lt;br /&gt;
classes (typically ACM/EE 116, CDS 201 and CDS 110a/212).  Students may&lt;br /&gt;
petition the faculty to replace one of these areas with an outside&lt;br /&gt;
area.  Petitions are due no later than the last day of classes of the&lt;br /&gt;
term preceding the exam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three types of decisions will be possible: ''pass'', ''conditional pass'', ''fail''.  A student with a ''pass'' or ''conditional pass'' is permitted to begin his or her Ph.D. research.  However, a student with a ''conditional pass'' will usually be required to satisfy some additional requirements, such as successful completion of specified coursework.  Students who fail the oral subject exam may be permitted to repeat the exam (or part of the exam)&lt;br /&gt;
once in the spring term, but this will occur only upon recommendation of the examination committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The format of the oral qualifying exam is described in the [[#CDS Qualifying Exam Procedures|qualifying exam section]] below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Research Advisor ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once students have passed the candidacy exam, they should begin to identify potential advisors for their research.  CDS students are encouraged to talk with faculty across Caltech who are working in areas of research related to their interests.  Students are responsible for finding a faculty member who agrees to supervise their research no later than the end of third term of the first year.  If a student is not able to identify a faculty member who is able to serve as they research advisor, he or she should contact the CDS option representative as soon as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Candidacy Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to admission to candidacy for the Ph.D. degree, a student is&lt;br /&gt;
required to pass the candidacy examination.  This exam consists of two&lt;br /&gt;
parts: a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;research progress report&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; and an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;oral examination&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
based primarily upon the content of the report.  A student who fails&lt;br /&gt;
to pass the candidacy exam according to the timetable and procedures&lt;br /&gt;
described below will &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;not&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; be permitted to register in any&lt;br /&gt;
subsequent terms, except for the purpose of completing work toward the&lt;br /&gt;
M.S. degree, and then only with the permission of the option&lt;br /&gt;
representative and the research advisor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The research progress report required for admission to candidacy should&lt;br /&gt;
be submitted to the faculty before the end of the second term of&lt;br /&gt;
the second year in residence.  The report is to be based upon the&lt;br /&gt;
Ph.D. research project and is expected to exhibit a professional&lt;br /&gt;
quality of exposition.  As a guide, the report should outline the&lt;br /&gt;
research problem, the progress of the student at the time of writing,&lt;br /&gt;
and the areas proposed for future study.  It is also important that&lt;br /&gt;
the report provide clear evidence of the student's understanding of&lt;br /&gt;
the motivation for the research problem and its relevance to the&lt;br /&gt;
general research area, as well as an appreciation of relevant&lt;br /&gt;
techniques and methodology.  The student should strive for a precise&lt;br /&gt;
and concise format.  Normally, the text itself should not exceed 20&lt;br /&gt;
pages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The research progress report will be approved based upon the&lt;br /&gt;
recommendation of an oral examination committee; the committee will&lt;br /&gt;
consist of no less than three faculty members, including the research&lt;br /&gt;
advisor and at least one additional member of the CDS faculty.  The&lt;br /&gt;
choice of the oral exam committee will be made by the student and his&lt;br /&gt;
or her research advisor, and must be approved by the Option&lt;br /&gt;
Representative.  It is the responsibility of the student to obtain&lt;br /&gt;
approval from each proposed committee member for the time and date of&lt;br /&gt;
the oral exam.  The list of the recommended exam committee members&lt;br /&gt;
must be submitted at the same time as the research progress report,&lt;br /&gt;
and the exam is normally scheduled within one month of submitting the&lt;br /&gt;
report.  The exam committee may require revision of the report, and&lt;br /&gt;
possibly a reexamination.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See the [[#Procedures for Advancement to Candidacy|candidacy proceedures section]] below for more details on the procedure for&lt;br /&gt;
advancement to candidacy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Appointment of Thesis Review Committee ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a student passes the second-year candidacy exam, a faculty&lt;br /&gt;
committee known as the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;thesis review committee&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; should be&lt;br /&gt;
established to review periodically the student's progress.  This&lt;br /&gt;
committee will serve not only as overseers of research progress during&lt;br /&gt;
the student's Ph.D. residency, but will also contribute to the&lt;br /&gt;
intellectual development of the student through sustained interaction.&lt;br /&gt;
Each student should endeavor to form the committee as soon as possible&lt;br /&gt;
after passing the candidacy exam, but no later than one month prior to&lt;br /&gt;
the beginning of the third year in residence.  This committee should&lt;br /&gt;
meet with the student before fall registration each year, either as a&lt;br /&gt;
group or individually, to review progress, suggest improvements in&lt;br /&gt;
research etc.  It is the students responsibility to organize this committee and seek its periodic input.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Final Thesis and Oral Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a final step in the Ph.D. program, the student is required to&lt;br /&gt;
submit a satisfactory thesis and pass a final oral examination.  This&lt;br /&gt;
exam will be preceded by a seminar which will be open to the general&lt;br /&gt;
public.  The [[#Ph.D. Examination Procedures|PhD procedures section]] below describes the procedures in&lt;br /&gt;
detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CDS Qualifying Exam Procedures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Format and Content of the Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each student is required to take a subject oral qualifying examination&lt;br /&gt;
at the beginning of the second quarter in residence, the purpose of&lt;br /&gt;
which is to examine expertise in mathematics, control and dynamical&lt;br /&gt;
systems.  The exam covers the material taught in the first term of CDS&lt;br /&gt;
classes (typically ACM/EE 116, CDS 201 and CDS 110/212).  Students may&lt;br /&gt;
petition the faculty to replace one of these areas with an outside&lt;br /&gt;
area.  Petitions are due no later than the last day of classes of the&lt;br /&gt;
term preceding the exam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two and one-half (2-1/2) hours are allotted to the exam.  During the&lt;br /&gt;
first 90 minutes you will be given a written copy of the exam&lt;br /&gt;
questions, and will have the opportunity to prepare your answers;&lt;br /&gt;
during the second 60 minutes you will answer the questions orally at&lt;br /&gt;
the direction of the committee.  While preparing your answers, you are&lt;br /&gt;
not allowed to consult references of any kind.  All information that&lt;br /&gt;
we do not expect you to know (or be able to derive) will be supplied&lt;br /&gt;
as part of the question.  You should strive to present your answers in&lt;br /&gt;
a concise and incisive manner.  Due to scheduling, we will not be able&lt;br /&gt;
to extend the answer period beyond 60 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To determine potential subject matter, you should feel free to discuss&lt;br /&gt;
relevant references, etc. with members of the faculty; however, do not&lt;br /&gt;
expect the questions to be derived from any specific reference.  Also,&lt;br /&gt;
do not expect (or ask for) information about the nature or topics of&lt;br /&gt;
the questions themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exam Scheduling ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Qualifying Exam will take place at the beginning of the second&lt;br /&gt;
term in residence.  All first-year CDS students will receive a&lt;br /&gt;
scheduling form at the end of first term, which must be filled out and&lt;br /&gt;
returned to the Option Administrator no later than the end of first term&lt;br /&gt;
(i.e., the last day of finals).  Petitions to replace one of the&lt;br /&gt;
standard subject areas with an outside subject area must be submitted&lt;br /&gt;
no later than the last day of classes of first term.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The schedule for exams will be available by the beginning of the first week&lt;br /&gt;
of classes in second term, and exams will normally be scheduled at the end of the first week or&lt;br /&gt;
beginning of the second week of the term.  The results of the exam&lt;br /&gt;
will be announced after all students have completed of the exam.  Upon&lt;br /&gt;
recommendation of the examining committee, students who fail the exam&lt;br /&gt;
will be given one additional opportunity to take the exam, typically&lt;br /&gt;
at the beginning of spring term.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Procedures for Advancement to Candidacy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Requirements for Candidacy ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be recommended for candidacy for the doctorate degree, the&lt;br /&gt;
applicant, in addition to demonstrating understanding and knowledge of&lt;br /&gt;
fundamentals at the first-year Qualifying Examination, must give&lt;br /&gt;
satisfactory evidence of ability to carry out research in his or her&lt;br /&gt;
primary field of interest.  Hence, the applicant must submit and have&lt;br /&gt;
approved a written Research Progress Report.  In most cases, approval&lt;br /&gt;
of the written report will be based on a satisfactory oral defense of&lt;br /&gt;
its contents.  CDS students are expected to take and complete the Candidacy Examination by the end of their second academic year at Caltech.&lt;br /&gt;
A student who fails to satisfy the requirements of the&lt;br /&gt;
Division for candidacy by the end of the third term of the third year&lt;br /&gt;
in residence at the California Institute of Technology will not be&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to register in a subsequent academic year except by special&lt;br /&gt;
permission of the Division.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Procedures for scheduling and taking the exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Select a tentative date (determined by the candidate and his or&lt;br /&gt;
her research advisor) and an examining committee of at least three&lt;br /&gt;
members.  Check with the CDS Option Adminstrator to avoid time/place conflicts.&lt;br /&gt;
Then check with members of your committee to see that the date is&lt;br /&gt;
satisfactory.  The committee must consist of at least two CDS faculty&lt;br /&gt;
members and must be approved by the Option Representative before the&lt;br /&gt;
exam is scheduled.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Obtain a ''Candidacy Form for the Degree of Doctor of&lt;br /&gt;
Philosophy'' from the CDS option administrator.  Enter your name, major, and minor&lt;br /&gt;
(if you choose to have one) at the top of the Candidacy Form.  If you&lt;br /&gt;
choose to pursue a minor, fill in Section II6; if you do not pursue a&lt;br /&gt;
minor, fill in Section II5 with the courses taken outside of CDS (see&lt;br /&gt;
below).  Get proper approval signatures and return the form to the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
Secretary.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Prepare four copies of your Research Progress Report and deliver a&lt;br /&gt;
copy to each of your committee members no later than {\em two weeks} prior&lt;br /&gt;
to your examination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This report should describe concisely the present state-of-the-art of&lt;br /&gt;
your research topic, your progress to date, your proposed research,&lt;br /&gt;
and the nature of the contribution which you expect to make in the&lt;br /&gt;
general problem area.  All of this should not exceed {\em twenty pages,&lt;br /&gt;
double-spaced and typed}.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;When the Research Progress Report is satisfactory, the members&lt;br /&gt;
of the examining committee will sign the Candidacy Form.  All forms&lt;br /&gt;
should be returned to the CDS option administrator &lt;br /&gt;
after the examination.  You must fill out information in&lt;br /&gt;
Section II, and take it to the Registrar's Office for signature, and&lt;br /&gt;
then to the Option Representative for completion of Section V.  Then&lt;br /&gt;
obtain the Division Chair's signature and take the form to the&lt;br /&gt;
Graduate Office for your file there.  You will be notified later by&lt;br /&gt;
the Dean of Graduate Studies that you have been admitted to Candidacy&lt;br /&gt;
for the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ph.D. Examination Procedures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final Ph.D. exam will consist of a defense of the candidate's&lt;br /&gt;
thesis research.  In addition to the formal exam, each candidate is&lt;br /&gt;
required to present a seminar (open to the public) on his or her work;&lt;br /&gt;
this seminar will be scheduled in the Caltech Calendar as a regular&lt;br /&gt;
CDS Seminar.  The exam and seminar must be held at least two weeks&lt;br /&gt;
before the degree is conferred.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Procedures for Processing Necessary Forms ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;At least ''three weeks'' prior to the exam date, obtain the&lt;br /&gt;
following forms from the Graduate Office:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Petition for Exam&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Application for Approval of Thesis&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The date of the Ph.D.  exam and the committee members will be&lt;br /&gt;
determined by you and your research advisor and must be approved by&lt;br /&gt;
the Option Representative.  Check with members of your committee for&lt;br /&gt;
agreement on the date and time of the exam.  Once a definite date and&lt;br /&gt;
committee are set, the CDS Secretary will send a confirming memo to&lt;br /&gt;
the committee members.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Fill out and sign the top portion of the ''Application for Approval of Thesis''.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Complete the first page of the ''Petition for Exam''; have the&lt;br /&gt;
Registrar complete and sign Part I of page 2.  Complete Part II of&lt;br /&gt;
page 2, obtain the Divisional Chair's signature, and deliver the&lt;br /&gt;
form to the Graduate Office.  The Petition will remain there until&lt;br /&gt;
just before your exam when you should return it to the CDS option administrator.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Procedures for Submitting the Ph.D. Thesis ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;''At least two weeks prior to your exam'', supply each member (four are&lt;br /&gt;
needed, one of whom can be a qualified Ph.D. from off-campus) of your&lt;br /&gt;
committee with a copy of your thesis.  The Petition and Approval of&lt;br /&gt;
Thesis forms will not be signed at the time of the exam unless the&lt;br /&gt;
thesis requires no changes.  If corrections or revisions are required,&lt;br /&gt;
it is your responsibility to:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;make the necessary corrections or revisions;&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;submit the revised thesis to members of your examining committee; and&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;secure committee signatures on the Petition of Approval of&lt;br /&gt;
  Thesis forms after the acceptance of the corrections or revisions.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Submit one copy of your thesis to the Graduate Office for&lt;br /&gt;
proofreading.  This should be done at the same time the thesis is&lt;br /&gt;
submitted to your committee members.  (If corrections or revisions are&lt;br /&gt;
required, the thesis must be proofread a second time.)  You will be&lt;br /&gt;
notified as soon as the proofreading is complete (usually a couple of&lt;br /&gt;
days).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;After the exam is passed in all respects and the committee has signed&lt;br /&gt;
both the Petition and Approval of Thesis forms, obtain the signature&lt;br /&gt;
of the Option Representative of your subject minor, if appropriate,&lt;br /&gt;
and return the form to the Graduate Office.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Submit ''two corrected copies'' of the thesis to the Graduate&lt;br /&gt;
Office: one copy must be on Perma-Life or Old Council Tree bond paper,&lt;br /&gt;
reproduced from the original; the other copy may be regular Xerox&lt;br /&gt;
paper (see Graphic Arts for further information).  Submit these copies&lt;br /&gt;
in a brown envelope labeled as follows: your name, Ph.D.; Control and&lt;br /&gt;
Dynamical Systems; year.  Also submit two extra title pages and two&lt;br /&gt;
extra abstracts.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assist you in preparing for your final Ph.D. Examination, you&lt;br /&gt;
should obtain the following publications from the Graduate Office:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Preparation of Doctoral Dissertations&amp;quot; and&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Ph.D. Examination Procedures&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Transferring into CDS from Another Option ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students wishing to switch into CDS from another option must do so&lt;br /&gt;
before the end of their second year of residence at Caltech.  Students&lt;br /&gt;
must satisfy all option course requirements and must pass the&lt;br /&gt;
candidacy exam in order to be officially admitted into the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
Ph.D. program.  In addition, the student is expected to take the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
qualifying exam no later than the first year of study after&lt;br /&gt;
transferring into the CDS option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The procedure for switching into CDS is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The student should submit a written request to the Option Representative to consider admission into the CDS option.  Under normal circumstances, this request must be received no later than  the admissions deadline for incoming graduate students (December 15).&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The Admissions Committee will consider applications for transfer using the same criteria as outside admission into the CDS program.  Transfer students will be notified of admission by the usual admissions response deadline (March 15). &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Transfer students who are admitted into CDS must accept or decline admission no later than the usual admissions deadline (April 15).  If admitted, the student may either transfer immediately or defer admission until the beginning of the academic year.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Financial aid for transfer students will be described in the letter of admission.  Aid is not usually available until the beginning of the next academic year.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The M.S. Program ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students will be admitted to the option who expect to pursue&lt;br /&gt;
the Ph.D. degree.  The master's degree may be awarded in exceptional&lt;br /&gt;
cases.  The awarding of this degree requires fulfilling the Institute&lt;br /&gt;
requirements for a master's degree, satisfying the engineering focus&lt;br /&gt;
requirements, and receiving a recommendation for awarding of the&lt;br /&gt;
degree from the counseling committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The M.S. program, unlike the Ph.D., is based primarily upon the&lt;br /&gt;
successful completion of coursework.  This coursework must include at&lt;br /&gt;
least 135 units in order to satisfy Institute requirements, with the&lt;br /&gt;
following core courses:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ACM/EE 116, CDS 140a, 201, 202 || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 36 units&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Additional Advanced Courses in CDS || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 36 units&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Engineering Electives (focus area) || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 27 units&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| General Electives || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 36 units&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The 36 units of general electives should include mathematics, science&lt;br /&gt;
and engineering subjects or research, but may be, with special&lt;br /&gt;
permission, humanities and social sciences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All M.S. students are required to submit candidacy forms to the&lt;br /&gt;
Institute for approval of the proposed course of study for the&lt;br /&gt;
M.S. degree.  The M.S. candidacy form must be submitted by midterm&lt;br /&gt;
(approximately mid-November) of the first term of the year when the&lt;br /&gt;
degree is expected.  These forms can be obtained at the Institute&lt;br /&gt;
Graduate Office.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Murray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Option_guidelines&amp;diff=161</id>
		<title>Option guidelines</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Option_guidelines&amp;diff=161"/>
		<updated>2011-07-18T01:38:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Murray: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{righttoc}}&lt;br /&gt;
This document describes the requirements for obtaining a degree in&lt;br /&gt;
Control and Dynamical Systems at Caltech.  It is intended to&lt;br /&gt;
complement the Caltech Catalog by giving additional information about&lt;br /&gt;
option regulations and standard procedures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three examinations which are required to obtain a Ph.D. in&lt;br /&gt;
CDS.  The first is the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Qualifying Exam&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, given in the first year&lt;br /&gt;
of study and intended to evaluate the student's expertise in&lt;br /&gt;
mathematics, control, and dynamical systems.  This exam is&lt;br /&gt;
administered at the beginning of the second term and may be retaken in&lt;br /&gt;
the third term of necessary.  The &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Candidacy Exam&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is given in the&lt;br /&gt;
second year and is used to evaluate a student's research abilities.&lt;br /&gt;
Upon passing this exam, the student is admitted to candidacy, the&lt;br /&gt;
first step in obtaining a PhD.  The final exam is the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Ph.D.&lt;br /&gt;
examination&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (or thesis defense) and is given after complication of&lt;br /&gt;
the Ph.D. dissertation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A rough outline of the typical schedule for the first two years of&lt;br /&gt;
study in CDS is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* Year One&lt;br /&gt;
** Complete CDS required courses (101, 102, 112, 140) + focus requirement&lt;br /&gt;
** Take and pass the CDS Qualifying Exam&lt;br /&gt;
** Find a research advisor&lt;br /&gt;
* Year Two&lt;br /&gt;
** Complete additional coursework in CDS (45 units total)&lt;br /&gt;
** Take and pass the CDS Candidacy Exam&lt;br /&gt;
** Advance to Candidacy for the Ph.D.&lt;br /&gt;
Note that most students will begin doing research in the summer of&lt;br /&gt;
their first year in residency, in preparation for the Candidacy Exam.&lt;br /&gt;
It is therefore essential that students find a research advisor no&lt;br /&gt;
later than the end of third term and select an initial research&lt;br /&gt;
project to form the basis of the Candidacy Exam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The remainder of this document contains detailed descriptions of the&lt;br /&gt;
requirements and procedures for completing the Ph.D. program in CDS.&lt;br /&gt;
If you have any questions, you should consult your advisor or the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
Option Representative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Ph.D. Program ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Aims and Scope ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Control and Dynamical Systems (CDS) option is open to students&lt;br /&gt;
with an undergraduate degree in engineering, mathematics, or&lt;br /&gt;
science. The qualifications of each applicant will be considered&lt;br /&gt;
individually, and, after being enrolled, the student will arrange his&lt;br /&gt;
or her program in consultation with a member of the faculty. In some&lt;br /&gt;
cases the student may be required to make up undergraduate&lt;br /&gt;
deficiencies in engineering science courses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The CDS option emphasizes the interdisciplinary nature of modern&lt;br /&gt;
theory of dynamical systems and control. The curriculum is designed to&lt;br /&gt;
promote a broad knowledge of mathematical and experimental techniques&lt;br /&gt;
in dynamical systems theory and control. In addition to taking courses&lt;br /&gt;
in the CDS option, students must select a focus area (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Coursework ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon admission each student will be assigned an adviser in the option&lt;br /&gt;
and a committee of three members, chaired by the adviser, which will&lt;br /&gt;
approve the initial course of study by the student. Each prospective&lt;br /&gt;
Ph.D. student will meet with their advisor to evaluate the student's&lt;br /&gt;
background, relative to that expected at the Ph.D. level, in the areas&lt;br /&gt;
of mathematics, control, and dynamical systems.  The chief intention&lt;br /&gt;
of these consultations is to set up a course program for the first&lt;br /&gt;
year of study.  The adviser will be replaced by a research adviser&lt;br /&gt;
when the direction of specialization is determined, not later than the&lt;br /&gt;
beginning of the second year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following course requirements must be satisfied in order to obtain&lt;br /&gt;
a Ph.D.  in Control and Dynamical Systems:&lt;br /&gt;
* Complete the following required courses: AM/EE 116, CDS 140, CDS 201, CDS 202;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Complete the focus requirement, consisting of at least 27 units in a particular area outside of CDS. Courses taken to satisfy the focus must represent a coherent program of advanced study in the chosen area. Possible areas include computer science, fluid mechanics, robotics, networking, biology, economics, information theory, circuit theory or other similar areas.  The program of study must be approved by the option representative on behalf of the CDS faculty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Complete an additional 45 units in CDS or other advanced courses in dynamical systems and/or mathematics;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The student's counseling committee committee will be the judge of the completion of&lt;br /&gt;
the focus requirement, necessary before the candidacy examination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Oral Qualifying Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each student is required to take a subject oral qualifying examination&lt;br /&gt;
at the beginning of the second quarter in residence, the purpose of&lt;br /&gt;
which is to examine expertise in mathematics, control, and dynamical&lt;br /&gt;
systems.  The exam covers the material taught in the first term of CDS&lt;br /&gt;
classes (typically ACM/EE 116, CDS 201 and CDS 110a/212).  Students may&lt;br /&gt;
petition the faculty to replace one of these areas with an outside&lt;br /&gt;
area.  Petitions are due no later than the last day of classes of the&lt;br /&gt;
term preceding the exam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three types of decisions will be possible: ''pass'', ''conditional pass'', ''fail''.  A student with a ''pass'' or ''conditional pass'' is permitted to begin his or her Ph.D. research.  However, a student with a ''conditional pass'' will usually be required to satisfy some additional requirements, such as successful completion of specified coursework.  Students who fail the oral subject exam may be permitted to repeat the exam (or part of the exam)&lt;br /&gt;
once in the spring term, but this will occur only upon recommendation of the examination committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The format of the oral qualifying exam is described in the [[#CDS Qualifying Exam Procedures|qualifying exam section]] below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Research Advisor ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once students have passed the candidacy exam, they should begin to identify potential advisors for their research.  CDS students are encouraged to talk with faculty across Caltech who are working in areas of research related to their interests.  Students are responsible for finding a faculty member who agrees to supervise their research no later than the end of third term of the first year.  If a student is not able to identify a faculty member who is able to serve as they research advisor, he or she should contact the CDS option representative as soon as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Candidacy Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to admission to candidacy for the Ph.D. degree, a student is&lt;br /&gt;
required to pass the candidacy examination.  This exam consists of two&lt;br /&gt;
parts: a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;research progress report&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; and an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;oral examination&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
based primarily upon the content of the report.  A student who fails&lt;br /&gt;
to pass the candidacy exam according to the timetable and procedures&lt;br /&gt;
described below will &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;not&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; be permitted to register in any&lt;br /&gt;
subsequent terms, except for the purpose of completing work toward the&lt;br /&gt;
M.S. degree, and then only with the permission of the option&lt;br /&gt;
representative and the research advisor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The research progress report required for admission to candidacy should&lt;br /&gt;
be submitted to the faculty before the end of the second term of&lt;br /&gt;
the second year in residence.  The report is to be based upon the&lt;br /&gt;
Ph.D. research project and is expected to exhibit a professional&lt;br /&gt;
quality of exposition.  As a guide, the report should outline the&lt;br /&gt;
research problem, the progress of the student at the time of writing,&lt;br /&gt;
and the areas proposed for future study.  It is also important that&lt;br /&gt;
the report provide clear evidence of the student's understanding of&lt;br /&gt;
the motivation for the research problem and its relevance to the&lt;br /&gt;
general research area, as well as an appreciation of relevant&lt;br /&gt;
techniques and methodology.  The student should strive for a precise&lt;br /&gt;
and concise format.  Normally, the text itself should not exceed 20&lt;br /&gt;
pages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The research progress report will be approved based upon the&lt;br /&gt;
recommendation of an oral examination committee; the committee will&lt;br /&gt;
consist of no less than three faculty members, including the research&lt;br /&gt;
advisor and at least one additional member of the CDS faculty.  The&lt;br /&gt;
choice of the oral exam committee will be made by the student and his&lt;br /&gt;
or her research advisor, and must be approved by the Option&lt;br /&gt;
Representative.  It is the responsibility of the student to obtain&lt;br /&gt;
approval from each proposed committee member for the time and date of&lt;br /&gt;
the oral exam.  The list of the recommended exam committee members&lt;br /&gt;
must be submitted at the same time as the research progress report,&lt;br /&gt;
and the exam is normally scheduled within one month of submitting the&lt;br /&gt;
report.  The exam committee may require revision of the report, and&lt;br /&gt;
possibly a reexamination.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See the [[#Procedures for Advancement to Candidacy|candidacy proceedures section]] below for more details on the procedure for&lt;br /&gt;
advancement to candidacy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Appointment of Thesis Review Committee ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a student passes the second-year candidacy exam, a faculty&lt;br /&gt;
committee known as the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;thesis review committee&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; should be&lt;br /&gt;
established to review periodically the student's progress.  This&lt;br /&gt;
committee will serve not only as overseers of research progress during&lt;br /&gt;
the student's Ph.D. residency, but will also contribute to the&lt;br /&gt;
intellectual development of the student through sustained interaction.&lt;br /&gt;
Each student should endeavor to form the committee as soon as possible&lt;br /&gt;
after passing the candidacy exam, but no later than one month prior to&lt;br /&gt;
the beginning of the third year in residence.  This committee should&lt;br /&gt;
meet with the student before fall registration each year, either as a&lt;br /&gt;
group or individually, to review progress, suggest improvements in&lt;br /&gt;
research etc.  It is the students responsibility to organize this committee and seek its periodic input.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Final Thesis and Oral Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a final step in the Ph.D. program, the student is required to&lt;br /&gt;
submit a satisfactory thesis and pass a final oral examination.  This&lt;br /&gt;
exam will be preceded by a seminar which will be open to the general&lt;br /&gt;
public.  The [[#Ph.D. Examination Procedures|PhD procedures section]] below describes the procedures in&lt;br /&gt;
detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CDS Qualifying Exam Procedures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Format and Content of the Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each student is required to take a subject oral qualifying examination&lt;br /&gt;
at the beginning of the second quarter in residence, the purpose of&lt;br /&gt;
which is to examine expertise in mathematics, control and dynamical&lt;br /&gt;
systems.  The exam covers the material taught in the first term of CDS&lt;br /&gt;
classes (typically ACM/EE 116, CDS 201 and CDS 110/212).  Students may&lt;br /&gt;
petition the faculty to replace one of these areas with an outside&lt;br /&gt;
area.  Petitions are due no later than the last day of classes of the&lt;br /&gt;
term preceding the exam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two and one-half (2-1/2) hours are allotted to the exam.  During the&lt;br /&gt;
first 90 minutes you will be given a written copy of the exam&lt;br /&gt;
questions, and will have the opportunity to prepare your answers;&lt;br /&gt;
during the second 60 minutes you will answer the questions orally at&lt;br /&gt;
the direction of the committee.  While preparing your answers, you are&lt;br /&gt;
not allowed to consult references of any kind.  All information that&lt;br /&gt;
we do not expect you to know (or be able to derive) will be supplied&lt;br /&gt;
as part of the question.  You should strive to present your answers in&lt;br /&gt;
a concise and incisive manner.  Due to scheduling, we will not be able&lt;br /&gt;
to extend the answer period beyond 60 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To determine potential subject matter, you should feel free to discuss&lt;br /&gt;
relevant references, etc. with members of the faculty; however, do not&lt;br /&gt;
expect the questions to be derived from any specific reference.  Also,&lt;br /&gt;
do not expect (or ask for) information about the nature or topics of&lt;br /&gt;
the questions themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exam Scheduling ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Qualifying Exam will take place at the beginning of the second&lt;br /&gt;
term in residence.  All first-year CDS students will receive a&lt;br /&gt;
scheduling form at the end of first term, which must be filled out and&lt;br /&gt;
returned to the Option Administrator no later than the end of first term&lt;br /&gt;
(i.e., the last day of finals).  Petitions to replace one of the&lt;br /&gt;
standard subject areas with an outside subject area must be submitted&lt;br /&gt;
no later than the last day of classes of first term.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The schedule for exams will be available by the beginning of the first week&lt;br /&gt;
of classes in second term, and exams will normally be scheduled at the end of the first week or&lt;br /&gt;
beginning of the second week of the term.  The results of the exam&lt;br /&gt;
will be announced after all students have completed of the exam.  Upon&lt;br /&gt;
recommendation of the examining committee, students who fail the exam&lt;br /&gt;
will be given one additional opportunity to take the exam, typically&lt;br /&gt;
at the beginning of spring term.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Procedures for Advancement to Candidacy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Requirements for Candidacy ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be recommended for candidacy for the doctorate degree, the&lt;br /&gt;
applicant, in addition to demonstrating understanding and knowledge of&lt;br /&gt;
fundamentals at the first-year Qualifying Examination, must give&lt;br /&gt;
satisfactory evidence of ability to carry out research in his or her&lt;br /&gt;
primary field of interest.  Hence, the applicant must submit and have&lt;br /&gt;
approved a written Research Progress Report.  In most cases, approval&lt;br /&gt;
of the written report will be based on a satisfactory oral defense of&lt;br /&gt;
its contents.  CDS students are expected to take and complete the Candidacy Examination by the end of their second academic year at Caltech.&lt;br /&gt;
A student who fails to satisfy the requirements of the&lt;br /&gt;
Division for candidacy by the end of the third term of the third year&lt;br /&gt;
in residence at the California Institute of Technology will not be&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to register in a subsequent academic year except by special&lt;br /&gt;
permission of the Division.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Procedures for scheduling and taking the exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Select a tentative date (determined by the candidate and his or&lt;br /&gt;
her research advisor) and an examining committee of at least three&lt;br /&gt;
members.  Check with the CDS Option Adminstrator to avoid time/place conflicts.&lt;br /&gt;
Then check with members of your committee to see that the date is&lt;br /&gt;
satisfactory.  The committee must consist of at least two CDS faculty&lt;br /&gt;
members and must be approved by the Option Representative before the&lt;br /&gt;
exam is scheduled.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Obtain a ''Candidacy Form for the Degree of Doctor of&lt;br /&gt;
Philosophy'' from the CDS option administrator.  Enter your name, major, and minor&lt;br /&gt;
(if you choose to have one) at the top of the Candidacy Form.  If you&lt;br /&gt;
choose to pursue a minor, fill in Section II6; if you do not pursue a&lt;br /&gt;
minor, fill in Section II5 with the courses taken outside of CDS (see&lt;br /&gt;
below).  Get proper approval signatures and return the form to the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
Secretary.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Prepare four copies of your Research Progress Report and deliver a&lt;br /&gt;
copy to each of your committee members no later than {\em two weeks} prior&lt;br /&gt;
to your examination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This report should describe concisely the present state-of-the-art of&lt;br /&gt;
your research topic, your progress to date, your proposed research,&lt;br /&gt;
and the nature of the contribution which you expect to make in the&lt;br /&gt;
general problem area.  All of this should not exceed {\em twenty pages,&lt;br /&gt;
double-spaced and typed}.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;When the Research Progress Report is satisfactory, the members&lt;br /&gt;
of the examining committee will sign the Candidacy Form.  All forms&lt;br /&gt;
should be returned to the CDS option administrator &lt;br /&gt;
after the examination.  You must fill out information in&lt;br /&gt;
Section II, and take it to the Registrar's Office for signature, and&lt;br /&gt;
then to the Option Representative for completion of Section V.  Then&lt;br /&gt;
obtain the Division Chair's signature and take the form to the&lt;br /&gt;
Graduate Office for your file there.  You will be notified later by&lt;br /&gt;
the Dean of Graduate Studies that you have been admitted to Candidacy&lt;br /&gt;
for the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ph.D. Examination Procedures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final Ph.D. exam will consist of a defense of the candidate's&lt;br /&gt;
thesis research.  In addition to the formal exam, each candidate is&lt;br /&gt;
required to present a seminar (open to the public) on his or her work;&lt;br /&gt;
this seminar will be scheduled in the Caltech Calendar as a regular&lt;br /&gt;
CDS Seminar.  The exam and seminar must be held at least two weeks&lt;br /&gt;
before the degree is conferred.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Procedures for Processing Necessary Forms ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;At least ''three weeks'' prior to the exam date, obtain the&lt;br /&gt;
following forms from the Graduate Office:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Petition for Exam&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Application for Approval of Thesis&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The date of the Ph.D.  exam and the committee members will be&lt;br /&gt;
determined by you and your research advisor and must be approved by&lt;br /&gt;
the Option Representative.  Check with members of your committee for&lt;br /&gt;
agreement on the date and time of the exam.  Once a definite date and&lt;br /&gt;
committee are set, the CDS Secretary will send a confirming memo to&lt;br /&gt;
the committee members.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Fill out and sign the top portion of the ''Application for Approval of Thesis''.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Complete the first page of the ''Petition for Exam''; have the&lt;br /&gt;
Registrar complete and sign Part I of page 2.  Complete Part II of&lt;br /&gt;
page 2, obtain the Divisional Chair's signature, and deliver the&lt;br /&gt;
form to the Graduate Office.  The Petition will remain there until&lt;br /&gt;
just before your exam when you should return it to the CDS option administrator.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Procedures for Submitting the Ph.D. Thesis ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;''At least two weeks prior to your exam'', supply each member (four are&lt;br /&gt;
needed, one of whom can be a qualified Ph.D. from off-campus) of your&lt;br /&gt;
committee with a copy of your thesis.  The Petition and Approval of&lt;br /&gt;
Thesis forms will not be signed at the time of the exam unless the&lt;br /&gt;
thesis requires no changes.  If corrections or revisions are required,&lt;br /&gt;
it is your responsibility to:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;make the necessary corrections or revisions;&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;submit the revised thesis to members of your examining committee; and&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;secure committee signatures on the Petition of Approval of&lt;br /&gt;
  Thesis forms after the acceptance of the corrections or revisions.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Submit one copy of your thesis to the Graduate Office for&lt;br /&gt;
proofreading.  This should be done at the same time the thesis is&lt;br /&gt;
submitted to your committee members.  (If corrections or revisions are&lt;br /&gt;
required, the thesis must be proofread a second time.)  You will be&lt;br /&gt;
notified as soon as the proofreading is complete (usually a couple of&lt;br /&gt;
days).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;After the exam is passed in all respects and the committee has signed&lt;br /&gt;
both the Petition and Approval of Thesis forms, obtain the signature&lt;br /&gt;
of the Option Representative of your subject minor, if appropriate,&lt;br /&gt;
and return the form to the Graduate Office.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Submit ''two corrected copies'' of the thesis to the Graduate&lt;br /&gt;
Office: one copy must be on Perma-Life or Old Council Tree bond paper,&lt;br /&gt;
reproduced from the original; the other copy may be regular Xerox&lt;br /&gt;
paper (see Graphic Arts for further information).  Submit these copies&lt;br /&gt;
in a brown envelope labeled as follows: your name, Ph.D.; Control and&lt;br /&gt;
Dynamical Systems; year.  Also submit two extra title pages and two&lt;br /&gt;
extra abstracts.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assist you in preparing for your final Ph.D. Examination, you&lt;br /&gt;
should obtain the following publications from the Graduate Office:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Preparation of Doctoral Dissertations&amp;quot; and&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Ph.D. Examination Procedures&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Transferring into CDS from Another Option ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students wishing to switch into CDS from another option must do so&lt;br /&gt;
before the end of their second year of residence at Caltech.  Students&lt;br /&gt;
must satisfy all option course requirements and must pass the&lt;br /&gt;
candidacy exam in order to be officially admitted into the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
Ph.D. program.  In addition, the student is expected to take the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
qualifying exam no later than the first year of study after&lt;br /&gt;
transferring into the CDS option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The procedure for switching into CDS is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The student should submit a written request to the Option Representative to consider admission into the CDS option.  Under normal circumstances, this request must be received no later than  the admissions deadline for incoming graduate students (December 15).&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The Admissions Committee will consider applications for transfer using the same criteria as outside admission into the CDS program.  Transfer students will be notified of admission by the usual admissions response deadline (March 15). &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Transfer students who are admitted into CDS must accept or decline admission no later than the usual admissions deadline (April 15).  If admitted, the student may either transfer immediately or defer admission until the beginning of the academic year.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Financial aid for transfer students will be described in the letter of admission.  Aid is not usually available until the beginning of the next academic year.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The M.S. Program ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students will be admitted to the option who expect to pursue&lt;br /&gt;
the Ph.D. degree.  The master's degree may be awarded in exceptional&lt;br /&gt;
cases.  The awarding of this degree requires fulfilling the Institute&lt;br /&gt;
requirements for a master's degree, satisfying the engineering focus&lt;br /&gt;
requirements, and receiving a recommendation for awarding of the&lt;br /&gt;
degree from the counseling committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The M.S. program, unlike the Ph.D., is based primarily upon the&lt;br /&gt;
successful completion of coursework.  This coursework must include at&lt;br /&gt;
least 135 units in order to satisfy Institute requirements, with the&lt;br /&gt;
following core courses:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ACM/EE 116, CDS 140a, 201, 202 || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 36 units&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Additional Advanced Courses in CDS || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 36 units&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Engineering Electives (focus area) || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 27 units&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| General Electives || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 36 units&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The 36 units of general electives should include mathematics, science&lt;br /&gt;
and engineering subjects or research, but may be, with special&lt;br /&gt;
permission, humanities and social sciences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All M.S. students are required to submit candidacy forms to the&lt;br /&gt;
Institute for approval of the proposed course of study for the&lt;br /&gt;
M.S. degree.  The M.S. candidacy form must be submitted by midterm&lt;br /&gt;
(approximately mid-November) of the first term of the year when the&lt;br /&gt;
degree is expected.  These forms can be obtained at the Institute&lt;br /&gt;
Graduate Office.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Murray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Option_guidelines&amp;diff=160</id>
		<title>Option guidelines</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Option_guidelines&amp;diff=160"/>
		<updated>2011-07-18T01:37:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Murray: /* The M.S. Program */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{righttoc}}&lt;br /&gt;
This document describes the requirements for obtaining a degree in&lt;br /&gt;
Control and Dynamical Systems at Caltech.  It is intended to&lt;br /&gt;
complement the Caltech Catalog by giving additional information about&lt;br /&gt;
option regulations and standard procedures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three examinations which are required to obtain a Ph.D. in&lt;br /&gt;
CDS.  The first is the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Qualifying Exam&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, given in the first year&lt;br /&gt;
of study and intended to evaluate the student's expertise in&lt;br /&gt;
mathematics, control, and dynamical systems.  This exam is&lt;br /&gt;
administered at the beginning of the second term and may be retaken in&lt;br /&gt;
the third term of necessary.  The &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Candidacy Exam&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is given in the&lt;br /&gt;
second year and is used to evaluate a student's research abilities.&lt;br /&gt;
Upon passing this exam, the student is admitted to candidacy, the&lt;br /&gt;
first step in obtaining a PhD.  The final exam is the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Ph.D.&lt;br /&gt;
examination&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (or thesis defense) and is given after complication of&lt;br /&gt;
the Ph.D. dissertation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A rough outline of the typical schedule for the first two years of&lt;br /&gt;
study in CDS is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* Year One&lt;br /&gt;
** Complete CDS required courses (101, 102, 112, 140) + focus requirement&lt;br /&gt;
** Take and pass the CDS Qualifying Exam&lt;br /&gt;
** Find a research advisor&lt;br /&gt;
* Year Two&lt;br /&gt;
** Complete additional coursework in CDS (45 units total) &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** Take and pass the CDS Candidacy Exam&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** Advance to Candidacy for the Ph.D.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note that most students will begin doing research in the summer of&lt;br /&gt;
their first year in residency, in preparation for the Candidacy Exam.&lt;br /&gt;
It is therefore essential that students find a research advisor no&lt;br /&gt;
later than the end of third term and select an initial research&lt;br /&gt;
project to form the basis of the Candidacy Exam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The remainder of this document contains detailed descriptions of the&lt;br /&gt;
requirements and procedures for completing the Ph.D. program in CDS.&lt;br /&gt;
If you have any questions, you should consult your advisor or the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
Option Representative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Ph.D. Program ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Aims and Scope ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Control and Dynamical Systems (CDS) option is open to students&lt;br /&gt;
with an undergraduate degree in engineering, mathematics, or&lt;br /&gt;
science. The qualifications of each applicant will be considered&lt;br /&gt;
individually, and, after being enrolled, the student will arrange his&lt;br /&gt;
or her program in consultation with a member of the faculty. In some&lt;br /&gt;
cases the student may be required to make up undergraduate&lt;br /&gt;
deficiencies in engineering science courses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The CDS option emphasizes the interdisciplinary nature of modern&lt;br /&gt;
theory of dynamical systems and control. The curriculum is designed to&lt;br /&gt;
promote a broad knowledge of mathematical and experimental techniques&lt;br /&gt;
in dynamical systems theory and control. In addition to taking courses&lt;br /&gt;
in the CDS option, students must select a focus area (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Coursework ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon admission each student will be assigned an adviser in the option&lt;br /&gt;
and a committee of three members, chaired by the adviser, which will&lt;br /&gt;
approve the initial course of study by the student. Each prospective&lt;br /&gt;
Ph.D. student will meet with their advisor to evaluate the student's&lt;br /&gt;
background, relative to that expected at the Ph.D. level, in the areas&lt;br /&gt;
of mathematics, control, and dynamical systems.  The chief intention&lt;br /&gt;
of these consultations is to set up a course program for the first&lt;br /&gt;
year of study.  The adviser will be replaced by a research adviser&lt;br /&gt;
when the direction of specialization is determined, not later than the&lt;br /&gt;
beginning of the second year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following course requirements must be satisfied in order to obtain&lt;br /&gt;
a Ph.D.  in Control and Dynamical Systems:&lt;br /&gt;
* Complete the following required courses: AM/EE 116, CDS 140, CDS 201, CDS 202;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Complete the focus requirement, consisting of at least 27 units in a particular area outside of CDS. Courses taken to satisfy the focus must represent a coherent program of advanced study in the chosen area. Possible areas include computer science, fluid mechanics, robotics, networking, biology, economics, information theory, circuit theory or other similar areas.  The program of study must be approved by the option representative on behalf of the CDS faculty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Complete an additional 45 units in CDS or other advanced courses in dynamical systems and/or mathematics;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The student's counseling committee committee will be the judge of the completion of&lt;br /&gt;
the focus requirement, necessary before the candidacy examination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Oral Qualifying Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each student is required to take a subject oral qualifying examination&lt;br /&gt;
at the beginning of the second quarter in residence, the purpose of&lt;br /&gt;
which is to examine expertise in mathematics, control, and dynamical&lt;br /&gt;
systems.  The exam covers the material taught in the first term of CDS&lt;br /&gt;
classes (typically ACM/EE 116, CDS 201 and CDS 110a/212).  Students may&lt;br /&gt;
petition the faculty to replace one of these areas with an outside&lt;br /&gt;
area.  Petitions are due no later than the last day of classes of the&lt;br /&gt;
term preceding the exam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three types of decisions will be possible: ''pass'', ''conditional pass'', ''fail''.  A student with a ''pass'' or ''conditional pass'' is permitted to begin his or her Ph.D. research.  However, a student with a ''conditional pass'' will usually be required to satisfy some additional requirements, such as successful completion of specified coursework.  Students who fail the oral subject exam may be permitted to repeat the exam (or part of the exam)&lt;br /&gt;
once in the spring term, but this will occur only upon recommendation of the examination committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The format of the oral qualifying exam is described in the [[#CDS Qualifying Exam Procedures|qualifying exam section]] below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Research Advisor ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once students have passed the candidacy exam, they should begin to identify potential advisors for their research.  CDS students are encouraged to talk with faculty across Caltech who are working in areas of research related to their interests.  Students are responsible for finding a faculty member who agrees to supervise their research no later than the end of third term of the first year.  If a student is not able to identify a faculty member who is able to serve as they research advisor, he or she should contact the CDS option representative as soon as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Candidacy Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to admission to candidacy for the Ph.D. degree, a student is&lt;br /&gt;
required to pass the candidacy examination.  This exam consists of two&lt;br /&gt;
parts: a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;research progress report&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; and an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;oral examination&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
based primarily upon the content of the report.  A student who fails&lt;br /&gt;
to pass the candidacy exam according to the timetable and procedures&lt;br /&gt;
described below will &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;not&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; be permitted to register in any&lt;br /&gt;
subsequent terms, except for the purpose of completing work toward the&lt;br /&gt;
M.S. degree, and then only with the permission of the option&lt;br /&gt;
representative and the research advisor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The research progress report required for admission to candidacy should&lt;br /&gt;
be submitted to the faculty before the end of the second term of&lt;br /&gt;
the second year in residence.  The report is to be based upon the&lt;br /&gt;
Ph.D. research project and is expected to exhibit a professional&lt;br /&gt;
quality of exposition.  As a guide, the report should outline the&lt;br /&gt;
research problem, the progress of the student at the time of writing,&lt;br /&gt;
and the areas proposed for future study.  It is also important that&lt;br /&gt;
the report provide clear evidence of the student's understanding of&lt;br /&gt;
the motivation for the research problem and its relevance to the&lt;br /&gt;
general research area, as well as an appreciation of relevant&lt;br /&gt;
techniques and methodology.  The student should strive for a precise&lt;br /&gt;
and concise format.  Normally, the text itself should not exceed 20&lt;br /&gt;
pages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The research progress report will be approved based upon the&lt;br /&gt;
recommendation of an oral examination committee; the committee will&lt;br /&gt;
consist of no less than three faculty members, including the research&lt;br /&gt;
advisor and at least one additional member of the CDS faculty.  The&lt;br /&gt;
choice of the oral exam committee will be made by the student and his&lt;br /&gt;
or her research advisor, and must be approved by the Option&lt;br /&gt;
Representative.  It is the responsibility of the student to obtain&lt;br /&gt;
approval from each proposed committee member for the time and date of&lt;br /&gt;
the oral exam.  The list of the recommended exam committee members&lt;br /&gt;
must be submitted at the same time as the research progress report,&lt;br /&gt;
and the exam is normally scheduled within one month of submitting the&lt;br /&gt;
report.  The exam committee may require revision of the report, and&lt;br /&gt;
possibly a reexamination.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See the [[#Procedures for Advancement to Candidacy|candidacy proceedures section]] below for more details on the procedure for&lt;br /&gt;
advancement to candidacy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Appointment of Thesis Review Committee ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a student passes the second-year candidacy exam, a faculty&lt;br /&gt;
committee known as the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;thesis review committee&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; should be&lt;br /&gt;
established to review periodically the student's progress.  This&lt;br /&gt;
committee will serve not only as overseers of research progress during&lt;br /&gt;
the student's Ph.D. residency, but will also contribute to the&lt;br /&gt;
intellectual development of the student through sustained interaction.&lt;br /&gt;
Each student should endeavor to form the committee as soon as possible&lt;br /&gt;
after passing the candidacy exam, but no later than one month prior to&lt;br /&gt;
the beginning of the third year in residence.  This committee should&lt;br /&gt;
meet with the student before fall registration each year, either as a&lt;br /&gt;
group or individually, to review progress, suggest improvements in&lt;br /&gt;
research etc.  It is the students responsibility to organize this committee and seek its periodic input.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Final Thesis and Oral Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a final step in the Ph.D. program, the student is required to&lt;br /&gt;
submit a satisfactory thesis and pass a final oral examination.  This&lt;br /&gt;
exam will be preceded by a seminar which will be open to the general&lt;br /&gt;
public.  The [[#Ph.D. Examination Procedures|PhD procedures section]] below describes the procedures in&lt;br /&gt;
detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CDS Qualifying Exam Procedures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Format and Content of the Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each student is required to take a subject oral qualifying examination&lt;br /&gt;
at the beginning of the second quarter in residence, the purpose of&lt;br /&gt;
which is to examine expertise in mathematics, control and dynamical&lt;br /&gt;
systems.  The exam covers the material taught in the first term of CDS&lt;br /&gt;
classes (typically ACM/EE 116, CDS 201 and CDS 110/212).  Students may&lt;br /&gt;
petition the faculty to replace one of these areas with an outside&lt;br /&gt;
area.  Petitions are due no later than the last day of classes of the&lt;br /&gt;
term preceding the exam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two and one-half (2-1/2) hours are allotted to the exam.  During the&lt;br /&gt;
first 90 minutes you will be given a written copy of the exam&lt;br /&gt;
questions, and will have the opportunity to prepare your answers;&lt;br /&gt;
during the second 60 minutes you will answer the questions orally at&lt;br /&gt;
the direction of the committee.  While preparing your answers, you are&lt;br /&gt;
not allowed to consult references of any kind.  All information that&lt;br /&gt;
we do not expect you to know (or be able to derive) will be supplied&lt;br /&gt;
as part of the question.  You should strive to present your answers in&lt;br /&gt;
a concise and incisive manner.  Due to scheduling, we will not be able&lt;br /&gt;
to extend the answer period beyond 60 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To determine potential subject matter, you should feel free to discuss&lt;br /&gt;
relevant references, etc. with members of the faculty; however, do not&lt;br /&gt;
expect the questions to be derived from any specific reference.  Also,&lt;br /&gt;
do not expect (or ask for) information about the nature or topics of&lt;br /&gt;
the questions themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exam Scheduling ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Qualifying Exam will take place at the beginning of the second&lt;br /&gt;
term in residence.  All first-year CDS students will receive a&lt;br /&gt;
scheduling form at the end of first term, which must be filled out and&lt;br /&gt;
returned to the Option Administrator no later than the end of first term&lt;br /&gt;
(i.e., the last day of finals).  Petitions to replace one of the&lt;br /&gt;
standard subject areas with an outside subject area must be submitted&lt;br /&gt;
no later than the last day of classes of first term.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The schedule for exams will be available by the beginning of the first week&lt;br /&gt;
of classes in second term, and exams will normally be scheduled at the end of the first week or&lt;br /&gt;
beginning of the second week of the term.  The results of the exam&lt;br /&gt;
will be announced after all students have completed of the exam.  Upon&lt;br /&gt;
recommendation of the examining committee, students who fail the exam&lt;br /&gt;
will be given one additional opportunity to take the exam, typically&lt;br /&gt;
at the beginning of spring term.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Procedures for Advancement to Candidacy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Requirements for Candidacy ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be recommended for candidacy for the doctorate degree, the&lt;br /&gt;
applicant, in addition to demonstrating understanding and knowledge of&lt;br /&gt;
fundamentals at the first-year Qualifying Examination, must give&lt;br /&gt;
satisfactory evidence of ability to carry out research in his or her&lt;br /&gt;
primary field of interest.  Hence, the applicant must submit and have&lt;br /&gt;
approved a written Research Progress Report.  In most cases, approval&lt;br /&gt;
of the written report will be based on a satisfactory oral defense of&lt;br /&gt;
its contents.  CDS students are expected to take and complete the Candidacy Examination by the end of their second academic year at Caltech.&lt;br /&gt;
A student who fails to satisfy the requirements of the&lt;br /&gt;
Division for candidacy by the end of the third term of the third year&lt;br /&gt;
in residence at the California Institute of Technology will not be&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to register in a subsequent academic year except by special&lt;br /&gt;
permission of the Division.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Procedures for scheduling and taking the exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Select a tentative date (determined by the candidate and his or&lt;br /&gt;
her research advisor) and an examining committee of at least three&lt;br /&gt;
members.  Check with the CDS Option Adminstrator to avoid time/place conflicts.&lt;br /&gt;
Then check with members of your committee to see that the date is&lt;br /&gt;
satisfactory.  The committee must consist of at least two CDS faculty&lt;br /&gt;
members and must be approved by the Option Representative before the&lt;br /&gt;
exam is scheduled.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Obtain a ''Candidacy Form for the Degree of Doctor of&lt;br /&gt;
Philosophy'' from the CDS option administrator.  Enter your name, major, and minor&lt;br /&gt;
(if you choose to have one) at the top of the Candidacy Form.  If you&lt;br /&gt;
choose to pursue a minor, fill in Section II6; if you do not pursue a&lt;br /&gt;
minor, fill in Section II5 with the courses taken outside of CDS (see&lt;br /&gt;
below).  Get proper approval signatures and return the form to the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
Secretary.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Prepare four copies of your Research Progress Report and deliver a&lt;br /&gt;
copy to each of your committee members no later than {\em two weeks} prior&lt;br /&gt;
to your examination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This report should describe concisely the present state-of-the-art of&lt;br /&gt;
your research topic, your progress to date, your proposed research,&lt;br /&gt;
and the nature of the contribution which you expect to make in the&lt;br /&gt;
general problem area.  All of this should not exceed {\em twenty pages,&lt;br /&gt;
double-spaced and typed}.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;When the Research Progress Report is satisfactory, the members&lt;br /&gt;
of the examining committee will sign the Candidacy Form.  All forms&lt;br /&gt;
should be returned to the CDS option administrator &lt;br /&gt;
after the examination.  You must fill out information in&lt;br /&gt;
Section II, and take it to the Registrar's Office for signature, and&lt;br /&gt;
then to the Option Representative for completion of Section V.  Then&lt;br /&gt;
obtain the Division Chair's signature and take the form to the&lt;br /&gt;
Graduate Office for your file there.  You will be notified later by&lt;br /&gt;
the Dean of Graduate Studies that you have been admitted to Candidacy&lt;br /&gt;
for the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ph.D. Examination Procedures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final Ph.D. exam will consist of a defense of the candidate's&lt;br /&gt;
thesis research.  In addition to the formal exam, each candidate is&lt;br /&gt;
required to present a seminar (open to the public) on his or her work;&lt;br /&gt;
this seminar will be scheduled in the Caltech Calendar as a regular&lt;br /&gt;
CDS Seminar.  The exam and seminar must be held at least two weeks&lt;br /&gt;
before the degree is conferred.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Procedures for Processing Necessary Forms ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;At least ''three weeks'' prior to the exam date, obtain the&lt;br /&gt;
following forms from the Graduate Office:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Petition for Exam&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Application for Approval of Thesis&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The date of the Ph.D.  exam and the committee members will be&lt;br /&gt;
determined by you and your research advisor and must be approved by&lt;br /&gt;
the Option Representative.  Check with members of your committee for&lt;br /&gt;
agreement on the date and time of the exam.  Once a definite date and&lt;br /&gt;
committee are set, the CDS Secretary will send a confirming memo to&lt;br /&gt;
the committee members.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Fill out and sign the top portion of the ''Application for Approval of Thesis''.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Complete the first page of the ''Petition for Exam''; have the&lt;br /&gt;
Registrar complete and sign Part I of page 2.  Complete Part II of&lt;br /&gt;
page 2, obtain the Divisional Chair's signature, and deliver the&lt;br /&gt;
form to the Graduate Office.  The Petition will remain there until&lt;br /&gt;
just before your exam when you should return it to the CDS option administrator.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Procedures for Submitting the Ph.D. Thesis ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;''At least two weeks prior to your exam'', supply each member (four are&lt;br /&gt;
needed, one of whom can be a qualified Ph.D. from off-campus) of your&lt;br /&gt;
committee with a copy of your thesis.  The Petition and Approval of&lt;br /&gt;
Thesis forms will not be signed at the time of the exam unless the&lt;br /&gt;
thesis requires no changes.  If corrections or revisions are required,&lt;br /&gt;
it is your responsibility to:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;make the necessary corrections or revisions;&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;submit the revised thesis to members of your examining committee; and&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;secure committee signatures on the Petition of Approval of&lt;br /&gt;
  Thesis forms after the acceptance of the corrections or revisions.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Submit one copy of your thesis to the Graduate Office for&lt;br /&gt;
proofreading.  This should be done at the same time the thesis is&lt;br /&gt;
submitted to your committee members.  (If corrections or revisions are&lt;br /&gt;
required, the thesis must be proofread a second time.)  You will be&lt;br /&gt;
notified as soon as the proofreading is complete (usually a couple of&lt;br /&gt;
days).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;After the exam is passed in all respects and the committee has signed&lt;br /&gt;
both the Petition and Approval of Thesis forms, obtain the signature&lt;br /&gt;
of the Option Representative of your subject minor, if appropriate,&lt;br /&gt;
and return the form to the Graduate Office.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Submit ''two corrected copies'' of the thesis to the Graduate&lt;br /&gt;
Office: one copy must be on Perma-Life or Old Council Tree bond paper,&lt;br /&gt;
reproduced from the original; the other copy may be regular Xerox&lt;br /&gt;
paper (see Graphic Arts for further information).  Submit these copies&lt;br /&gt;
in a brown envelope labeled as follows: your name, Ph.D.; Control and&lt;br /&gt;
Dynamical Systems; year.  Also submit two extra title pages and two&lt;br /&gt;
extra abstracts.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assist you in preparing for your final Ph.D. Examination, you&lt;br /&gt;
should obtain the following publications from the Graduate Office:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Preparation of Doctoral Dissertations&amp;quot; and&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Ph.D. Examination Procedures&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Transferring into CDS from Another Option ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students wishing to switch into CDS from another option must do so&lt;br /&gt;
before the end of their second year of residence at Caltech.  Students&lt;br /&gt;
must satisfy all option course requirements and must pass the&lt;br /&gt;
candidacy exam in order to be officially admitted into the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
Ph.D. program.  In addition, the student is expected to take the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
qualifying exam no later than the first year of study after&lt;br /&gt;
transferring into the CDS option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The procedure for switching into CDS is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The student should submit a written request to the Option Representative to consider admission into the CDS option.  Under normal circumstances, this request must be received no later than  the admissions deadline for incoming graduate students (December 15).&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The Admissions Committee will consider applications for transfer using the same criteria as outside admission into the CDS program.  Transfer students will be notified of admission by the usual admissions response deadline (March 15). &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Transfer students who are admitted into CDS must accept or decline admission no later than the usual admissions deadline (April 15).  If admitted, the student may either transfer immediately or defer admission until the beginning of the academic year.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Financial aid for transfer students will be described in the letter of admission.  Aid is not usually available until the beginning of the next academic year.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The M.S. Program ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students will be admitted to the option who expect to pursue&lt;br /&gt;
the Ph.D. degree.  The master's degree may be awarded in exceptional&lt;br /&gt;
cases.  The awarding of this degree requires fulfilling the Institute&lt;br /&gt;
requirements for a master's degree, satisfying the engineering focus&lt;br /&gt;
requirements, and receiving a recommendation for awarding of the&lt;br /&gt;
degree from the counseling committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The M.S. program, unlike the Ph.D., is based primarily upon the&lt;br /&gt;
successful completion of coursework.  This coursework must include at&lt;br /&gt;
least 135 units in order to satisfy Institute requirements, with the&lt;br /&gt;
following core courses:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ACM/EE 116, CDS 140a, 201, 202 || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 36 units&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Additional Advanced Courses in CDS || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 36 units&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Engineering Electives (focus area) || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 27 units&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| General Electives || &amp;amp;nbsp; || 36 units&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The 36 units of general electives should include mathematics, science&lt;br /&gt;
and engineering subjects or research, but may be, with special&lt;br /&gt;
permission, humanities and social sciences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All M.S. students are required to submit candidacy forms to the&lt;br /&gt;
Institute for approval of the proposed course of study for the&lt;br /&gt;
M.S. degree.  The M.S. candidacy form must be submitted by midterm&lt;br /&gt;
(approximately mid-November) of the first term of the year when the&lt;br /&gt;
degree is expected.  These forms can be obtained at the Institute&lt;br /&gt;
Graduate Office.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Murray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Option_guidelines&amp;diff=159</id>
		<title>Option guidelines</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Option_guidelines&amp;diff=159"/>
		<updated>2011-07-18T01:34:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Murray: /* Transferring into CDS from Another Option */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{righttoc}}&lt;br /&gt;
This document describes the requirements for obtaining a degree in&lt;br /&gt;
Control and Dynamical Systems at Caltech.  It is intended to&lt;br /&gt;
complement the Caltech Catalog by giving additional information about&lt;br /&gt;
option regulations and standard procedures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three examinations which are required to obtain a Ph.D. in&lt;br /&gt;
CDS.  The first is the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Qualifying Exam&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, given in the first year&lt;br /&gt;
of study and intended to evaluate the student's expertise in&lt;br /&gt;
mathematics, control, and dynamical systems.  This exam is&lt;br /&gt;
administered at the beginning of the second term and may be retaken in&lt;br /&gt;
the third term of necessary.  The &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Candidacy Exam&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is given in the&lt;br /&gt;
second year and is used to evaluate a student's research abilities.&lt;br /&gt;
Upon passing this exam, the student is admitted to candidacy, the&lt;br /&gt;
first step in obtaining a PhD.  The final exam is the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Ph.D.&lt;br /&gt;
examination&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (or thesis defense) and is given after complication of&lt;br /&gt;
the Ph.D. dissertation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A rough outline of the typical schedule for the first two years of&lt;br /&gt;
study in CDS is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* Year One&lt;br /&gt;
** Complete CDS required courses (101, 102, 112, 140) + focus requirement&lt;br /&gt;
** Take and pass the CDS Qualifying Exam&lt;br /&gt;
** Find a research advisor&lt;br /&gt;
* Year Two&lt;br /&gt;
** Complete additional coursework in CDS (45 units total) &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** Take and pass the CDS Candidacy Exam&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** Advance to Candidacy for the Ph.D.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note that most students will begin doing research in the summer of&lt;br /&gt;
their first year in residency, in preparation for the Candidacy Exam.&lt;br /&gt;
It is therefore essential that students find a research advisor no&lt;br /&gt;
later than the end of third term and select an initial research&lt;br /&gt;
project to form the basis of the Candidacy Exam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The remainder of this document contains detailed descriptions of the&lt;br /&gt;
requirements and procedures for completing the Ph.D. program in CDS.&lt;br /&gt;
If you have any questions, you should consult your advisor or the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
Option Representative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Ph.D. Program ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Aims and Scope ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Control and Dynamical Systems (CDS) option is open to students&lt;br /&gt;
with an undergraduate degree in engineering, mathematics, or&lt;br /&gt;
science. The qualifications of each applicant will be considered&lt;br /&gt;
individually, and, after being enrolled, the student will arrange his&lt;br /&gt;
or her program in consultation with a member of the faculty. In some&lt;br /&gt;
cases the student may be required to make up undergraduate&lt;br /&gt;
deficiencies in engineering science courses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The CDS option emphasizes the interdisciplinary nature of modern&lt;br /&gt;
theory of dynamical systems and control. The curriculum is designed to&lt;br /&gt;
promote a broad knowledge of mathematical and experimental techniques&lt;br /&gt;
in dynamical systems theory and control. In addition to taking courses&lt;br /&gt;
in the CDS option, students must select a focus area (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Coursework ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon admission each student will be assigned an adviser in the option&lt;br /&gt;
and a committee of three members, chaired by the adviser, which will&lt;br /&gt;
approve the initial course of study by the student. Each prospective&lt;br /&gt;
Ph.D. student will meet with their advisor to evaluate the student's&lt;br /&gt;
background, relative to that expected at the Ph.D. level, in the areas&lt;br /&gt;
of mathematics, control, and dynamical systems.  The chief intention&lt;br /&gt;
of these consultations is to set up a course program for the first&lt;br /&gt;
year of study.  The adviser will be replaced by a research adviser&lt;br /&gt;
when the direction of specialization is determined, not later than the&lt;br /&gt;
beginning of the second year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following course requirements must be satisfied in order to obtain&lt;br /&gt;
a Ph.D.  in Control and Dynamical Systems:&lt;br /&gt;
* Complete the following required courses: AM/EE 116, CDS 140, CDS 201, CDS 202;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Complete the focus requirement, consisting of at least 27 units in a particular area outside of CDS. Courses taken to satisfy the focus must represent a coherent program of advanced study in the chosen area. Possible areas include computer science, fluid mechanics, robotics, networking, biology, economics, information theory, circuit theory or other similar areas.  The program of study must be approved by the option representative on behalf of the CDS faculty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Complete an additional 45 units in CDS or other advanced courses in dynamical systems and/or mathematics;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The student's counseling committee committee will be the judge of the completion of&lt;br /&gt;
the focus requirement, necessary before the candidacy examination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Oral Qualifying Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each student is required to take a subject oral qualifying examination&lt;br /&gt;
at the beginning of the second quarter in residence, the purpose of&lt;br /&gt;
which is to examine expertise in mathematics, control, and dynamical&lt;br /&gt;
systems.  The exam covers the material taught in the first term of CDS&lt;br /&gt;
classes (typically ACM/EE 116, CDS 201 and CDS 110a/212).  Students may&lt;br /&gt;
petition the faculty to replace one of these areas with an outside&lt;br /&gt;
area.  Petitions are due no later than the last day of classes of the&lt;br /&gt;
term preceding the exam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three types of decisions will be possible: ''pass'', ''conditional pass'', ''fail''.  A student with a ''pass'' or ''conditional pass'' is permitted to begin his or her Ph.D. research.  However, a student with a ''conditional pass'' will usually be required to satisfy some additional requirements, such as successful completion of specified coursework.  Students who fail the oral subject exam may be permitted to repeat the exam (or part of the exam)&lt;br /&gt;
once in the spring term, but this will occur only upon recommendation of the examination committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The format of the oral qualifying exam is described in the [[#CDS Qualifying Exam Procedures|qualifying exam section]] below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Research Advisor ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once students have passed the candidacy exam, they should begin to identify potential advisors for their research.  CDS students are encouraged to talk with faculty across Caltech who are working in areas of research related to their interests.  Students are responsible for finding a faculty member who agrees to supervise their research no later than the end of third term of the first year.  If a student is not able to identify a faculty member who is able to serve as they research advisor, he or she should contact the CDS option representative as soon as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Candidacy Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to admission to candidacy for the Ph.D. degree, a student is&lt;br /&gt;
required to pass the candidacy examination.  This exam consists of two&lt;br /&gt;
parts: a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;research progress report&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; and an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;oral examination&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
based primarily upon the content of the report.  A student who fails&lt;br /&gt;
to pass the candidacy exam according to the timetable and procedures&lt;br /&gt;
described below will &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;not&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; be permitted to register in any&lt;br /&gt;
subsequent terms, except for the purpose of completing work toward the&lt;br /&gt;
M.S. degree, and then only with the permission of the option&lt;br /&gt;
representative and the research advisor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The research progress report required for admission to candidacy should&lt;br /&gt;
be submitted to the faculty before the end of the second term of&lt;br /&gt;
the second year in residence.  The report is to be based upon the&lt;br /&gt;
Ph.D. research project and is expected to exhibit a professional&lt;br /&gt;
quality of exposition.  As a guide, the report should outline the&lt;br /&gt;
research problem, the progress of the student at the time of writing,&lt;br /&gt;
and the areas proposed for future study.  It is also important that&lt;br /&gt;
the report provide clear evidence of the student's understanding of&lt;br /&gt;
the motivation for the research problem and its relevance to the&lt;br /&gt;
general research area, as well as an appreciation of relevant&lt;br /&gt;
techniques and methodology.  The student should strive for a precise&lt;br /&gt;
and concise format.  Normally, the text itself should not exceed 20&lt;br /&gt;
pages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The research progress report will be approved based upon the&lt;br /&gt;
recommendation of an oral examination committee; the committee will&lt;br /&gt;
consist of no less than three faculty members, including the research&lt;br /&gt;
advisor and at least one additional member of the CDS faculty.  The&lt;br /&gt;
choice of the oral exam committee will be made by the student and his&lt;br /&gt;
or her research advisor, and must be approved by the Option&lt;br /&gt;
Representative.  It is the responsibility of the student to obtain&lt;br /&gt;
approval from each proposed committee member for the time and date of&lt;br /&gt;
the oral exam.  The list of the recommended exam committee members&lt;br /&gt;
must be submitted at the same time as the research progress report,&lt;br /&gt;
and the exam is normally scheduled within one month of submitting the&lt;br /&gt;
report.  The exam committee may require revision of the report, and&lt;br /&gt;
possibly a reexamination.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See the [[#Procedures for Advancement to Candidacy|candidacy proceedures section]] below for more details on the procedure for&lt;br /&gt;
advancement to candidacy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Appointment of Thesis Review Committee ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a student passes the second-year candidacy exam, a faculty&lt;br /&gt;
committee known as the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;thesis review committee&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; should be&lt;br /&gt;
established to review periodically the student's progress.  This&lt;br /&gt;
committee will serve not only as overseers of research progress during&lt;br /&gt;
the student's Ph.D. residency, but will also contribute to the&lt;br /&gt;
intellectual development of the student through sustained interaction.&lt;br /&gt;
Each student should endeavor to form the committee as soon as possible&lt;br /&gt;
after passing the candidacy exam, but no later than one month prior to&lt;br /&gt;
the beginning of the third year in residence.  This committee should&lt;br /&gt;
meet with the student before fall registration each year, either as a&lt;br /&gt;
group or individually, to review progress, suggest improvements in&lt;br /&gt;
research etc.  It is the students responsibility to organize this committee and seek its periodic input.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Final Thesis and Oral Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a final step in the Ph.D. program, the student is required to&lt;br /&gt;
submit a satisfactory thesis and pass a final oral examination.  This&lt;br /&gt;
exam will be preceded by a seminar which will be open to the general&lt;br /&gt;
public.  The [[#Ph.D. Examination Procedures|PhD procedures section]] below describes the procedures in&lt;br /&gt;
detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CDS Qualifying Exam Procedures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Format and Content of the Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each student is required to take a subject oral qualifying examination&lt;br /&gt;
at the beginning of the second quarter in residence, the purpose of&lt;br /&gt;
which is to examine expertise in mathematics, control and dynamical&lt;br /&gt;
systems.  The exam covers the material taught in the first term of CDS&lt;br /&gt;
classes (typically ACM/EE 116, CDS 201 and CDS 110/212).  Students may&lt;br /&gt;
petition the faculty to replace one of these areas with an outside&lt;br /&gt;
area.  Petitions are due no later than the last day of classes of the&lt;br /&gt;
term preceding the exam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two and one-half (2-1/2) hours are allotted to the exam.  During the&lt;br /&gt;
first 90 minutes you will be given a written copy of the exam&lt;br /&gt;
questions, and will have the opportunity to prepare your answers;&lt;br /&gt;
during the second 60 minutes you will answer the questions orally at&lt;br /&gt;
the direction of the committee.  While preparing your answers, you are&lt;br /&gt;
not allowed to consult references of any kind.  All information that&lt;br /&gt;
we do not expect you to know (or be able to derive) will be supplied&lt;br /&gt;
as part of the question.  You should strive to present your answers in&lt;br /&gt;
a concise and incisive manner.  Due to scheduling, we will not be able&lt;br /&gt;
to extend the answer period beyond 60 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To determine potential subject matter, you should feel free to discuss&lt;br /&gt;
relevant references, etc. with members of the faculty; however, do not&lt;br /&gt;
expect the questions to be derived from any specific reference.  Also,&lt;br /&gt;
do not expect (or ask for) information about the nature or topics of&lt;br /&gt;
the questions themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exam Scheduling ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Qualifying Exam will take place at the beginning of the second&lt;br /&gt;
term in residence.  All first-year CDS students will receive a&lt;br /&gt;
scheduling form at the end of first term, which must be filled out and&lt;br /&gt;
returned to the Option Administrator no later than the end of first term&lt;br /&gt;
(i.e., the last day of finals).  Petitions to replace one of the&lt;br /&gt;
standard subject areas with an outside subject area must be submitted&lt;br /&gt;
no later than the last day of classes of first term.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The schedule for exams will be available by the beginning of the first week&lt;br /&gt;
of classes in second term, and exams will normally be scheduled at the end of the first week or&lt;br /&gt;
beginning of the second week of the term.  The results of the exam&lt;br /&gt;
will be announced after all students have completed of the exam.  Upon&lt;br /&gt;
recommendation of the examining committee, students who fail the exam&lt;br /&gt;
will be given one additional opportunity to take the exam, typically&lt;br /&gt;
at the beginning of spring term.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Procedures for Advancement to Candidacy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Requirements for Candidacy ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be recommended for candidacy for the doctorate degree, the&lt;br /&gt;
applicant, in addition to demonstrating understanding and knowledge of&lt;br /&gt;
fundamentals at the first-year Qualifying Examination, must give&lt;br /&gt;
satisfactory evidence of ability to carry out research in his or her&lt;br /&gt;
primary field of interest.  Hence, the applicant must submit and have&lt;br /&gt;
approved a written Research Progress Report.  In most cases, approval&lt;br /&gt;
of the written report will be based on a satisfactory oral defense of&lt;br /&gt;
its contents.  CDS students are expected to take and complete the Candidacy Examination by the end of their second academic year at Caltech.&lt;br /&gt;
A student who fails to satisfy the requirements of the&lt;br /&gt;
Division for candidacy by the end of the third term of the third year&lt;br /&gt;
in residence at the California Institute of Technology will not be&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to register in a subsequent academic year except by special&lt;br /&gt;
permission of the Division.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Procedures for scheduling and taking the exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Select a tentative date (determined by the candidate and his or&lt;br /&gt;
her research advisor) and an examining committee of at least three&lt;br /&gt;
members.  Check with the CDS Option Adminstrator to avoid time/place conflicts.&lt;br /&gt;
Then check with members of your committee to see that the date is&lt;br /&gt;
satisfactory.  The committee must consist of at least two CDS faculty&lt;br /&gt;
members and must be approved by the Option Representative before the&lt;br /&gt;
exam is scheduled.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Obtain a ''Candidacy Form for the Degree of Doctor of&lt;br /&gt;
Philosophy'' from the CDS option administrator.  Enter your name, major, and minor&lt;br /&gt;
(if you choose to have one) at the top of the Candidacy Form.  If you&lt;br /&gt;
choose to pursue a minor, fill in Section II6; if you do not pursue a&lt;br /&gt;
minor, fill in Section II5 with the courses taken outside of CDS (see&lt;br /&gt;
below).  Get proper approval signatures and return the form to the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
Secretary.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Prepare four copies of your Research Progress Report and deliver a&lt;br /&gt;
copy to each of your committee members no later than {\em two weeks} prior&lt;br /&gt;
to your examination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This report should describe concisely the present state-of-the-art of&lt;br /&gt;
your research topic, your progress to date, your proposed research,&lt;br /&gt;
and the nature of the contribution which you expect to make in the&lt;br /&gt;
general problem area.  All of this should not exceed {\em twenty pages,&lt;br /&gt;
double-spaced and typed}.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;When the Research Progress Report is satisfactory, the members&lt;br /&gt;
of the examining committee will sign the Candidacy Form.  All forms&lt;br /&gt;
should be returned to the CDS option administrator &lt;br /&gt;
after the examination.  You must fill out information in&lt;br /&gt;
Section II, and take it to the Registrar's Office for signature, and&lt;br /&gt;
then to the Option Representative for completion of Section V.  Then&lt;br /&gt;
obtain the Division Chair's signature and take the form to the&lt;br /&gt;
Graduate Office for your file there.  You will be notified later by&lt;br /&gt;
the Dean of Graduate Studies that you have been admitted to Candidacy&lt;br /&gt;
for the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ph.D. Examination Procedures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final Ph.D. exam will consist of a defense of the candidate's&lt;br /&gt;
thesis research.  In addition to the formal exam, each candidate is&lt;br /&gt;
required to present a seminar (open to the public) on his or her work;&lt;br /&gt;
this seminar will be scheduled in the Caltech Calendar as a regular&lt;br /&gt;
CDS Seminar.  The exam and seminar must be held at least two weeks&lt;br /&gt;
before the degree is conferred.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Procedures for Processing Necessary Forms ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;At least ''three weeks'' prior to the exam date, obtain the&lt;br /&gt;
following forms from the Graduate Office:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Petition for Exam&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Application for Approval of Thesis&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The date of the Ph.D.  exam and the committee members will be&lt;br /&gt;
determined by you and your research advisor and must be approved by&lt;br /&gt;
the Option Representative.  Check with members of your committee for&lt;br /&gt;
agreement on the date and time of the exam.  Once a definite date and&lt;br /&gt;
committee are set, the CDS Secretary will send a confirming memo to&lt;br /&gt;
the committee members.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Fill out and sign the top portion of the ''Application for Approval of Thesis''.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Complete the first page of the ''Petition for Exam''; have the&lt;br /&gt;
Registrar complete and sign Part I of page 2.  Complete Part II of&lt;br /&gt;
page 2, obtain the Divisional Chair's signature, and deliver the&lt;br /&gt;
form to the Graduate Office.  The Petition will remain there until&lt;br /&gt;
just before your exam when you should return it to the CDS option administrator.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Procedures for Submitting the Ph.D. Thesis ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;''At least two weeks prior to your exam'', supply each member (four are&lt;br /&gt;
needed, one of whom can be a qualified Ph.D. from off-campus) of your&lt;br /&gt;
committee with a copy of your thesis.  The Petition and Approval of&lt;br /&gt;
Thesis forms will not be signed at the time of the exam unless the&lt;br /&gt;
thesis requires no changes.  If corrections or revisions are required,&lt;br /&gt;
it is your responsibility to:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;make the necessary corrections or revisions;&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;submit the revised thesis to members of your examining committee; and&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;secure committee signatures on the Petition of Approval of&lt;br /&gt;
  Thesis forms after the acceptance of the corrections or revisions.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Submit one copy of your thesis to the Graduate Office for&lt;br /&gt;
proofreading.  This should be done at the same time the thesis is&lt;br /&gt;
submitted to your committee members.  (If corrections or revisions are&lt;br /&gt;
required, the thesis must be proofread a second time.)  You will be&lt;br /&gt;
notified as soon as the proofreading is complete (usually a couple of&lt;br /&gt;
days).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;After the exam is passed in all respects and the committee has signed&lt;br /&gt;
both the Petition and Approval of Thesis forms, obtain the signature&lt;br /&gt;
of the Option Representative of your subject minor, if appropriate,&lt;br /&gt;
and return the form to the Graduate Office.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Submit ''two corrected copies'' of the thesis to the Graduate&lt;br /&gt;
Office: one copy must be on Perma-Life or Old Council Tree bond paper,&lt;br /&gt;
reproduced from the original; the other copy may be regular Xerox&lt;br /&gt;
paper (see Graphic Arts for further information).  Submit these copies&lt;br /&gt;
in a brown envelope labeled as follows: your name, Ph.D.; Control and&lt;br /&gt;
Dynamical Systems; year.  Also submit two extra title pages and two&lt;br /&gt;
extra abstracts.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assist you in preparing for your final Ph.D. Examination, you&lt;br /&gt;
should obtain the following publications from the Graduate Office:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Preparation of Doctoral Dissertations&amp;quot; and&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Ph.D. Examination Procedures&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Transferring into CDS from Another Option ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students wishing to switch into CDS from another option must do so&lt;br /&gt;
before the end of their second year of residence at Caltech.  Students&lt;br /&gt;
must satisfy all option course requirements and must pass the&lt;br /&gt;
candidacy exam in order to be officially admitted into the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
Ph.D. program.  In addition, the student is expected to take the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
qualifying exam no later than the first year of study after&lt;br /&gt;
transferring into the CDS option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The procedure for switching into CDS is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The student should submit a written request to the Option Representative to consider admission into the CDS option.  Under normal circumstances, this request must be received no later than  the admissions deadline for incoming graduate students (December 15).&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The Admissions Committee will consider applications for transfer using the same criteria as outside admission into the CDS program.  Transfer students will be notified of admission by the usual admissions response deadline (March 15). &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Transfer students who are admitted into CDS must accept or decline admission no later than the usual admissions deadline (April 15).  If admitted, the student may either transfer immediately or defer admission until the beginning of the academic year.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Financial aid for transfer students will be described in the letter of admission.  Aid is not usually available until the beginning of the next academic year.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The M.S. Program ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students will be admitted to the option who expect to pursue&lt;br /&gt;
the Ph.D. degree.  The master's degree may be awarded in exceptional&lt;br /&gt;
cases.  The awarding of this degree requires fulfilling the Institute&lt;br /&gt;
requirements for a master's degree, satisfying the engineering focus&lt;br /&gt;
requirements, and receiving a recommendation for awarding of the&lt;br /&gt;
degree from the counseling committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The M.S. program, unlike the Ph.D., is based primarily upon the&lt;br /&gt;
successful completion of coursework.  This coursework must include at&lt;br /&gt;
least 135 units in order to satisfy Institute requirements, with the&lt;br /&gt;
following core courses:&lt;br /&gt;
\begin{center}&lt;br /&gt;
  \begin{tabular}{ll}&lt;br /&gt;
    CDS 101, 102, 112, 140	&amp;amp;\qquad 36 units \\&lt;br /&gt;
    Additional Advanced Courses in CDS 	&amp;amp;\qquad 36 units \\&lt;br /&gt;
    Engineering Electives (focus area) &amp;amp;\qquad 27 units \\&lt;br /&gt;
    General Electives	&amp;amp;\qquad 36 units \\&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{tabular}&lt;br /&gt;
\end{center}&lt;br /&gt;
The 36 units of general electives should include mathematics, science&lt;br /&gt;
and engineering subjects or research, but may be, with special&lt;br /&gt;
permission, humanities and social sciences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All M.S. students are required to submit candidacy forms to the&lt;br /&gt;
Institute for approval of the proposed course of study for the&lt;br /&gt;
M.S. degree.  The M.S. candidacy form must be submitted by midterm&lt;br /&gt;
(approximately mid-November) of the first term of the year when the&lt;br /&gt;
degree is expected.  These forms can be obtained at the Institute&lt;br /&gt;
Graduate Office.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Murray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Option_guidelines&amp;diff=158</id>
		<title>Option guidelines</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Option_guidelines&amp;diff=158"/>
		<updated>2011-07-18T01:29:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Murray: /* Procedures for Submitting the Ph.D. Thesis */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{righttoc}}&lt;br /&gt;
This document describes the requirements for obtaining a degree in&lt;br /&gt;
Control and Dynamical Systems at Caltech.  It is intended to&lt;br /&gt;
complement the Caltech Catalog by giving additional information about&lt;br /&gt;
option regulations and standard procedures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three examinations which are required to obtain a Ph.D. in&lt;br /&gt;
CDS.  The first is the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Qualifying Exam&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, given in the first year&lt;br /&gt;
of study and intended to evaluate the student's expertise in&lt;br /&gt;
mathematics, control, and dynamical systems.  This exam is&lt;br /&gt;
administered at the beginning of the second term and may be retaken in&lt;br /&gt;
the third term of necessary.  The &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Candidacy Exam&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is given in the&lt;br /&gt;
second year and is used to evaluate a student's research abilities.&lt;br /&gt;
Upon passing this exam, the student is admitted to candidacy, the&lt;br /&gt;
first step in obtaining a PhD.  The final exam is the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Ph.D.&lt;br /&gt;
examination&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (or thesis defense) and is given after complication of&lt;br /&gt;
the Ph.D. dissertation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A rough outline of the typical schedule for the first two years of&lt;br /&gt;
study in CDS is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* Year One&lt;br /&gt;
** Complete CDS required courses (101, 102, 112, 140) + focus requirement&lt;br /&gt;
** Take and pass the CDS Qualifying Exam&lt;br /&gt;
** Find a research advisor&lt;br /&gt;
* Year Two&lt;br /&gt;
** Complete additional coursework in CDS (45 units total) &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** Take and pass the CDS Candidacy Exam&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** Advance to Candidacy for the Ph.D.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note that most students will begin doing research in the summer of&lt;br /&gt;
their first year in residency, in preparation for the Candidacy Exam.&lt;br /&gt;
It is therefore essential that students find a research advisor no&lt;br /&gt;
later than the end of third term and select an initial research&lt;br /&gt;
project to form the basis of the Candidacy Exam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The remainder of this document contains detailed descriptions of the&lt;br /&gt;
requirements and procedures for completing the Ph.D. program in CDS.&lt;br /&gt;
If you have any questions, you should consult your advisor or the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
Option Representative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Ph.D. Program ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Aims and Scope ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Control and Dynamical Systems (CDS) option is open to students&lt;br /&gt;
with an undergraduate degree in engineering, mathematics, or&lt;br /&gt;
science. The qualifications of each applicant will be considered&lt;br /&gt;
individually, and, after being enrolled, the student will arrange his&lt;br /&gt;
or her program in consultation with a member of the faculty. In some&lt;br /&gt;
cases the student may be required to make up undergraduate&lt;br /&gt;
deficiencies in engineering science courses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The CDS option emphasizes the interdisciplinary nature of modern&lt;br /&gt;
theory of dynamical systems and control. The curriculum is designed to&lt;br /&gt;
promote a broad knowledge of mathematical and experimental techniques&lt;br /&gt;
in dynamical systems theory and control. In addition to taking courses&lt;br /&gt;
in the CDS option, students must select a focus area (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Coursework ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon admission each student will be assigned an adviser in the option&lt;br /&gt;
and a committee of three members, chaired by the adviser, which will&lt;br /&gt;
approve the initial course of study by the student. Each prospective&lt;br /&gt;
Ph.D. student will meet with their advisor to evaluate the student's&lt;br /&gt;
background, relative to that expected at the Ph.D. level, in the areas&lt;br /&gt;
of mathematics, control, and dynamical systems.  The chief intention&lt;br /&gt;
of these consultations is to set up a course program for the first&lt;br /&gt;
year of study.  The adviser will be replaced by a research adviser&lt;br /&gt;
when the direction of specialization is determined, not later than the&lt;br /&gt;
beginning of the second year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following course requirements must be satisfied in order to obtain&lt;br /&gt;
a Ph.D.  in Control and Dynamical Systems:&lt;br /&gt;
* Complete the following required courses: AM/EE 116, CDS 140, CDS 201, CDS 202;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Complete the focus requirement, consisting of at least 27 units in a particular area outside of CDS. Courses taken to satisfy the focus must represent a coherent program of advanced study in the chosen area. Possible areas include computer science, fluid mechanics, robotics, networking, biology, economics, information theory, circuit theory or other similar areas.  The program of study must be approved by the option representative on behalf of the CDS faculty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Complete an additional 45 units in CDS or other advanced courses in dynamical systems and/or mathematics;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The student's counseling committee committee will be the judge of the completion of&lt;br /&gt;
the focus requirement, necessary before the candidacy examination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Oral Qualifying Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each student is required to take a subject oral qualifying examination&lt;br /&gt;
at the beginning of the second quarter in residence, the purpose of&lt;br /&gt;
which is to examine expertise in mathematics, control, and dynamical&lt;br /&gt;
systems.  The exam covers the material taught in the first term of CDS&lt;br /&gt;
classes (typically ACM/EE 116, CDS 201 and CDS 110a/212).  Students may&lt;br /&gt;
petition the faculty to replace one of these areas with an outside&lt;br /&gt;
area.  Petitions are due no later than the last day of classes of the&lt;br /&gt;
term preceding the exam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three types of decisions will be possible: ''pass'', ''conditional pass'', ''fail''.  A student with a ''pass'' or ''conditional pass'' is permitted to begin his or her Ph.D. research.  However, a student with a ''conditional pass'' will usually be required to satisfy some additional requirements, such as successful completion of specified coursework.  Students who fail the oral subject exam may be permitted to repeat the exam (or part of the exam)&lt;br /&gt;
once in the spring term, but this will occur only upon recommendation of the examination committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The format of the oral qualifying exam is described in the [[#CDS Qualifying Exam Procedures|qualifying exam section]] below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Research Advisor ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once students have passed the candidacy exam, they should begin to identify potential advisors for their research.  CDS students are encouraged to talk with faculty across Caltech who are working in areas of research related to their interests.  Students are responsible for finding a faculty member who agrees to supervise their research no later than the end of third term of the first year.  If a student is not able to identify a faculty member who is able to serve as they research advisor, he or she should contact the CDS option representative as soon as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Candidacy Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to admission to candidacy for the Ph.D. degree, a student is&lt;br /&gt;
required to pass the candidacy examination.  This exam consists of two&lt;br /&gt;
parts: a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;research progress report&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; and an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;oral examination&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
based primarily upon the content of the report.  A student who fails&lt;br /&gt;
to pass the candidacy exam according to the timetable and procedures&lt;br /&gt;
described below will &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;not&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; be permitted to register in any&lt;br /&gt;
subsequent terms, except for the purpose of completing work toward the&lt;br /&gt;
M.S. degree, and then only with the permission of the option&lt;br /&gt;
representative and the research advisor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The research progress report required for admission to candidacy should&lt;br /&gt;
be submitted to the faculty before the end of the second term of&lt;br /&gt;
the second year in residence.  The report is to be based upon the&lt;br /&gt;
Ph.D. research project and is expected to exhibit a professional&lt;br /&gt;
quality of exposition.  As a guide, the report should outline the&lt;br /&gt;
research problem, the progress of the student at the time of writing,&lt;br /&gt;
and the areas proposed for future study.  It is also important that&lt;br /&gt;
the report provide clear evidence of the student's understanding of&lt;br /&gt;
the motivation for the research problem and its relevance to the&lt;br /&gt;
general research area, as well as an appreciation of relevant&lt;br /&gt;
techniques and methodology.  The student should strive for a precise&lt;br /&gt;
and concise format.  Normally, the text itself should not exceed 20&lt;br /&gt;
pages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The research progress report will be approved based upon the&lt;br /&gt;
recommendation of an oral examination committee; the committee will&lt;br /&gt;
consist of no less than three faculty members, including the research&lt;br /&gt;
advisor and at least one additional member of the CDS faculty.  The&lt;br /&gt;
choice of the oral exam committee will be made by the student and his&lt;br /&gt;
or her research advisor, and must be approved by the Option&lt;br /&gt;
Representative.  It is the responsibility of the student to obtain&lt;br /&gt;
approval from each proposed committee member for the time and date of&lt;br /&gt;
the oral exam.  The list of the recommended exam committee members&lt;br /&gt;
must be submitted at the same time as the research progress report,&lt;br /&gt;
and the exam is normally scheduled within one month of submitting the&lt;br /&gt;
report.  The exam committee may require revision of the report, and&lt;br /&gt;
possibly a reexamination.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See the [[#Procedures for Advancement to Candidacy|candidacy proceedures section]] below for more details on the procedure for&lt;br /&gt;
advancement to candidacy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Appointment of Thesis Review Committee ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a student passes the second-year candidacy exam, a faculty&lt;br /&gt;
committee known as the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;thesis review committee&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; should be&lt;br /&gt;
established to review periodically the student's progress.  This&lt;br /&gt;
committee will serve not only as overseers of research progress during&lt;br /&gt;
the student's Ph.D. residency, but will also contribute to the&lt;br /&gt;
intellectual development of the student through sustained interaction.&lt;br /&gt;
Each student should endeavor to form the committee as soon as possible&lt;br /&gt;
after passing the candidacy exam, but no later than one month prior to&lt;br /&gt;
the beginning of the third year in residence.  This committee should&lt;br /&gt;
meet with the student before fall registration each year, either as a&lt;br /&gt;
group or individually, to review progress, suggest improvements in&lt;br /&gt;
research etc.  It is the students responsibility to organize this committee and seek its periodic input.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Final Thesis and Oral Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a final step in the Ph.D. program, the student is required to&lt;br /&gt;
submit a satisfactory thesis and pass a final oral examination.  This&lt;br /&gt;
exam will be preceded by a seminar which will be open to the general&lt;br /&gt;
public.  The [[#Ph.D. Examination Procedures|PhD procedures section]] below describes the procedures in&lt;br /&gt;
detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CDS Qualifying Exam Procedures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Format and Content of the Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each student is required to take a subject oral qualifying examination&lt;br /&gt;
at the beginning of the second quarter in residence, the purpose of&lt;br /&gt;
which is to examine expertise in mathematics, control and dynamical&lt;br /&gt;
systems.  The exam covers the material taught in the first term of CDS&lt;br /&gt;
classes (typically ACM/EE 116, CDS 201 and CDS 110/212).  Students may&lt;br /&gt;
petition the faculty to replace one of these areas with an outside&lt;br /&gt;
area.  Petitions are due no later than the last day of classes of the&lt;br /&gt;
term preceding the exam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two and one-half (2-1/2) hours are allotted to the exam.  During the&lt;br /&gt;
first 90 minutes you will be given a written copy of the exam&lt;br /&gt;
questions, and will have the opportunity to prepare your answers;&lt;br /&gt;
during the second 60 minutes you will answer the questions orally at&lt;br /&gt;
the direction of the committee.  While preparing your answers, you are&lt;br /&gt;
not allowed to consult references of any kind.  All information that&lt;br /&gt;
we do not expect you to know (or be able to derive) will be supplied&lt;br /&gt;
as part of the question.  You should strive to present your answers in&lt;br /&gt;
a concise and incisive manner.  Due to scheduling, we will not be able&lt;br /&gt;
to extend the answer period beyond 60 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To determine potential subject matter, you should feel free to discuss&lt;br /&gt;
relevant references, etc. with members of the faculty; however, do not&lt;br /&gt;
expect the questions to be derived from any specific reference.  Also,&lt;br /&gt;
do not expect (or ask for) information about the nature or topics of&lt;br /&gt;
the questions themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exam Scheduling ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Qualifying Exam will take place at the beginning of the second&lt;br /&gt;
term in residence.  All first-year CDS students will receive a&lt;br /&gt;
scheduling form at the end of first term, which must be filled out and&lt;br /&gt;
returned to the Option Administrator no later than the end of first term&lt;br /&gt;
(i.e., the last day of finals).  Petitions to replace one of the&lt;br /&gt;
standard subject areas with an outside subject area must be submitted&lt;br /&gt;
no later than the last day of classes of first term.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The schedule for exams will be available by the beginning of the first week&lt;br /&gt;
of classes in second term, and exams will normally be scheduled at the end of the first week or&lt;br /&gt;
beginning of the second week of the term.  The results of the exam&lt;br /&gt;
will be announced after all students have completed of the exam.  Upon&lt;br /&gt;
recommendation of the examining committee, students who fail the exam&lt;br /&gt;
will be given one additional opportunity to take the exam, typically&lt;br /&gt;
at the beginning of spring term.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Procedures for Advancement to Candidacy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Requirements for Candidacy ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be recommended for candidacy for the doctorate degree, the&lt;br /&gt;
applicant, in addition to demonstrating understanding and knowledge of&lt;br /&gt;
fundamentals at the first-year Qualifying Examination, must give&lt;br /&gt;
satisfactory evidence of ability to carry out research in his or her&lt;br /&gt;
primary field of interest.  Hence, the applicant must submit and have&lt;br /&gt;
approved a written Research Progress Report.  In most cases, approval&lt;br /&gt;
of the written report will be based on a satisfactory oral defense of&lt;br /&gt;
its contents.  CDS students are expected to take and complete the Candidacy Examination by the end of their second academic year at Caltech.&lt;br /&gt;
A student who fails to satisfy the requirements of the&lt;br /&gt;
Division for candidacy by the end of the third term of the third year&lt;br /&gt;
in residence at the California Institute of Technology will not be&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to register in a subsequent academic year except by special&lt;br /&gt;
permission of the Division.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Procedures for scheduling and taking the exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Select a tentative date (determined by the candidate and his or&lt;br /&gt;
her research advisor) and an examining committee of at least three&lt;br /&gt;
members.  Check with the CDS Option Adminstrator to avoid time/place conflicts.&lt;br /&gt;
Then check with members of your committee to see that the date is&lt;br /&gt;
satisfactory.  The committee must consist of at least two CDS faculty&lt;br /&gt;
members and must be approved by the Option Representative before the&lt;br /&gt;
exam is scheduled.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Obtain a ''Candidacy Form for the Degree of Doctor of&lt;br /&gt;
Philosophy'' from the CDS option administrator.  Enter your name, major, and minor&lt;br /&gt;
(if you choose to have one) at the top of the Candidacy Form.  If you&lt;br /&gt;
choose to pursue a minor, fill in Section II6; if you do not pursue a&lt;br /&gt;
minor, fill in Section II5 with the courses taken outside of CDS (see&lt;br /&gt;
below).  Get proper approval signatures and return the form to the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
Secretary.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Prepare four copies of your Research Progress Report and deliver a&lt;br /&gt;
copy to each of your committee members no later than {\em two weeks} prior&lt;br /&gt;
to your examination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This report should describe concisely the present state-of-the-art of&lt;br /&gt;
your research topic, your progress to date, your proposed research,&lt;br /&gt;
and the nature of the contribution which you expect to make in the&lt;br /&gt;
general problem area.  All of this should not exceed {\em twenty pages,&lt;br /&gt;
double-spaced and typed}.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;When the Research Progress Report is satisfactory, the members&lt;br /&gt;
of the examining committee will sign the Candidacy Form.  All forms&lt;br /&gt;
should be returned to the CDS option administrator &lt;br /&gt;
after the examination.  You must fill out information in&lt;br /&gt;
Section II, and take it to the Registrar's Office for signature, and&lt;br /&gt;
then to the Option Representative for completion of Section V.  Then&lt;br /&gt;
obtain the Division Chair's signature and take the form to the&lt;br /&gt;
Graduate Office for your file there.  You will be notified later by&lt;br /&gt;
the Dean of Graduate Studies that you have been admitted to Candidacy&lt;br /&gt;
for the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ph.D. Examination Procedures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final Ph.D. exam will consist of a defense of the candidate's&lt;br /&gt;
thesis research.  In addition to the formal exam, each candidate is&lt;br /&gt;
required to present a seminar (open to the public) on his or her work;&lt;br /&gt;
this seminar will be scheduled in the Caltech Calendar as a regular&lt;br /&gt;
CDS Seminar.  The exam and seminar must be held at least two weeks&lt;br /&gt;
before the degree is conferred.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Procedures for Processing Necessary Forms ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;At least ''three weeks'' prior to the exam date, obtain the&lt;br /&gt;
following forms from the Graduate Office:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Petition for Exam&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Application for Approval of Thesis&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The date of the Ph.D.  exam and the committee members will be&lt;br /&gt;
determined by you and your research advisor and must be approved by&lt;br /&gt;
the Option Representative.  Check with members of your committee for&lt;br /&gt;
agreement on the date and time of the exam.  Once a definite date and&lt;br /&gt;
committee are set, the CDS Secretary will send a confirming memo to&lt;br /&gt;
the committee members.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Fill out and sign the top portion of the ''Application for Approval of Thesis''.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Complete the first page of the ''Petition for Exam''; have the&lt;br /&gt;
Registrar complete and sign Part I of page 2.  Complete Part II of&lt;br /&gt;
page 2, obtain the Divisional Chair's signature, and deliver the&lt;br /&gt;
form to the Graduate Office.  The Petition will remain there until&lt;br /&gt;
just before your exam when you should return it to the CDS option administrator.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Procedures for Submitting the Ph.D. Thesis ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;''At least two weeks prior to your exam'', supply each member (four are&lt;br /&gt;
needed, one of whom can be a qualified Ph.D. from off-campus) of your&lt;br /&gt;
committee with a copy of your thesis.  The Petition and Approval of&lt;br /&gt;
Thesis forms will not be signed at the time of the exam unless the&lt;br /&gt;
thesis requires no changes.  If corrections or revisions are required,&lt;br /&gt;
it is your responsibility to:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;make the necessary corrections or revisions;&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;submit the revised thesis to members of your examining committee; and&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;secure committee signatures on the Petition of Approval of&lt;br /&gt;
  Thesis forms after the acceptance of the corrections or revisions.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Submit one copy of your thesis to the Graduate Office for&lt;br /&gt;
proofreading.  This should be done at the same time the thesis is&lt;br /&gt;
submitted to your committee members.  (If corrections or revisions are&lt;br /&gt;
required, the thesis must be proofread a second time.)  You will be&lt;br /&gt;
notified as soon as the proofreading is complete (usually a couple of&lt;br /&gt;
days).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;After the exam is passed in all respects and the committee has signed&lt;br /&gt;
both the Petition and Approval of Thesis forms, obtain the signature&lt;br /&gt;
of the Option Representative of your subject minor, if appropriate,&lt;br /&gt;
and return the form to the Graduate Office.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Submit ''two corrected copies'' of the thesis to the Graduate&lt;br /&gt;
Office: one copy must be on Perma-Life or Old Council Tree bond paper,&lt;br /&gt;
reproduced from the original; the other copy may be regular Xerox&lt;br /&gt;
paper (see Graphic Arts for further information).  Submit these copies&lt;br /&gt;
in a brown envelope labeled as follows: your name, Ph.D.; Control and&lt;br /&gt;
Dynamical Systems; year.  Also submit two extra title pages and two&lt;br /&gt;
extra abstracts.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assist you in preparing for your final Ph.D. Examination, you&lt;br /&gt;
should obtain the following publications from the Graduate Office:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Preparation of Doctoral Dissertations&amp;quot; and&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Ph.D. Examination Procedures&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Transferring into CDS from Another Option ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students wishing to switch into CDS from another option must do so&lt;br /&gt;
before the end of their second year of residence at Caltech.  Students&lt;br /&gt;
must satisfy all option course requirements and must pass the&lt;br /&gt;
candidacy exam in order to be officially admitted into the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
Ph.D. program.  In addition, the student is expected to take the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
qualifying exam no later than the first year of study after&lt;br /&gt;
transferring into the CDS option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The procedure for switching into CDS is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
\begin{enumerate}&lt;br /&gt;
  \item The student should submit a written request to the Option&lt;br /&gt;
  Representative to consider admission into the CDS option.  Under&lt;br /&gt;
  normal circumstances, this request must be received no later than&lt;br /&gt;
  the admissions deadline for incoming graduate students (January 15).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  \item The Admissions Committee will consider applications for&lt;br /&gt;
  transfer using the same criteria as outside admission into the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
  program.  Transfer students will be notified of admission by the&lt;br /&gt;
  usual admissions response deadline (March 31).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  \item Transfer students who are admitted into CDS must accept or&lt;br /&gt;
  decline admission no later than the usual admissions deadline (April&lt;br /&gt;
  15).  If admitted, the student may either transfer immediately or&lt;br /&gt;
  defer admission until the beginning of the academic year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  \item Financial aid for transfer students will be described in the&lt;br /&gt;
  letter of admission.  Aid is not usually available until the&lt;br /&gt;
  beginning of the next academic year.&lt;br /&gt;
\end{enumerate}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The M.S. Program ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students will be admitted to the option who expect to pursue&lt;br /&gt;
the Ph.D. degree.  The master's degree may be awarded in exceptional&lt;br /&gt;
cases.  The awarding of this degree requires fulfilling the Institute&lt;br /&gt;
requirements for a master's degree, satisfying the engineering focus&lt;br /&gt;
requirements, and receiving a recommendation for awarding of the&lt;br /&gt;
degree from the counseling committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The M.S. program, unlike the Ph.D., is based primarily upon the&lt;br /&gt;
successful completion of coursework.  This coursework must include at&lt;br /&gt;
least 135 units in order to satisfy Institute requirements, with the&lt;br /&gt;
following core courses:&lt;br /&gt;
\begin{center}&lt;br /&gt;
  \begin{tabular}{ll}&lt;br /&gt;
    CDS 101, 102, 112, 140	&amp;amp;\qquad 36 units \\&lt;br /&gt;
    Additional Advanced Courses in CDS 	&amp;amp;\qquad 36 units \\&lt;br /&gt;
    Engineering Electives (focus area) &amp;amp;\qquad 27 units \\&lt;br /&gt;
    General Electives	&amp;amp;\qquad 36 units \\&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{tabular}&lt;br /&gt;
\end{center}&lt;br /&gt;
The 36 units of general electives should include mathematics, science&lt;br /&gt;
and engineering subjects or research, but may be, with special&lt;br /&gt;
permission, humanities and social sciences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All M.S. students are required to submit candidacy forms to the&lt;br /&gt;
Institute for approval of the proposed course of study for the&lt;br /&gt;
M.S. degree.  The M.S. candidacy form must be submitted by midterm&lt;br /&gt;
(approximately mid-November) of the first term of the year when the&lt;br /&gt;
degree is expected.  These forms can be obtained at the Institute&lt;br /&gt;
Graduate Office.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Murray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Option_guidelines&amp;diff=157</id>
		<title>Option guidelines</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.cds.caltech.edu/wiki/index.php?title=Option_guidelines&amp;diff=157"/>
		<updated>2011-07-18T01:27:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Murray: /* Procedures for Processing Necessary Forms */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{righttoc}}&lt;br /&gt;
This document describes the requirements for obtaining a degree in&lt;br /&gt;
Control and Dynamical Systems at Caltech.  It is intended to&lt;br /&gt;
complement the Caltech Catalog by giving additional information about&lt;br /&gt;
option regulations and standard procedures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three examinations which are required to obtain a Ph.D. in&lt;br /&gt;
CDS.  The first is the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Qualifying Exam&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, given in the first year&lt;br /&gt;
of study and intended to evaluate the student's expertise in&lt;br /&gt;
mathematics, control, and dynamical systems.  This exam is&lt;br /&gt;
administered at the beginning of the second term and may be retaken in&lt;br /&gt;
the third term of necessary.  The &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Candidacy Exam&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is given in the&lt;br /&gt;
second year and is used to evaluate a student's research abilities.&lt;br /&gt;
Upon passing this exam, the student is admitted to candidacy, the&lt;br /&gt;
first step in obtaining a PhD.  The final exam is the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Ph.D.&lt;br /&gt;
examination&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (or thesis defense) and is given after complication of&lt;br /&gt;
the Ph.D. dissertation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A rough outline of the typical schedule for the first two years of&lt;br /&gt;
study in CDS is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* Year One&lt;br /&gt;
** Complete CDS required courses (101, 102, 112, 140) + focus requirement&lt;br /&gt;
** Take and pass the CDS Qualifying Exam&lt;br /&gt;
** Find a research advisor&lt;br /&gt;
* Year Two&lt;br /&gt;
** Complete additional coursework in CDS (45 units total) &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** Take and pass the CDS Candidacy Exam&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** Advance to Candidacy for the Ph.D.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note that most students will begin doing research in the summer of&lt;br /&gt;
their first year in residency, in preparation for the Candidacy Exam.&lt;br /&gt;
It is therefore essential that students find a research advisor no&lt;br /&gt;
later than the end of third term and select an initial research&lt;br /&gt;
project to form the basis of the Candidacy Exam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The remainder of this document contains detailed descriptions of the&lt;br /&gt;
requirements and procedures for completing the Ph.D. program in CDS.&lt;br /&gt;
If you have any questions, you should consult your advisor or the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
Option Representative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Ph.D. Program ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Aims and Scope ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Control and Dynamical Systems (CDS) option is open to students&lt;br /&gt;
with an undergraduate degree in engineering, mathematics, or&lt;br /&gt;
science. The qualifications of each applicant will be considered&lt;br /&gt;
individually, and, after being enrolled, the student will arrange his&lt;br /&gt;
or her program in consultation with a member of the faculty. In some&lt;br /&gt;
cases the student may be required to make up undergraduate&lt;br /&gt;
deficiencies in engineering science courses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The CDS option emphasizes the interdisciplinary nature of modern&lt;br /&gt;
theory of dynamical systems and control. The curriculum is designed to&lt;br /&gt;
promote a broad knowledge of mathematical and experimental techniques&lt;br /&gt;
in dynamical systems theory and control. In addition to taking courses&lt;br /&gt;
in the CDS option, students must select a focus area (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Coursework ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon admission each student will be assigned an adviser in the option&lt;br /&gt;
and a committee of three members, chaired by the adviser, which will&lt;br /&gt;
approve the initial course of study by the student. Each prospective&lt;br /&gt;
Ph.D. student will meet with their advisor to evaluate the student's&lt;br /&gt;
background, relative to that expected at the Ph.D. level, in the areas&lt;br /&gt;
of mathematics, control, and dynamical systems.  The chief intention&lt;br /&gt;
of these consultations is to set up a course program for the first&lt;br /&gt;
year of study.  The adviser will be replaced by a research adviser&lt;br /&gt;
when the direction of specialization is determined, not later than the&lt;br /&gt;
beginning of the second year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following course requirements must be satisfied in order to obtain&lt;br /&gt;
a Ph.D.  in Control and Dynamical Systems:&lt;br /&gt;
* Complete the following required courses: AM/EE 116, CDS 140, CDS 201, CDS 202;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Complete the focus requirement, consisting of at least 27 units in a particular area outside of CDS. Courses taken to satisfy the focus must represent a coherent program of advanced study in the chosen area. Possible areas include computer science, fluid mechanics, robotics, networking, biology, economics, information theory, circuit theory or other similar areas.  The program of study must be approved by the option representative on behalf of the CDS faculty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Complete an additional 45 units in CDS or other advanced courses in dynamical systems and/or mathematics;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The student's counseling committee committee will be the judge of the completion of&lt;br /&gt;
the focus requirement, necessary before the candidacy examination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Oral Qualifying Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each student is required to take a subject oral qualifying examination&lt;br /&gt;
at the beginning of the second quarter in residence, the purpose of&lt;br /&gt;
which is to examine expertise in mathematics, control, and dynamical&lt;br /&gt;
systems.  The exam covers the material taught in the first term of CDS&lt;br /&gt;
classes (typically ACM/EE 116, CDS 201 and CDS 110a/212).  Students may&lt;br /&gt;
petition the faculty to replace one of these areas with an outside&lt;br /&gt;
area.  Petitions are due no later than the last day of classes of the&lt;br /&gt;
term preceding the exam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three types of decisions will be possible: ''pass'', ''conditional pass'', ''fail''.  A student with a ''pass'' or ''conditional pass'' is permitted to begin his or her Ph.D. research.  However, a student with a ''conditional pass'' will usually be required to satisfy some additional requirements, such as successful completion of specified coursework.  Students who fail the oral subject exam may be permitted to repeat the exam (or part of the exam)&lt;br /&gt;
once in the spring term, but this will occur only upon recommendation of the examination committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The format of the oral qualifying exam is described in the [[#CDS Qualifying Exam Procedures|qualifying exam section]] below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Research Advisor ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once students have passed the candidacy exam, they should begin to identify potential advisors for their research.  CDS students are encouraged to talk with faculty across Caltech who are working in areas of research related to their interests.  Students are responsible for finding a faculty member who agrees to supervise their research no later than the end of third term of the first year.  If a student is not able to identify a faculty member who is able to serve as they research advisor, he or she should contact the CDS option representative as soon as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Candidacy Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to admission to candidacy for the Ph.D. degree, a student is&lt;br /&gt;
required to pass the candidacy examination.  This exam consists of two&lt;br /&gt;
parts: a &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;research progress report&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; and an &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;oral examination&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
based primarily upon the content of the report.  A student who fails&lt;br /&gt;
to pass the candidacy exam according to the timetable and procedures&lt;br /&gt;
described below will &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;not&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; be permitted to register in any&lt;br /&gt;
subsequent terms, except for the purpose of completing work toward the&lt;br /&gt;
M.S. degree, and then only with the permission of the option&lt;br /&gt;
representative and the research advisor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The research progress report required for admission to candidacy should&lt;br /&gt;
be submitted to the faculty before the end of the second term of&lt;br /&gt;
the second year in residence.  The report is to be based upon the&lt;br /&gt;
Ph.D. research project and is expected to exhibit a professional&lt;br /&gt;
quality of exposition.  As a guide, the report should outline the&lt;br /&gt;
research problem, the progress of the student at the time of writing,&lt;br /&gt;
and the areas proposed for future study.  It is also important that&lt;br /&gt;
the report provide clear evidence of the student's understanding of&lt;br /&gt;
the motivation for the research problem and its relevance to the&lt;br /&gt;
general research area, as well as an appreciation of relevant&lt;br /&gt;
techniques and methodology.  The student should strive for a precise&lt;br /&gt;
and concise format.  Normally, the text itself should not exceed 20&lt;br /&gt;
pages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The research progress report will be approved based upon the&lt;br /&gt;
recommendation of an oral examination committee; the committee will&lt;br /&gt;
consist of no less than three faculty members, including the research&lt;br /&gt;
advisor and at least one additional member of the CDS faculty.  The&lt;br /&gt;
choice of the oral exam committee will be made by the student and his&lt;br /&gt;
or her research advisor, and must be approved by the Option&lt;br /&gt;
Representative.  It is the responsibility of the student to obtain&lt;br /&gt;
approval from each proposed committee member for the time and date of&lt;br /&gt;
the oral exam.  The list of the recommended exam committee members&lt;br /&gt;
must be submitted at the same time as the research progress report,&lt;br /&gt;
and the exam is normally scheduled within one month of submitting the&lt;br /&gt;
report.  The exam committee may require revision of the report, and&lt;br /&gt;
possibly a reexamination.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See the [[#Procedures for Advancement to Candidacy|candidacy proceedures section]] below for more details on the procedure for&lt;br /&gt;
advancement to candidacy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Appointment of Thesis Review Committee ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a student passes the second-year candidacy exam, a faculty&lt;br /&gt;
committee known as the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;thesis review committee&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; should be&lt;br /&gt;
established to review periodically the student's progress.  This&lt;br /&gt;
committee will serve not only as overseers of research progress during&lt;br /&gt;
the student's Ph.D. residency, but will also contribute to the&lt;br /&gt;
intellectual development of the student through sustained interaction.&lt;br /&gt;
Each student should endeavor to form the committee as soon as possible&lt;br /&gt;
after passing the candidacy exam, but no later than one month prior to&lt;br /&gt;
the beginning of the third year in residence.  This committee should&lt;br /&gt;
meet with the student before fall registration each year, either as a&lt;br /&gt;
group or individually, to review progress, suggest improvements in&lt;br /&gt;
research etc.  It is the students responsibility to organize this committee and seek its periodic input.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Final Thesis and Oral Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a final step in the Ph.D. program, the student is required to&lt;br /&gt;
submit a satisfactory thesis and pass a final oral examination.  This&lt;br /&gt;
exam will be preceded by a seminar which will be open to the general&lt;br /&gt;
public.  The [[#Ph.D. Examination Procedures|PhD procedures section]] below describes the procedures in&lt;br /&gt;
detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CDS Qualifying Exam Procedures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Format and Content of the Exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each student is required to take a subject oral qualifying examination&lt;br /&gt;
at the beginning of the second quarter in residence, the purpose of&lt;br /&gt;
which is to examine expertise in mathematics, control and dynamical&lt;br /&gt;
systems.  The exam covers the material taught in the first term of CDS&lt;br /&gt;
classes (typically ACM/EE 116, CDS 201 and CDS 110/212).  Students may&lt;br /&gt;
petition the faculty to replace one of these areas with an outside&lt;br /&gt;
area.  Petitions are due no later than the last day of classes of the&lt;br /&gt;
term preceding the exam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two and one-half (2-1/2) hours are allotted to the exam.  During the&lt;br /&gt;
first 90 minutes you will be given a written copy of the exam&lt;br /&gt;
questions, and will have the opportunity to prepare your answers;&lt;br /&gt;
during the second 60 minutes you will answer the questions orally at&lt;br /&gt;
the direction of the committee.  While preparing your answers, you are&lt;br /&gt;
not allowed to consult references of any kind.  All information that&lt;br /&gt;
we do not expect you to know (or be able to derive) will be supplied&lt;br /&gt;
as part of the question.  You should strive to present your answers in&lt;br /&gt;
a concise and incisive manner.  Due to scheduling, we will not be able&lt;br /&gt;
to extend the answer period beyond 60 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To determine potential subject matter, you should feel free to discuss&lt;br /&gt;
relevant references, etc. with members of the faculty; however, do not&lt;br /&gt;
expect the questions to be derived from any specific reference.  Also,&lt;br /&gt;
do not expect (or ask for) information about the nature or topics of&lt;br /&gt;
the questions themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exam Scheduling ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Qualifying Exam will take place at the beginning of the second&lt;br /&gt;
term in residence.  All first-year CDS students will receive a&lt;br /&gt;
scheduling form at the end of first term, which must be filled out and&lt;br /&gt;
returned to the Option Administrator no later than the end of first term&lt;br /&gt;
(i.e., the last day of finals).  Petitions to replace one of the&lt;br /&gt;
standard subject areas with an outside subject area must be submitted&lt;br /&gt;
no later than the last day of classes of first term.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The schedule for exams will be available by the beginning of the first week&lt;br /&gt;
of classes in second term, and exams will normally be scheduled at the end of the first week or&lt;br /&gt;
beginning of the second week of the term.  The results of the exam&lt;br /&gt;
will be announced after all students have completed of the exam.  Upon&lt;br /&gt;
recommendation of the examining committee, students who fail the exam&lt;br /&gt;
will be given one additional opportunity to take the exam, typically&lt;br /&gt;
at the beginning of spring term.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Procedures for Advancement to Candidacy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Requirements for Candidacy ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be recommended for candidacy for the doctorate degree, the&lt;br /&gt;
applicant, in addition to demonstrating understanding and knowledge of&lt;br /&gt;
fundamentals at the first-year Qualifying Examination, must give&lt;br /&gt;
satisfactory evidence of ability to carry out research in his or her&lt;br /&gt;
primary field of interest.  Hence, the applicant must submit and have&lt;br /&gt;
approved a written Research Progress Report.  In most cases, approval&lt;br /&gt;
of the written report will be based on a satisfactory oral defense of&lt;br /&gt;
its contents.  CDS students are expected to take and complete the Candidacy Examination by the end of their second academic year at Caltech.&lt;br /&gt;
A student who fails to satisfy the requirements of the&lt;br /&gt;
Division for candidacy by the end of the third term of the third year&lt;br /&gt;
in residence at the California Institute of Technology will not be&lt;br /&gt;
allowed to register in a subsequent academic year except by special&lt;br /&gt;
permission of the Division.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Procedures for scheduling and taking the exam ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Select a tentative date (determined by the candidate and his or&lt;br /&gt;
her research advisor) and an examining committee of at least three&lt;br /&gt;
members.  Check with the CDS Option Adminstrator to avoid time/place conflicts.&lt;br /&gt;
Then check with members of your committee to see that the date is&lt;br /&gt;
satisfactory.  The committee must consist of at least two CDS faculty&lt;br /&gt;
members and must be approved by the Option Representative before the&lt;br /&gt;
exam is scheduled.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Obtain a ''Candidacy Form for the Degree of Doctor of&lt;br /&gt;
Philosophy'' from the CDS option administrator.  Enter your name, major, and minor&lt;br /&gt;
(if you choose to have one) at the top of the Candidacy Form.  If you&lt;br /&gt;
choose to pursue a minor, fill in Section II6; if you do not pursue a&lt;br /&gt;
minor, fill in Section II5 with the courses taken outside of CDS (see&lt;br /&gt;
below).  Get proper approval signatures and return the form to the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
Secretary.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Prepare four copies of your Research Progress Report and deliver a&lt;br /&gt;
copy to each of your committee members no later than {\em two weeks} prior&lt;br /&gt;
to your examination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This report should describe concisely the present state-of-the-art of&lt;br /&gt;
your research topic, your progress to date, your proposed research,&lt;br /&gt;
and the nature of the contribution which you expect to make in the&lt;br /&gt;
general problem area.  All of this should not exceed {\em twenty pages,&lt;br /&gt;
double-spaced and typed}.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;When the Research Progress Report is satisfactory, the members&lt;br /&gt;
of the examining committee will sign the Candidacy Form.  All forms&lt;br /&gt;
should be returned to the CDS option administrator &lt;br /&gt;
after the examination.  You must fill out information in&lt;br /&gt;
Section II, and take it to the Registrar's Office for signature, and&lt;br /&gt;
then to the Option Representative for completion of Section V.  Then&lt;br /&gt;
obtain the Division Chair's signature and take the form to the&lt;br /&gt;
Graduate Office for your file there.  You will be notified later by&lt;br /&gt;
the Dean of Graduate Studies that you have been admitted to Candidacy&lt;br /&gt;
for the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ph.D. Examination Procedures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final Ph.D. exam will consist of a defense of the candidate's&lt;br /&gt;
thesis research.  In addition to the formal exam, each candidate is&lt;br /&gt;
required to present a seminar (open to the public) on his or her work;&lt;br /&gt;
this seminar will be scheduled in the Caltech Calendar as a regular&lt;br /&gt;
CDS Seminar.  The exam and seminar must be held at least two weeks&lt;br /&gt;
before the degree is conferred.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Procedures for Processing Necessary Forms ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;At least ''three weeks'' prior to the exam date, obtain the&lt;br /&gt;
following forms from the Graduate Office:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Petition for Exam&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Application for Approval of Thesis&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The date of the Ph.D.  exam and the committee members will be&lt;br /&gt;
determined by you and your research advisor and must be approved by&lt;br /&gt;
the Option Representative.  Check with members of your committee for&lt;br /&gt;
agreement on the date and time of the exam.  Once a definite date and&lt;br /&gt;
committee are set, the CDS Secretary will send a confirming memo to&lt;br /&gt;
the committee members.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Fill out and sign the top portion of the ''Application for Approval of Thesis''.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Complete the first page of the ''Petition for Exam''; have the&lt;br /&gt;
Registrar complete and sign Part I of page 2.  Complete Part II of&lt;br /&gt;
page 2, obtain the Divisional Chair's signature, and deliver the&lt;br /&gt;
form to the Graduate Office.  The Petition will remain there until&lt;br /&gt;
just before your exam when you should return it to the CDS option administrator.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Procedures for Submitting the Ph.D. Thesis ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
\begin{enumerate}&lt;br /&gt;
\item {\em At least two weeks prior to your exam}, supply each member (four are&lt;br /&gt;
needed, one of whom can be a qualified Ph.D. from off-campus) of your&lt;br /&gt;
committee with a copy of your thesis.  The Petition and Approval of&lt;br /&gt;
Thesis forms will not be signed at the time of the exam unless the&lt;br /&gt;
thesis requires no changes.  If corrections or revisions are required,&lt;br /&gt;
it is your responsibility to:&lt;br /&gt;
\begin{itemize}&lt;br /&gt;
  \item make the necessary corrections or revisions;&lt;br /&gt;
  \item submit the revised thesis to members of your examining committee; and&lt;br /&gt;
  \item secure committee signatures on the Petition of Approval of&lt;br /&gt;
  Thesis forms after the acceptance of the corrections or revisions.&lt;br /&gt;
\end{itemize}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
\item Submit one copy of your thesis to the Graduate Office for&lt;br /&gt;
proofreading.  This should be done at the same time the thesis is&lt;br /&gt;
submitted to your committee members.  (If corrections or revisions are&lt;br /&gt;
required, the thesis must be proofread a second time.)  You will be&lt;br /&gt;
notified as soon as the proofreading is complete (usually a couple of&lt;br /&gt;
days).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
\item After the exam is passed in all respects and the committee has signed&lt;br /&gt;
both the Petition and Approval of Thesis forms, obtain the signature&lt;br /&gt;
of the Option Representative of your subject minor, if appropriate,&lt;br /&gt;
and return the form to the Graduate Office.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
\item Submit {\em two corrected copies} of the thesis to the Graduate&lt;br /&gt;
Office: one copy must be on Perma-Life or Old Council Tree bond paper,&lt;br /&gt;
reproduced from the original; the other copy may be regular Xerox&lt;br /&gt;
paper (see Graphic Arts for further information).  Submit these copies&lt;br /&gt;
in a brown envelope labeled as follows: your name, Ph.D.; Control and&lt;br /&gt;
Dynamical Systems; year.  Also submit two extra title pages and two&lt;br /&gt;
extra abstracts.&lt;br /&gt;
\end{enumerate}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assist you in preparing for your final Ph.D. Examination, you&lt;br /&gt;
should obtain the following publications from the Graduate Office:&lt;br /&gt;
\begin{itemize}&lt;br /&gt;
\item ``Preparation of Doctoral Dissertations'' and&lt;br /&gt;
\item ``Ph.D. Examination Procedures''&lt;br /&gt;
\end{itemize}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Transferring into CDS from Another Option ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students wishing to switch into CDS from another option must do so&lt;br /&gt;
before the end of their second year of residence at Caltech.  Students&lt;br /&gt;
must satisfy all option course requirements and must pass the&lt;br /&gt;
candidacy exam in order to be officially admitted into the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
Ph.D. program.  In addition, the student is expected to take the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
qualifying exam no later than the first year of study after&lt;br /&gt;
transferring into the CDS option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The procedure for switching into CDS is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
\begin{enumerate}&lt;br /&gt;
  \item The student should submit a written request to the Option&lt;br /&gt;
  Representative to consider admission into the CDS option.  Under&lt;br /&gt;
  normal circumstances, this request must be received no later than&lt;br /&gt;
  the admissions deadline for incoming graduate students (January 15).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  \item The Admissions Committee will consider applications for&lt;br /&gt;
  transfer using the same criteria as outside admission into the CDS&lt;br /&gt;
  program.  Transfer students will be notified of admission by the&lt;br /&gt;
  usual admissions response deadline (March 31).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  \item Transfer students who are admitted into CDS must accept or&lt;br /&gt;
  decline admission no later than the usual admissions deadline (April&lt;br /&gt;
  15).  If admitted, the student may either transfer immediately or&lt;br /&gt;
  defer admission until the beginning of the academic year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  \item Financial aid for transfer students will be described in the&lt;br /&gt;
  letter of admission.  Aid is not usually available until the&lt;br /&gt;
  beginning of the next academic year.&lt;br /&gt;
\end{enumerate}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The M.S. Program ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students will be admitted to the option who expect to pursue&lt;br /&gt;
the Ph.D. degree.  The master's degree may be awarded in exceptional&lt;br /&gt;
cases.  The awarding of this degree requires fulfilling the Institute&lt;br /&gt;
requirements for a master's degree, satisfying the engineering focus&lt;br /&gt;
requirements, and receiving a recommendation for awarding of the&lt;br /&gt;
degree from the counseling committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The M.S. program, unlike the Ph.D., is based primarily upon the&lt;br /&gt;
successful completion of coursework.  This coursework must include at&lt;br /&gt;
least 135 units in order to satisfy Institute requirements, with the&lt;br /&gt;
following core courses:&lt;br /&gt;
\begin{center}&lt;br /&gt;
  \begin{tabular}{ll}&lt;br /&gt;
    CDS 101, 102, 112, 140	&amp;amp;\qquad 36 units \\&lt;br /&gt;
    Additional Advanced Courses in CDS 	&amp;amp;\qquad 36 units \\&lt;br /&gt;
    Engineering Electives (focus area) &amp;amp;\qquad 27 units \\&lt;br /&gt;
    General Electives	&amp;amp;\qquad 36 units \\&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{tabular}&lt;br /&gt;
\end{center}&lt;br /&gt;
The 36 units of general electives should include mathematics, science&lt;br /&gt;
and engineering subjects or research, but may be, with special&lt;br /&gt;
permission, humanities and social sciences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All M.S. students are required to submit candidacy forms to the&lt;br /&gt;
Institute for approval of the proposed course of study for the&lt;br /&gt;
M.S. degree.  The M.S. candidacy form must be submitted by midterm&lt;br /&gt;
(approximately mid-November) of the first term of the year when the&lt;br /&gt;
degree is expected.  These forms can be obtained at the Institute&lt;br /&gt;
Graduate Office.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Murray</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>